Professional Documents
Culture Documents
+ RIGHT PRODUCT!
40,000+ quality products from leading manufacturers
RIGHT QUALITY!
3+ year guarantee
Storage
+ RIGHT ON TIME!
1–3 day delivery of in-stock products Products
1 Cabinets & Lockers
4 Shop Equipment
3
CABINET With all the manufacturers, styles, sizes, and colors of cabinets, it can be a challenge to choose the right one for your
application. This guide will help you through the process by providing you with the basic information needed to select
SELECTION GUIDE a cabinet, including details on construction, shelf capacities, and locking systems. Please call for more assistance.
Overall height
Double-Shift Cabinets includes 6" high
• Ultra-capacity grade all-welded legs. Ultra-Capacity Overall height includes
6" high all-welded legs.
• Up to 1950-lb. capacity per shelf
• 12-gauge steel cabinet; 14-gauge steel shelves
Cabinets with Drawers
UP TO 1950-LB. SHELF
• All-welded CAPACITY • Ultra-capacity grade
• Dual padlock handles, each with three-point lock • Up to 1575-lb. capacity per shelf
Cabinet doors lock individually allowing you to work out of one side while securing • 12-gauge steel cabinet; 14-gauge steel shelves and drawers
the other. Shelves adjust in 2" increments. One-piece body with welded 7-gauge, • All-welded
6" high steel legs. Made in USA. FACTORY QUICK SHIP. • Padlock handle with three-point lock
Overall Shelf Shelf Stock
Includes (6) 225-lb. capacity drawers. Shelves adjust in 2" increments. One-piece
WxDxH Openings Cap. Lbs. Number $
body with welded 7-gauge, 6" high steel legs. Made in USA. FACTORY QUICK SHIP.
48x24x66" 4 1275 5834100-R 1295.00 Overall Shelf Shelf Drawer Stock
36x24x78" 5 950 5834000-R 1180.00 WxDxH Openings Cap. Lbs. Width Number $
48x24x78" 5 1275 5834200-R 1385.00 48x24x78" 4 1125 19" 5833700-R 2350.00
60x24x78" 5 1600 5834300-R 1545.00 60x24x78" 4 1575 25" 5833800-R 2500.00
72x24x78" 5 1950 5834400-R 1655.00 72x24x78" 4 1450 31" 5833900-R 2630.00
4
Cabinets & Lockers | STORAGE CABINETS 1
4180223-S
4180028-S
Lifetime Cabinets
• Ultra-capacity grade
• 1000–1900-lb. capacity per shelf
• 12-gauge steel cabinet; 14-gauge steel shelves
• All-welded
• Padlock handle with three-point lock
Extremely strong cabinet handles your most demanding storage requirements.
Doors swing open a full 180°. Adjustable shelves on 2" centers. Made in USA.
SELECTED MODELS IN STOCK.
4180528-S
CAMEL DARK GRAY
Overall Shelf Shelf Stock Stock
WxDxH Openings Cap. Lbs. Number Number $
36"H AND 42"H COUNTER-HEIGHT CABINETS WITHOUT LEGS
24x20x36" 3 1000 4180423-S† 4180428-S† 653.00
36x20x36" 3 1600 4180523-S 4180528-S 802.00
36x20x42" 3 1600 4180623-S 4180628-S 849.00
66"H STORAGE CABINET WITH 6"H LEGS (60" usable height)
48x24x66" 4 1275 4180123-S 4180128-S 1105.00
78"H STORAGE CABINETS WITH 6"H LEGS (72" usable height)
9-ga. hinge leaf, 5/16" brass Cast bronze handle, padlock 36x24x78" 4 1900 4180023-S 4180028-S 975.00
hinge pin, brass hinge washer, hasp, 3/8" angle receiver. 48x24x78" 5 1200 4180223-S 4180228-S 1180.00
standard grease fitting. 60x24x78" 5 1650 4180323-S 4180328-S 1295.00
†4180423, 4180428 have one door.
Vault UP TO 1800-LB.
Cabinets SHELF CAPACITY
• 1500–1800-lb. capacity per shelf
• 14-gauge steel
• All-welded
• Padlock handle with three-point lock
Offers superior strength and durability. Shelves adjust on 2"
centers. Doors open 180° on 9-ga. welded leaf hinges with brass
pins. Bolt holes in legs allow cabinet to be secured to floor.
Malleable cast iron zinc plated handle accepts 7⁄16" dia. padlock
(not included). Powder coat gray finish. Made in USA. IN STOCK.
5
YEAR
WARRANTY
Three Heights!
6
Cabinets & Lockers | STORAGE CABINETS 1
Four Heights!
All-Welded Cabinets
• Heavy-industrial grade
• 400-lb. capacity per shelf
• 18- and 20-gauge steel
• All-welded
• Three-point lock
Top-of-the-line construction will provide years of trouble-free service. Reinforced
doors with dual handles swing open on full-length piano hinges. Shelves adjust on
2" centers. Made in USA. SELECTED MODELS IN STOCK.
PUTTY GRAY
Overall Shelf Stock Stock
WxDxH Openings Number Number $
36x18x78" 5 4162421-S 4162427-S 472.00
36x24x78" 5 4162521-S 4162527-S 519.00
48x18x78" 5 4162821-S 4162827-S 611.00
48x24x78" 5 4162921-S 4162927-S 675.00
4162927-S Shown
78"H Cabinets
16-GAUGE 14-GAUGE
Overall Shelf Shelf Stock Shelf Stock
WxDxH Openings Cap. Lbs. Number $ Cap. Lbs. Number $
36x24x78" 5 1050 5921100-R 935.00 1450 5921300-R 1040.00
48x24x78" 5 1050 5921200-R 975.00 1450 5921400-R 1070.00
8
Cabinets & Lockers | STORAGE CABINETS 1
High-quality features
you’ll find in both of
these cabinets.
Full-length piano
hinges
XHD Series
Galvanized-Shelf
Available Colors:
Cabinets
• Heavy-industrial grade
• 800-lb. capacity per shelf (18) blue (21) putty (27) lt. gray (29) black
• 14- and 16-gauge steel
• All-welded
• Three-point lock
Scratch-, corrosion-, and chemical-
resistant galvanized shelves adjust Premium Storage Cabinets
on 2" centers. Doors include dual • Heavy-industrial grade
handles and full-length piano • 400-lb. capacity per shelf
hinges. Optional forklift base allows • 18- and 20-gauge steel
you to move cabinet even when • All-welded
fully loaded. Blue powder-coat Shown with optional base • Three-point lock
finish. Made in USA. IN STOCK. Assembled with a unique chemical adhesion-welded process that eliminates spot
Overall Shelf Stock welds. Shelves adjust on 2" centers. 1" deep pan-reinforced doors swing on full-
WxDxH Openings Number $ height piano hinges. Also includes dual handles (1 fixed, 1 locking with 2 keys).
36x18x42" 3 4128400-S 482.00 Made in USA. Specify color: (18) blue, (21) putty, (27) lt. gray, (29) black. SELECTED
36x24x42" 3 4128500-S 531.00 MODELS IN STOCK.
36x18x78" 5 4128600-S 724.00 Overall Shelf Stock
36x24x78" 5 4128700-S 818.00 WxDxH Openings Number $
36x18x78" 5 41317-S 501.00
Optional Bases. Allow forklift movement. 36x24x78" 5 41318-S 550.00
Overall WxD Stock No. $ 48x24x78" 5 41319-S* 698.00
36x18" 4128800-S 99.00 *Not available in black.
36x24" 4128900-S 106.00
Extra Shelves. Color: Black.
Extra Shelves. Galvanzied steel. Overall WxD Stock No. $
Overall WxD Stock No. $ 36x18" 4142000-S 21.20
36x18" 4129000-S 30.60 36x24" 4142100-S 24.70
36x24" 4129100-S 34.80 48x24" 4142200-S 32.80
LIGHT
PUTTY SAND GRAY GRAY BLACK
Overall Shelf Stock Stock Stock Stock Stock
WxDxH Openings Number Number Number Number Number $
UNASSEMBLED
48x18x78" 5 4164621-S 4164623-S 4164626-S 4164627-S 4164629-S 386.00
48x24x78" 5 4165021-S 4165023-S 4165026-S 4165027-S 4165029-S 416.00
SET-UP
48x18x78" 5 4165421-S 4165423-S 4165426-S 4165427-S 4165429-S 494.00
48x24x78" 5 4165821-S 4165823-S 4165826-S 4165827-S 4165829-S 535.00
Extra Shelves
LIGHT
PUTTY SAND GRAY GRAY BLACK
Overall Stock Stock Stock Stock Stock
WxD Number Number Number Number Number $
48x18" 4166121-S 4166123-S 4166126-S 4166127-S 4166129-S 20.40
48x24" 4166221-S 4166223-S 4166226-S 4166227-S 4166229-S 23.30
Dolly for 24"D Cabinets.
LIGHT
PUTTY SAND GRAY GRAY BLACK
Overall Stock Stock Stock Stock Stock
WxD Number Number Number Number Number $
48x18" 4129721-S 4129723-S 4129726-S 4129727-S 4129729-S 20.40
UP TO 800-LB.
SHELF CAPACITY
10
Cabinets & Lockers | STORAGE CABINETS 1
Storage Cabinets
• Standard-industrial grade 4197629-S Shown
• 225-lb. capacity per shelf
• 16–22-gauge cabinet; 20-gauge steel shelves
• Unassembled and set-up
• Three-point lock
Welded frames prevent doors from sagging, while the
concealed hinges offer a clean look. Other features include
adjustable shelves (2" centers), chrome handles, and enclosed
bases. Tough powder coat finish. Made in USA. SELECTED
MODELS IN STOCK.
Extra Shelves
Specify color: (23) tan, (27) gray, (29) black.
41968-S 36"Wx18"D. $ ...............................................................19.00
41969-S 36"Wx24"D. $ ...............................................................21.80
52958-S* 48"Wx18"D. $ ...............................................................29.80 4196623-S Shown 5281827-S Shown
52716-S* 48"Wx24"D. $ ...............................................................35.80
All-Welded Cabinets
• Standard-industrial grade
• 200-lb. capacity per shelf
• 20–22-gauge steel cabinet; 20-gauge steel shelves
• All-welded
• Three-point lock
Reinforced doors swing open on full-length piano
hinges. Dual handles. Shelves adjust on 2" centers.
Tough powder coat finish. Made in USA. SELECTED
MODELS IN STOCK. 4162021-R Shown
PUTTY GRAY
Overall Shelf Stock Stock
WxDxH Openings Number Number $
36x18x42" 3 4162021-R 4162027-R 243.00
36x18x72" 5 4162221-R 4162227-R 302.00 4162227-R Shown
36x24x72" 5 4162321-R 4162327-R 370.00
Available
colors
Storage Cabinets
• Standard industrial grade Recessed (21) putty
• 200- and 230-lb. capacity per shelf Handle
• 22-gauge steel
• All-welded (26) lt. gray
• Three-point lock
Stores practically anything in the shop or office. Shelves adjust on 2" centers. Recessed handle.
Meets ANSI/BIFMA shelf standards. Durable finish. Made in USA. Specify color: (21) putty, (26) lt. (28) dk. gray
gray, (28) dk. gray.
Overall Shelf Shelf Stock
WxDxH Openings Cap. Lbs. Number $
36x18x42" 3 200 51733-R 239.00
46x24x42" 3 230 51734-R 358.00
36x18x72" 5 200 51600-R 296.00
36x24x72" 5 200 51605-R 404.00
46x24x72" 5 230 51636-R 472.00
36x18x78" 5 200 51601-R 379.00
36x24x78" 5 200 51608-R 419.00
High-Capacity Cabinet
• Heavy-industrial grade
• 625-lb. capacity per shelf
• 16–20-gauge cabinet; 16-gauge shelves NEW
• Unassembled
• Three-point lock
Recessed handle. Includes 2 keys. Color: light gray. IN STOCK.
Overall Shelf Stock
WxDxH Openings Number $
36x24x75" 5 V1427-S 662.00
36x24x87" 5 V1426-S 716.00
625-LB.
SHELF CAPACITY
12
Cabinets & Lockers | STORAGE CABINETS 1
Storage Cabinets
• Standard-industrial grade
• 200-lb. capacity per shelf
• Unassembled or all-welded
• Three-point lock
Shelves feature integrated support tabs that allow
easy adjustment in 2" increments. Reinforced doors
are welded for extra strength. Raised base offers
increased stability and prevents moisture from
contacting cabinet contents. Optional dolly adds
mobility around the shop or office. Powder coat paint
finish. Made in USA. SELECTED MODELS IN STOCK.
B
A
Available
Colors:
(21) putty
Storage
Dual handles make Full-length Cabinets (27) lt. gray
opening and piano hinges • Standard-industrial grade
closing easy. • 200-lb. capacity per shelf
• 22-gauge steel (29) black
• All-welded
• Three-point lock
Unique adhesion/welding process combines a clean
appearance without unsightly spot welds. Shelves adjust on
2" centers. 1" deep pan reinforced doors swing on full-height
piano hinges. Dual handles (1 fixed, 1 locking) include 2 keys.
Made in USA. Specify color: (18) blue, (21) putty, (27) lt. gray,
(29) black. (27) LT. GRAY IN STOCK.
Overall Stock
WxDxH Number $
36x18x42" 41300-S 264.00
36x24x42" 41301-S 298.00
36x18x72" 41302-S 316.00
36x24x72" 41303-S 402.00
36x18x78" 41304-S 359.00
36x24x78" 41305-S 414.00
Extra Shelves. Color: black
41418-S 36"Wx18"D. $.................................................18.40
41419-S 36"Wx24"D. $.................................................22.30
Storage Cabinets
• Light-industrial grade
• 125-lb. capacity per shelf
Recessed Handle • 24- to 25-gauge cabinet;
22- to 25-gauge steel shelves
• Set-up
• Single-point lock
Stores practically anything from hard hats and tools to
tapes and shipping supplies. Recessed locking handle
secures stored items. Durable finish. Made in USA.
Storage Cabinet
Includes four fixed shelves. Color: putty.
Overall Shelf Stock
WxDxH Openings Number $
30x15x66" 5 4138600-R 188.00
Available
Colors:
Counter-Height
Storage Cabinets (21) putty
Topped by a 3/4" thick Maryland oak
laminate work surface. Includes two
fixed shelves. Specify color:
(26) lt. gray
(21) putty, (26) lt. gray.
Overall Shelf Stock
WxDxH Openings Number $
36x18x42" 3 41381-R 178.00
46x24x42" 3 41382-R 387.00
14
Cabinets & Lockers | STORAGE CABINETS 1
Four Heights!
Compact Cabinets
• Light-industrial grade
• 175-lb. capacity per shelf
• 20–24-gauge steel cabinet; 24-gauge steel shelves
• Unassembled
• Single-point lock (A & B); three-point lock (C)
Ideal for crowded or confined storage areas. Shelves adjust in
2" increments. Tough powder coat finish. Color: tan. Made in
USA. IN STOCK.
Overall Shelf Stock
A
Key WxDxH Openings Number $
A 18x18x42" 3 4139500-S 122.00 C
B 18x18x66" 5 4139300-S 168.00
C 30x15x66" 5 4100500-S 196.00 B
Ultra-Capacity Available
Housekeeping and Colors:
Combination Cabinets UP TO
• 1025- to 1750-lb. capacity per shelf 1750-LB. (23) camel
• 12-gauge steel SHELF Wardrobe cabinet
• All-welded CAPACITY includes shelf and
• Padlock hasp with three-point lock
(28) dk. gray hanger bar.
Super-strong cabinet features adjustable shelves on
one side and a large storage area for brooms and mops
on the other. Wardrobe cabinet comes with a shelf and hanger bar to store
coats and work clothes. Made in USA. Specify color: (23) camel, (28) dk. gray.
HOUSEKEEPING CABINETS COMBINATION CABINETS
Shelf
Overall Half Shelf Stock Half Shelf Stock
Cap. Lbs.
WxDxH Openings Number $ Openings Number $
36x24x78" 1025 5 41811-R 1015.00 6 41818-R 1030.00
48x24x78" 1375 5 41812-R 1225.00 6 41819-R 1245.00
60x24x78" 1750 5 41816-R 1385.00 6 41820-R 1395.00
Turn-handle with
padlock hasp.
Wardrobe Cabinets
Includes full-width adjustable shelf with wardrobe bar.
51751-R
16
Cabinets & Lockers | STORAGE CABINETS 1
Available Colors:
Combination (21) putty (23) sand (26) lt. gray (27) gray (29) black
Cabinets
• 200-lb. capacity per shelf
• (A) 24-gauge steel cabinet; 22-gauge steel shelves
(B) 16–22-gauge steel cabinet; 22-gauge steel shelves
• Unassembled and all-welded
• Three-point lock
Versatile cabinets feature doors with channel reinforcements. (A) features single handle, (B) has dual Two
handles. (B) also includes rear panel with louvers to promote air flow and knuckle hinges. Powder Heights!
coat paint finish. Made in USA. Specify color: (21) putty, (23) sand, (26) lt. gray, (29) black.
FACTORY QUICK SHIP.
Overall Half-/Full-Shelf UNASSEMBLED ALLWELDED
Key WxDxH Openings Stock No. $ Stock No. $
A 36x18x72" 5/1 41243-S 258.00 41473-S 301.00
A 36x24x72" 5/1 41244-S 289.00 41474-S 344.00
B 36x18x78" 5/1 41268-S 336.00 41313-S 393.00
Available Colors:
Mobile Combination Cabinets (21) putty (26) lt. gray (28) dk. gray
• 85-lb. capacity per side shelves; 180-lb. capacity per top shelf
• 24-gauge steel
• All-welded
• Three-point lock
Includes recessed locking handle, adjustable half shelves and open section with
Two
wardrobe bar. Rolls on 5" swivel polypropylene casters (2 with brake). Durable finish.
Heights!
Casters and handles require some assembly. Made in USA. Specify color: (21) putty,
(26) lt. gray, (28) dk. gray.
Overall Shelf Stock
WxDxH Openings Number $
36x24x66" 4 half 41207-R* 453.00
36x24x77" 4 half/1 full 51735-R 546.00
46x24x77" 4 half/1 full 51736-R 668.00
* Not available in (28) dk. gray. Recessed
Handle
51253-R Optional Push Handle $.............................................................................................................................50.40
41207-R Shown
Available Colors:
Combination and Wardrobe Cabinets (23) tan (27) gray (29) black
• 20–24-gauge steel cabinet; 20-gauge steel shelves
• Unassembled
• Three-point lock
Stores office supplies and employee clothes securely and neatly. Quality construction features
welded door frames, enclosed bases, and chromium plated die cast handles. Include coat rod
and full-width shelf opening at the top. Baked enamel finish. Made in USA. IN STOCK.
Three Heights!
Combination Cabinets
Overall Half-/Full-Shelf Stock
WxDxH Openings Number $
225-LB. SHELF CAPACITY. Specify color: (23) tan, (27) gray, (29) black.
36x18x78" 5/1 41964-S 350.00
36x24x78" 5/1 41965-S 379.00
175-LB. SHELF CAPACITY. Specify color: (23) tan, (27) gray.
36x18x72" 5/1 41791-S 257.00
Wardrobe Cabinets
Color: tan.
Overall WxDxH Stock No. $ 41791-S
18x18x66" 41394-S 158.00 shown in (27) gray.
30x18x66" 41392-S 196.00 41392-S Shown
Two
Heights!
ATLANTIC METAL
Light-Industrial Mobile Storage Cabinets
• 150-lb. capacity per shelf
• 22-gauge steel
• All-welded
• Three-point lock
Concealed hinges offer a professional look. Shelves adjust on 2" centers. Dual chrome locking handles
include two keys. Rolls on 5" hard rubber swivel casters, 2 with brakes. Durable electrostatic textured
powder-coat finish. Made in USA. SELECTED MODELS IN STOCK.
Extra Shelf
4126026-S shown
Three Heights!
ATLANTIC METAL
Mobile Storage Cabinets
• 200-lb. capacity per shelf
• 22-gauge steel
4172221-T shown • All-welded and set-up
• Three-point lock
5" rubber swivel casters (2 with brake) offer easy transport around the job site. Shelves
adjust on 2" centers. Dual chrome door handles include two keys. 46" wide cabinets
include side handles to ease maneuverability. Durable electrostatic textured powder-
coat finish. Made in USA.
DOVE CHARCOAL
PUTTY GRAY GRAY
Shelf Overall Stock Stock Stock
Openings WxDxH Number Number Number $
4179626-T shown SET-UP CABINETS
Extra Shelf 2 36x24x36" 4172221-T 4172226-T 4172228-T 344.00
3 36x24x48" 4172321-T 4172326-T 4172328-T 469.00
DOVE CHARCOAL 4 36x24x66" 4172421-T 4172426-T 4172428-T 521.00
Overall
PUTTY GRAY GRAY ALL-WELDED CABINETS
WxD
Stock No. Stock No. Stock No. $ 3 48x24x48" 4179521-T 4179526-T 4179528-T 609.00
36"Wx24"D 4173321-T 4173326-T 4173328-T 34.50 4 48x24x66" 4179621-T 4179626-T 4179628-T 697.00
18
Cabinets & Lockers | STORAGE CABINETS 1
NEW
36x24x66"
Mobile Storage Cabinets
• 200– to 230-lb. capacity per shelf
• 22-gauge steel
• All-welded
Four Heights!
• Single-point lock (36"H);
three-point lock (66–78"H)
Rolls on (4) 5" swivel polypropylene casters
(2 with brake). Shelves adjust on 2" centers.
Storage cabinet includes recessed handle;
36"H counter-height cabinet has chrome
handles. Add the optional push handle for
easier maneuverability. Durable finish.
Casters and handles require some assembly.
Made in USA. SELECTED MODELS IN STOCK.
Others FACTORY QUICK SHIP.
NEW
Clear-View Cabinets
• 800- and 900-lb. capacity per shelf
• 14-gauge steel
• All-welded
• Three-point lock
Strong cabinet offers secure visible storage. Punched diamond pattern doors include
chrome handle and keys for complete security. Shelves adjust in 2" increments. Includes
51/2"Wx11"Dx5"H yellow plastic bins that hang from rear louvered panels. Durable powder
coat finish. FACTORY QUICK SHIP.
Overall Shelf Shelf Stock
WxDxH Openings Cap. Lbs. Number $
36x18x72" 5 900 5668800-U 671.00
36x24x72" 5 800 5668900-U 736.00
36x18x72" 3 900 5669000-U 736.00
36x24x72" 3 800 5669100-U 760.00
36x18x72" — 900 5669200-U 818.00
Available Colors:
Three Heights!
Clear-View Cabinets
• 175-lb. capacity per shelf
• 20-gauge steel
• Unassembled and set-up
• Three-point lock
Economically priced to fit any
budget. Check on inventory
without opening the doors. Overall height includes
Plexiglas® panes resist breakage 6" high all-welded legs.
and do not shatter. Great for
storing medical, office, or shipping
supplies. Die-cast handle includes Ultra-Capacity Ventilated Cabinets
2 keys. 22-ga. shelves adjust on • 1200- to 1900-lb. capacity per shelf
2" centers. Made in USA. Specify UP TO 1900-LB.
• 12-gauge steel cabinet; 14-gauge steel shelves SHELF CAPACITY
color: (23) tan, (27) gray. SELECTED • All-welded
MODELS IN STOCK. • Padlock handle with three-point lock
Secure, visible storage for equipment, motors, and small machines. Steel doors
Overall Shelf UNASSEMBLED SET-UP feature diamond perforations for ventilation. One-piece body with 7-gauge,
WxDxH Openings Stock No. $ Stock No. $ 6" high steel legs. Adjustable shelves. Color: dark gray. Made in USA.
30x12x26" 3 41012-T 323.00 41031-T 386.00 Overall Shelf Shelf Stock
36x18x42" 3 41013-T 363.00 41033-T 440.00 WxDxH Openings Cap. Lbs. Number $
36x18x78" 5 41018-T 538.00 41034-T 646.00 36x24x78" 5 1900 59225-S 1170.00
36x24x78" 5 41019-T 607.00 41039-T 728.00 48x24x78" 5 1200 59226-S 1395.00
48x24x78" 5 41027-T 719.00 41040-T 860.00 60x24x78" 5 1650 59227-S 1575.00
20
Cabinets & Lockers | STORAGE CABINETS 1
Available colors:*
ATLANTIC METAL
Mobile Clear-View Cabinets
• 200-lb. capacity per shelf
• 22-gauge steel
• All-welded
• Three-point lock
Full-length acrylic panes let you quickly inventory the
contents. Doors include chrome handles with 2 keys.
Shelves adjust in 2" increments. Rolls on 5" poly swivel
casters, 2 with brakes. Durable electrostatic textured
powder-coat finish. Made in USA. Specify color: (21) putty,
(26) lt. gray, (28) dk. gray.
Overall Shelf Stock
WxDxH Openings Number $
36x18x48" 3 41734-R 398.00
36x24x48" 3 41735-R 447.00
36x18x78" 5 41736-R 525.00
36x24x78" 5 41737-R 553.00
Extra Shelves
41738-R 36"Wx18"D. $.....................................................27.00
41739-R 36"Wx24"D. $.....................................................28.90
Wall-Mount
Tool Cabinet
• 250-lb. capacity
• 24-gauge steel
• All-welded
• Single-point lock
Includes all-steel peg board
and hooks, as well as built-in
tool rack and small parts tray.
Doors have magnetic catch
and hasps to accommodate
a standard padlock.
30"Wx111/2"Dx24"H when
closed, 60"Wx6"Dx24"H
when opened. Color: gray.
Made in USA. IN STOCK.
4757500-T $..............................110.00
22
Cabinets & Lockers | STORAGE CABINETS 1
4787521-S 4787021-S
4787728-S 4779326-S
Wall-Hung Cabinet
• 100-lb. capacity
• Unassembled
Recessed flip-up door offers easy access to stored items. Constructed entirely of resin,
durable cabinet is completely maintenance free. Snaps together without tools. Mounting
brackets included. Color: beige. Made in USA. IN STOCK.
Overall Shelf Stock
WxDxH Openings Number $
30x17x18" 1 4757800-S 53.30
Available
Colors:
beige
lt. gray
24
Cabinets & Lockers | STORAGE CABINETS 1
Storage Cabinets
• 75-lb. capacity per shelf
• Unassembled
Perfect for storing items inside or out. Constructed of durable resin material, practical cabinets snap-
together in minutes without tools. Adjustable shelves. Doors will accommodate a lock (lock not
included). Made in USA. IN STOCK.
26
Cabinets & Lockers | BIN CABINETS 1
HIGH-SECURITY HASP!
Specially designed
hardened steel hasp
keeps the entire lock out
of the reach of bolt cutters
& other cutting devices.
A B
Three-point cylinder
lock handle includes
2 keys.
28
Cabinets & Lockers | STORAGE CABINETS 1
HIGH SECURITY HASP!
Specially designed
hardened steel hasp
keeps entire lock
protected from bolt
cutters and other devices.
Deep-Door Security Cabinets
• 200-lb. capacity per shelf
• 16-gauge steel 5
YEAR
• All-welded WARRANTY
• Padlock hasp with single-point lock
Features bin, small parts cabinet, and pegboard
configurations not found on comparable security cabinets.
38"Wx17"D interior shelves adjust on 71⁄2" centers and
18"Wx4"D door shelves adjust on 2" centers. Door shelves
support up to 50 lbs. each. Made in USA. Specify cabinet
color: (18) blue, (27) gray. IN STOCK.
A. 4-Shelf Combination Cabinet with Door Shelves
Features (4) adjustable full-width cabinet shelves, (6) adjustable door shelves and a
piece of 15"Wx33"H, 1⁄4" hole pegboard on each door. 38"Wx17"Dx72"H overall.
85109-T $........................................................................................................................................943.00
85007-T Extra Shelf. 38"Wx17"D. Pkg. of 2. $ Pkg...............................................................66.00
B. 4-Shelf Combination Cabinet with Pegboard Storage
Includes (4) adjustable full-width cabinet shelves, 121⁄8"Wx53⁄4"Dx217⁄8"H 24-drawer
small parts storage cabinets, and 1⁄4" hole pegboard inserts in each door. A
38"Wx24"Dx72"H overall.
85111-T $ .....................................................................................................................................1005.00
85007-T Extra Shelf. 38"Wx17"D. Pkg. of 2. $ Pkg...............................................................66.00 Available
C. 84-Bin Combination Cabinet Colors
Includes (84) AkroBins®: (48) 73⁄8x41⁄8x3", (18) 107⁄8x51⁄2x5", (12) 143⁄4x81⁄4x7",
and (6) 143⁄4x161⁄2x7"; (2) 121⁄8"Wx53⁄4"Dx217⁄8"H drawer cabinets with
(24) 31⁄8"Wx51⁄4"Dx21⁄4"H drawers; and 1⁄4" hole pegboard inserts in each door. (18) blue
38"Wx24"Dx72"H overall.
85110- T $ .....................................................................................................................................1310.00
(27) gray B C
B C
30
Cabinets & Lockers | STORAGE CABINETS 1
C
B
B. Cabinet with Shelves and 128 Bins. Cabinet with Bin Slots Only.
Bins: (128) 41/8x53/8x3". Shelves: (4) 471/2x18x2". (Not shown.) See page 154 for bins.
Securit-Cab Deep-Door
Security Cabinet
• 800-lb. capacity per shelf
• 16-gauge steel
• All-welded
• Padlock hasp with single-point lock
Has the capacity you need to store heavy industrial supplies. 4" deep box
doors—30-lb. capacity door shelves adjust at 2" intervals. Five interior,
full-width shelves adjust every 4". All interior cabinet sections are
38"Wx20"Dx72"H. Also includes adjustable leveling feet. Made in USA.
IN STOCK.
5160700-R 38"Wx24"Dx72"H. $......................................................................957.00
32
Cabinets & Lockers | BIN CABINETS 1
85241-U
85246-T
End dark
corners with
skylight
cabinets.
Uses existing,
overhead
lighting.
Skylight
Bin Cabinet
Bin Cabinet with Sloped Shelves • 14-gauge steel
• 200-lb. capacity per shelf • All-welded
• 24-gauge steel cabinet; 22-gauge steel shelves • Padlock handle with three-point lock
• Unassembled Specially designed open top features protective wire mesh protected by a clear
• Three-point lock plastic pane. Suspended from the back and doors are 126 removable yellow bins—
Sloped shelves offer easier access to inventory. Includes (66) 107/8"Lx51/2"Wx5"H and (60) 53/8"Lx41/8"Wx3"H. Made in USA. IN STOCK.
(36) 51/2x143/4x5" blue polypropylene bins with hopper front and
label/bar code insert area. Cabinet has single polished chrome Overall BLUE SAND
handle. Doors swing-out on heavy-duty leaf hinges. Cabinet color: WxDxH Stock No. Stock No. $
putty. Made in USA. IN STOCK. 38x20x72" 8519118-R 8519123-R 995.00
Overall WxDxH Stock No. $ 8503400-R Mobile Kit. 2x13/16" poly swivel casters. Sold in pkgs. of 4.
36x18x72" 5591221-R 497.00 $ Pkg......................................................................................................................................44.10
A B C
A. 42-AkroBin® Cabinet
Available colors Includes the following bins: (24) 107/8"Lx51/2"Wx5"H, (12) 143/4"Lx81/4"Wx7"H, (6) 143/4"Lx161/2"Wx7"H.
Cabinet has solid flush doors.
85355-R $ .......................................................................................................................................................................1020.00
(21) putty (27) gray B. 102-AkroBin® Combination Cabinet
Bin Cabinets
Includes the following bins: (48) 53/8"Lx41/8"Wx3"H, (48) 73/8"Lx41/8"Wx3"H, (6) 143/4"Lx161/2"Wx7"H.
• 16-gauge steel
Cabinet has louvered door panels and three 200-lb. capacity adjustable shelves.
• Set-up
• Three-point lock 85356-R $ .......................................................................................................................................................................1325.00
Virtually unbreakable Akro-Bins® suspend from louvered panels. C. 138-AkroBin® Cabinet
1000-lb. capacity overall. Locking cabinets include 2 keys. Includes the following bins: (48) 53/8"Lx41/8"Wx3"H, (48) 73/8"Lx41/8"Wx3"H, (24) 107/8"Lx51/2"Wx5"H, (12)
36"Wx18"Dx78"H overall. Baked enamel finish. Made in USA. 143/4"Lx81/4"Wx7"H, (6) 143/4"Lx161/2"Wx7"H. Cabinet has louvered door panels.
Specify color: (21) putty, (27) gray. 85357-R $ .......................................................................................................................................................................1290.00
34
Lockers come in a variety of styles and sizes, ranging from a single box locker cube to a larger gear locker.
This guide will provide the basic information to help identify the different parts of a locker and detail to
LOCKER
consider when searching through the section. Please call for more assistance. SELECTION GUIDE
See page 55 for more REMCON plastic lockers. See pages 38–40 for more PENCO lockers.
A
B
Piano hinge
1- and 2-Tier
Premium Steel Lockers
• 16-gauge steel door and frame;
24-gauge steel body
• Unassembled and set-up
• One-piece stainless steel recessed handle:
one-tier with 3-point lock; two-tier with 2-point lock
• Continuous piano hinge
Includes 6"H legs. Available either set up and
ready-to-use or as unassembled units. NOTE:
burgundy, green mist, and marine blue lockers
have neutral side(s) and back panels. Purchase
decorative end panels for exposed row ends.
Made in USA.
Available Colors:
Unassembled: (03) burgundy (11) green mist (21) putty (27) gray (19) marine blue
Set-Up: (96) burgundy (91) green mist (93) putty (95) gray (98) marine blue
36
Cabinets & Lockers | STORAGE CABINETS 1
Piano hinge
Lockers
• 16-gauge steel door and frame; 24-gauge steel body
• Unassembled and set-up
• Vanguard or recessed handle: 1-tier with 3-point lock; 2-tier with 2-point lock
• Double-strength hinge
Ventilated louvered doors. 13-gauge steel latch hooks. Includes 6"H legs. Choose lockers with
either vanguard handle that pulls out with natural easy action or lift control that is recessed into
door face. Made in USA. Your choice of unassembled or set-up lockers. SELECTED UNASSEMBLED
MODELS IN LAKE BLUE, LT. PUTTY, TAN AND GRAY ARE IN STOCK.
! IMPORTANT !
Set-up lockers are not returnable.
Available Colors:
Unassembled: (03) (13) (18) (19) (20) (21) (23) (28) (33)
(11)
burgundy spray green hunter green lake blue marine blue teal lt. putty tan gray champagne
Set-Up: (96) (91) (97) (92) (98) (99) (93) (94) (95) (90)
burgundy spray green hunter green lake blue marine blue teal lt. putty tan gray champagne
38
SALE
Cabinets & Lockers | LOCKERS ON THIS
PAGE
Box Lockers
• 12"W lockers have an 18-gauge steel door and 24-gauge steel
body; 15"W lockers have 16-gauge steel door and 24-gauge steel
body
• Unassembled and set-up
• Single-point locking padlock hasp/pull
• Double-strength hinge
Ventilated louvered doors. 13-gauge steel latch hooks. Include
6"H legs standard. Made in USA. Your choice of unassembled or
set-up lockers. SELECTED UNASSEMBLED MODELS IN BURGUNDY,
LAKE BLUE, LT. PUTTY, TAN AND GRAY ARE IN STOCK.
Available Colors:
Unassembled: (03) (13) (18) (19) (20) (21) (23) (28) (33)
(11)
burgundy spray green hunter green lake blue marine blue teal lt. putty tan gray champagne
Set-Up:
(96) (91) (97) (92) (98) (99) (93) (94) (95) (90)
burgundy spray green hunter green lake blue marine blue teal lt. putty tan gray champagne
Lockers
Padlock hasp/pull shown with
optional padlock. Also
16-Person Lockers accepts mounted
• 18-gauge steel door; 24-gauge steel body combination locks or keyed
• Unassembled and set-up locks. See page 58 for locks.
• Single-point locking padlock hasp/pull
• Double-strength hinge
Ventilated louvered doors. Includes hanger rod and 6"H legs. Made in USA. Specify color. Your choice of
unassembled or set-up lockers. SELECTED UNASSEMBLED MODELS IN LAKE BLUE, LT. PUTTY, TAN AND GRAY
ARE IN STOCK.
UNASSEMBLED SET-UP
Opening Overall LOCKERS LOCKERS
WxDxH WxDxH Stock No. $ Stock No. $
(16 openings per unit, priced per unt)
12x18x12" 69 /4x18x78"
1
57043-U 625.00 57099-U 756.00
! IMPORTANT !
Set-up lockers are not
returnable. Wall-Mounted Lockers
• 18-gauge steel door; 24-gauge steel body
• Set-up
• Single-point locking padlock hasp/pull
Number plates are included • Double-strength hinge
Vanguard on drop ship orders. For in Includes ventilated louvered doors and suspended hanger bar.
handle shown stock lockers, order stock Made in USA. Specify color. LAKE BLUE, LT. PUTTY, TAN AND GRAY
with optional number below. Etched ARE IN STOCK.
mounted black letters on aluminum
combination lock. Also plate. Specify number(s) Opening Overall Stock
accepts padlocks or keyed between 1–1000. WxDxH Width Number $
locks. See page 58 for locks. 57595-S $ ......................0.88 (4 openings per unit, priced per unit)
12x18x12" 45" 57047-T 247.00
2-Person Locker Systems
• 18-gauge steel full door; 16-gauge steel box door;
24-gauge steel body
• Unassembled
• Vanguard handle on full door and single-point locking
padlock hasp/pull on box door
• Double-strength hinge
Full-length lockers have single coat hook, shelf, and hanger rod.
One 2-point lock controls one full-length and one box locker. Single Box Lockers
Ventilated louvered doors. Includes 6"H legs. Made in USA. • 18-gauge steel door; 24-gauge steel body
Specify color. • Set-up
Bottom • Single-point locking padlock hasp/pull
Top • Double-strength hinge
Overall Opening Stock
Opening WxH Includes internal friction catch that keeps door closed. Ventilated
WxDxH WxH Number $
1 LOCKER WIDE FOR 2 PEOPLE louvered doors. Made in USA. Specify color.
(4 openings per unit, priced per unit) Overall WxDxH Stock No. $
15x18x72" 6x52" 127/8x83/8" 78060-U 310.00 (1 opening per unit, priced per unit)
3 LOCKERS WIDE FOR 6 PEOPLE 12x12x135/8" 78097-U 83.00
(12 openings per unit, priced per unit) 12x15x135/8" 78098-U 84.80
15x18x72" 6x52" 127/8x83/8" 78059-U 772.00 12x18x135/8" 78099-U 86.50
Available Colors:
Unassembled: (03) (13) (18) (19) (20) (21) (23) (28) (33)
(11)
burgundy spray green hunter green lake blue marine blue teal lt. putty tan gray champagne
Set-Up:
(96) (91) (97) (92) (98) (99) (93) (94) (95) (90)
burgundy spray green hunter green lake blue marine blue teal lt. putty tan gray champagne
40
Top
Cabinets & Lockers | LOCKERS 1
NEW
! IMPORTANT !
Assembled Lockers Recessed handle
• 16-gauge steel door frame; 26-gauge steel body shown with optional Assembled lockers are returnable.
• All-welded padlock. 6-tier Call for authorization.
• Recessed handle: 1- to 3-tier with single-point lock; lockers also accept Number Plates (not included).
6-tier has single-point locking padlock hasp/pull cylinder locks. See Specify number (s) between 1–1000.
• 5-knuckle hinge page 58 for locks.
N2114 $ ...................................2.70
Color: gray. Made in Canada. IN STOCK.
1-Tier Lockers. Recessed handle. Includes 3 coat hooks and top shelf. 2-Tier Lockers. Recessed handle. Includes 3 coat hooks.
Opening Overall Stock Opening Overall Stock
WxDxH Height Number $ WxDxH Height Number $
1 LOCKER WIDE (1 opening per unit, priced per unit) 1 LOCKER WIDE (2 openings per unit, priced per unit)
12x18x72" 78" N2100G-1-S 253.00 12x18x36" 78" N2105G-1-S 273.00
2 LOCKERS WIDE (2 openings per unit, priced per unit) 2 LOCKERS WIDE (4 openings per unit, priced per unit)
12x18x72" 78" N2100G-2-S 466.00 12x18x36" 78" N2105G-2-S 506.00
3 LOCKERS WIDE (3 openings per unit, priced per unit) 3 LOCKERS WIDE (6 openings per unit, priced per unit)
12x18x72" 78" N2100G-3-S 637.00 12x18x36" 78" N2105G-3-S 696.00
4 LOCKERS WIDE (4 openings per unit, priced per unit) 4 LOCKERS WIDE (8 openings per unit, priced per unit)
12x18x72" 78" N2100G-4-S 829.00 12x18x36" 78" N2105G-4-S 907.00
3-Tier Lockers. Recessed handle. 6-Tier Lockers. Padlock hasp/pull.
Opening Overall Stock Opening Overall Stock
WxDxH Height Number $ WxDxH Height Number $
1 LOCKER WIDE (3 openings per unit, priced per unit) 1 LOCKER WIDE (6 openings per unit, priced per unit)
12x18x24" 78" N2106G-1-S 294.00 12x12x18" 78" N2110G-1-S 355.00
2 LOCKERS WIDE (6 openings per unit, priced per unit) 2 LOCKERS WIDE (12 openings per unit, priced per unit)
12x18x24" 78" N2106G-2-S 545.00 12x12x18" 78" N2110G-2-S* 709.00
3 LOCKERS WIDE (9 openings per unit, priced per unit) 3 LOCKERS WIDE (18 openings per unit, priced per unit)
12x18x24" 78" N2106G-3-S 755.00 12x12x18" 78" N2110G-3-S* 1065.00
4 LOCKERS WIDE (12 openings per unit, priced per unit) 4 LOCKERS WIDE (24 openings per unit, priced per unit)
12x18x24" 78" N2106G-4-S 1030.00 12x12x18" 78" N2110G-4-S* 1420.00
*Furnished as separate units/frames.
Accessories
Slope tops and bases span entire grouping of locker frames. Order one top or base
per frame grouping (example: for one 4-wide, 1-tier locker N2100G-4-S, order one
top N2112G-4-S or one base N2113-4-S). Ship unassembled. Slope top is gray;
base is black. IN STOCK.
1-WIDE FRAME 2-WIDE FRAME 3-WIDE FRAME 4-WIDE FRAME
Description Stock No. $ Stock No. $ Stock No. $ Stock No. $
Sloped Top N2112G-1-S 22.80 N2112G-2-S 36.40 N2112G-3-S 52.60 N2112G-4-S 71.30
Recessed Base N2113-1-S 42.10 N2113-2-S 67.60 N2113-3-S 97.80 N2113-4-S 133.00
Lift handle
shown with
optional
mounted
combination
lock. Also
accepts
padlocks and
keyed locks.
See page 58
for locks.
Lockers
• 16-gauge steel door and frame;
24-gauge steel body
• Unassembled and set-up
• Lift handle: one-tier with 3-point lock;
two-tier with 2-point lock
• 2" full-loop hinge
12"W lockers have (1) double-prong and
(3) single-prong coat hooks; lockers over
12"W have (1) double and (4) single
hooks. Coat rods replace ceiling hooks
on 18" and 21"D lockers. Made in USA.
Your choice of unassembled or set-up
See page 57 and 58 lockers. SELECTED MODELS IN (28) DOVE
for locker benches. GRAY ARE IN STOCK.
42
Cabinets & Lockers | LOCKERS 1
Padlock
hasp/pull Shown with optional
shown with number plates.
optional
mounted
combination
lock. Also accepts padlocks
and keyed locks. See page
58 for locks.
Padlock
hasp/pull
shown with
optional
padlock. Also
accepts
combination locks and
keyed locks. See page 58 for
locks.
Lift handle
shown with
cylinder lock.
Also accepts
padlocks and Shown with optional
keyed locks. closed bases.
See page 58 A B C D
for locks.
A. 3-Tier Lockers. Lift handle. Specify color.
UNASSEMBLED SET-UP
Opening Overall Stock LOCKERS LOCKERS
Lockers WxDxH Height Number $ $
• 16-gauge steel door and frame; 24-gauge steel body 1 LOCKER WIDE (3 openings per unit, priced per unit)
• Unassembled and set-up 12x15x24" 78" 78348-T 312.00 354.00
• Three-tier has lift handle with 2-point lock; 4-, 5-, and 6-tier have 3 LOCKERS WIDE (9 openings per unit, priced per unit)
single-point locking padlock hasp/pull 12x15x24" 78" 78328-T 816.00 916.00
• 2" full-loop hinge
Made in USA. Your choice of unassembled or set-up lockers (16-Person B. 4-Tier Lockers. Padlock hasp/pull. Specify color.
LockerRack available unassembled or partially assembled). UNASSEMBLED SET-UP
Opening Overall Stock LOCKERS LOCKERS
WxDxH Height Number $ $
16-Person LockeRack®. Padlock hasp/pull. Specify color. 1 LOCKER WIDE (4 openings per unit, priced per unit)
Opening Overall Stock 12x12x12" 54" 78349-T 223.00 252.00
WxDxH WxDxH Number $ 3 LOCKERS WIDE (12 openings per unit, priced per unit)
UNASSEMBLED 12x12x12" 54" 78329-T 621.00 695.00
12x18x12" 69x18x78" 57192-T 724.00
PARTIALLY ASSEMBLED. Four-compartment horizontal section
C. 5-Tier Lockers . Padlock hasp/pull. Specify color.
needs to be attached to two upright sections upon arrival. UNASSEMBLED SET-UP
12x18x12" 69x18x78" 57193-T 870.00 Opening Overall Stock LOCKERS LOCKERS
WxDxH Height Number $ $
57199 Closed Base Kit. (2) front and (4) end panels. 1 LOCKER WIDE (5 openings per unit, priced per unit)
$...........................................................................................81.00 12x12x12" 66" 78336-T 296.00 318.00
12x15x12" 66" 78337-T 263.00 306.00
15x15x12" 66" 78338-T 299.00 348.00
Available Colors: 3 LOCKERS WIDE (15 openings per unit, priced per unit)
12x12x12" 66" 78330-T 699.00 745.00
Unassembled: (18) (21) (28)
12x15x12" 66" 78331-T 684.00 763.00
Wedgewood Blue Putty Dove Gray
15x15x12" 66" 78332-T 779.00 872.00
Available Colors:
Unassembled: (18) blue (23) tan (28) gray
1-Tier Lockers with Alliance Handle. Specify color. 2-Tier Lockers with Alliance Handle. Specify color.
UNASSEMBLED SET-UP UNASSEMBLED SET-UP
Opening Overall Stock LOCKERS LOCKERS Opening Overall Stock LOCKERS LOCKERS
WxDxH Height Number $ $ WxDxH Height Number $ $
1 LOCKER WIDE (1 opening per unit, priced per unit) 1 LOCKER WIDE (2 openings per unit, priced per unit)
12x12x60" 66" 78221-S 125.00 161.00 12x12x36" 78" 78237-S 157.00 202.00
12x15x60" 66" 78222-S 130.00 169.00 12x15x36" 78" 78238-S 165.00 213.00
12x18x60" 66" 78223-S 140.00 178.00 12x18x36" 78" 78239-S 172.00 222.00
12x12x72" 78" 78224-S 138.00 177.00 3 LOCKERS WIDE (6 openings per unit, priced per unit)
12x15x72" 78" 78225-S 142.00 184.00 12x12x36" 78" 78231-S 390.00 503.00
12x18x72" 78" 78226-S 150.00 194.00 12x15x36" 78" 78232-S 409.00 529.00
15x18x72" 78" 78227-S 164.00 212.00 12x18x36" 78" 78233-S 425.00 551.00
3 LOCKERS WIDE (3 openings per unit, priced per unit)
12x12x60" 66" 78207-S 307.00 397.00 2-Tier Lockers with Recessed Handle. Specify color.
12x15x60" 66" 78208-S 322.00 416.00 UNASSEMBLED SET-UP
12x18x60" 66" 78209-S 342.00 441.00 Opening Overall Stock LOCKERS LOCKERS
12x12x72" 78" 78210-S 339.00 439.00 WxDxH Height Number $ $
12x15x72" 78" 78211-S 352.00 454.00 1 LOCKER WIDE (2 openings per unit, priced per unit)
12x18x72" 78" 78212-S 372.00 481.00 12x12x36" 78" 78234-S 152.00 198.00
15x18x72" 78 78213-S 407.00 526.00 12x15x36" 78" 78235-S 161.00 208.00
12x18x36" 78" 78236-S 168.00 215.00
1-Tier Lockers with Recessed Handle. Specify color. 3 LOCKERS WIDE (6 openings per unit, priced per unit)
UNASSEMBLED SET-UP 12x12x36" 78" 78228-S 381.00 491.00
Opening Overall Stock LOCKERS LOCKERS 12x15x36" 78" 78229-S 398.00 516.00
WxDxH Height Number $ $ 12x18x36" 78" 78230-S 416.00 538.00
1 LOCKER WIDE (1 opening per unit, priced per unit)
12x12x60" 66" 78214-S 121.00 156.00
12x15x60" 66" 78215-S 127.00 163.00
12x18x60" 66" 78216-S 135.00 173.00
12x12x72" 78" 78217-S 134.00 172.00 ! IMPORTANT !
12x15x72" 78" 78218-S 140.00 179.00
12x18x72" 78" 78219-S 147.00 189.00 Set-up lockers are not returnable.
15x18x72" 78" 78220-S 161.00 207.00 Number Plates (not included). Etched black letters on
3 LOCKERS WIDE (3 openings per unit, priced per unit) aluminum plate. Specify number(s) between 1–1000.
12x12x60" 66" 78200-S 301.00 388.00
FOR UNASSEMBLED FOR SET-UP
12x15x60" 66" 78201-S 314.00 406.00
Stock No. $ Stock No. $
12x18x60" 66" 78202-S 332.00 429.00
5766001-S 0.95 5766002-S 0.95
12x12x72" 78" 78203-S 331.00 427.00
12x15x72" 78" 78204-S 343.00 444.00
12x18x72" 78" 78205-S 364.00 470.00
15x18x72" 78" 78206-S 395.00 513.00
44
Cabinets & Lockers | LOCKERS 1
B
A
Available Colors:
Unassembled: (18) blue (23) tan (28) gray Padlock hasp/pull
shown with optional
cylinder lock. Also
Set-Up: (92) blue (94) tan (95) gray accepts padlocks.
See page 58 for locks.
5- and 6-Tier Lockers
• 16-gauge steel door, 18-gauge steel frame, and 24-gauge steel body
• Unassembled and set-up
• Single point locking padlock hasp/pull • 4-knuckle hinge at 2 points
Secure, private storage where space is at a premium. Made in USA. Your choice of
unassembled or set-up lockers. SELECTED UNASSEMBLED MODELS IN (23) TAN AND (28) 16-Person Locker System
GRAY ARE IN STOCK. • 16-gauge steel door, 18-gauge steel frame, and 24-gauge steel body
A. 5-Tier Lockers. Specify color. • Unassembled
• Single point locking padlock hasp/pull
UNASSEMBLED SET-UP • 4-knuckle hinge at 2 points
Opening Overall Stock LOCKERS LOCKERS Community hanging space holds full-length garments. Four-compartment
WxDxH Height Number $ $ horizontal section needs to be attached to two upright sections upon arrival.
1 LOCKER WIDE (5 openings per unit, priced per unit) Made in USA. Specify color: (18) blue, (23) tan, (28) gray. (23) TAN AND (28) GRAY
12x12x12" 66" 78245-S 166.00 215.00 ARE IN STOCK.
12x15x12" 66" 78246-S 170.00 220.00 Opening Overall Stock
3 LOCKERS WIDE (15 openings per unit, priced per unit) WxDxH WxDxH Number $
12x12x12" 66" 78240-S 415.00 537.00 (16 openings per unit, priced per unit)
12x15x12" 66" 78241-S 422.00 547.00 12x18x12" 72x18x78" 57088-S 541.00
UNASSEMBLED SET-UP
Opening Overall Stock LOCKERS LOCKERS ! IMPORTANT !
WxDxH Height Number $ $
1 LOCKER WIDE (6 openings per unit, priced per unit) Set-up lockers are not returnable.
12x12x12" 78" 78247-S 195.00 252.00
Number Plates (not included). Etched black letters
12x15x12" 78" 78248-S 200.00 258.00
on aluminum plate. Made in USA. Specify number(s)
12x18x12" 78" 78249-S 209.00 273.00
between 1–1000.
3 LOCKERS WIDE (18 openings per unit, priced per unit)
FOR UNASSEMBLED FOR SET-UP
12x12x12" 78" 78242-S 487.00 627.00
Stock No. $ Stock No. $
12x15x12" 78" 78243-S 496.00 642.00
5766001-S 0.95 5766002-S 0.95
12x18x12" 78" 78244-S 524.00 678.00
Recessed handle
accepts mounted
combination locks,
keyed locks, or
padlocks. See page
58 for locks.
Padlock hasp/pull
shown with optional
padlock. Also
accepts mounted
combination locks
and keyed locks. See
page 58 for locks.
A B C
1-Tier 2-Tier Shown with
Shown with optional 6-Tier optional base kit.
sloping top and base kits.
46
Cabinets & Lockers | LOCKERS 1
Stainless
Opening Overall Stock UNASSEMBLED SET-UP steel
WxDxH Height Number $ $ recessed
A. 1-TIER LOCKERS. 1 Locker Wide (1 opening per unit, priced per unit) door
12x12x72" 78" 58630-S 137.00 172.00 handle
12x15x72" 78" 58631-S 142.00 174.00 has a finger tip pull.
12x18x72" 78" 58632-S 147.00 184.00
15x18x72" 78" 58633-S 153.00 203.00 Accepts padlocks,
18x18x72" 78" 58634-S 172.00 214.00 mounted combination
A. 1-TIER LOCKERS. 3 Lockers Wide (3 openings per unit, priced per unit) locks, and keyed locks.
12x12x72" 78" 58635-S 366.00 459.00 See page 58 for locks.
12x15x72" 78" 58636-S 377.00 470.00
12x18x72" 78" 58637-S 398.00 497.00
15x18x72" 78" 58638-S 440.00 549.00
18x18x72" 78" 58639-S 463.00 580.00
B. 2-TIER LOCKERS. 1 Locker Wide (2 openings per unit, priced per unit) Piano
12x12x36" 78" 58640-S 156.00 198.00 hinge
12x15x36" 78" 58641-S 163.00 204.00
12x18x36" 78" 58642-S 169.00 210.00
15x18x36" 78" 58643-S 183.00 227.00
18x18x36" 78" 58644-S 213.00 266.00
B. 2-TIER LOCKERS. 3 Lockers Wide (6 openings per unit, priced per unit) Maintenance-Free
12x12x36" 78" 58645 -S 427.00 532.00 A B C
12x15x36" 78" 58646-S 440.00 552.00 Quiet™ Lockers
12x18x36" 78" 58647-S 457.00 570.00 • 14-gauge steel door; 18-gauge steel door frame; 24-gauge steel body
15x18x36" 78" 58648-S 489.00 612.00 • Unassembled and set-up
18x18x36" 78" 58649-S 595.00 717.00 • One-piece stainless steel recessed handle: 1-tier has 3-point lock;
C. 3-TIER LOCKERS. 1 Lockers Wide (3 openings per unit, priced per unit) 2- and 3-tier have 2-point lock
12x12x24" 78" 58650-S 186.00 230.00 • Continuous piano hinge
12x15x24" 78" 58651-S 188.00 234.00 Features sound-absorbing rubber door bumpers. Full-height door panel
12x18x24" 78" 58652-S 199.00 248.00 is welded to the hinge side and includes a 3" door stiffener. Include 6"H
C. 3-TIER LOCKERS. 1 Lockers Wide (3 openings per unit, priced per unit) legs. 1- and 2-tier lockers have a double ceiling hook and (3) single wall
12x12x24" 78" 58653-S 501.00 625.00 hooks. 1-tier locker also has an upper shelf. Made in USA. Specify color:
12x15x24" 78" 58654-S 509.00 636.00 Unassembled: (21) putty, (27) gray; Set-Up: (93) putty, (95) gray.
12x18x24" 78" 58655-S 536.00 670.00 FACTORY QUICK SHIP.
! IMPORTANT !
Set-up lockers are non-returnable.
Number plates are included. Specify
number at time of order, otherwise NEW
will start with #1.
16-Person Locker
• 22–24-gauge steel door panel; 16-gauge steel door frame;
26-gauge steel sides and back; 24-gauge steel top
A B C • Unassembled
• Recessed handle with single-point lock
• 2" long hinge
Includes community hanging space for full-length garments.
A. & B. 1- and 2-Tier Lockers Opening Overall Stock
• 20–22-gauge steel door panel; 16-gauge door frame; WxDxH Height Number $
26-gauge steel sides and back; 24-gauge top (16 openings per unit, priced per unit)
• Unassembled 12x18x12" 72" 57001-S 562.00
• Recessed handle single-point lock
• 2" long hinge
Fit flush to floor on all sides. 4-Person Lockers
Opening Overall Stock • 22–24-gauge steel door panel;
Type WxDxH Height Number $ 16-gauge steel door frame;
1-TIER LOCKERS (1 opening per unit, priced per unit) 26-gauge steel sides and back;
Starter 12x18x72" 72" 78259-S 146.00 24-gauge steel top
Add-On 12x18x72" 72" 78260-S 130.00 • Unassembled
2-TIER LOCKERS (2 openings per unit, priced per unit) • Recessed handle with single-
Starter 12x18x36" 72" 78261-S 155.00 point lock
Add-On 12x18x36" 72" 78262-S 140.00 • 2" long hinge
Includes suspended bar for
C. 6-Tier Box Lockers hanging garments.
• 22–24-gauge steel door panel; 16-gauge steel door frame; Opening Overall Stock
26-gauge steel sides and back; 24-gauge steel top WxDxH Height Number $
• Unassembled (4 openings per unit, priced per unit)
• Recessed handle with single-point lock 11x18x12" 45" 57147-S 181.00
• 2" long hinge
Opening Overall Stock
Type WxDxH Height Number $ Double-wall doors Hidden vents increase
(6 openings per unit, priced per unit) are rigid—won’t ventilation to reduce
Starter 12x18x12" 72" 78263-S 196.00 twist or bend. odor and mildew.
Add-On 12x18x12" 72" 78264-S 181.00
! IMPORTANT !
Inset handle
Custom design your
shown with Unassembled lockers on this page can be returned,
locker room! Begin with
optional call for authorization.
a starter unit, then
cylinder lock. Number Plate (not included). Etched black letters on
order add-ons up to
Also accepts aluminum plate. Specify number(s) between 1–1000.
four per starter. Mix and
padlocks. All
match single-, double-, FOR UNASSEMBLED FOR SET-UP
locks sold on
and six-tier lockers. Stock No. $ Stock No. $
page 58.
5766001-S 0.95 5766002-S 0.95
48
Cabinets & Lockers | LOCKERS 1
Combination lock
See page 58 with black door.
Number tags
for locks.
(1–108) included.
4-Person Locker
4-Wide Wall-Mount Lockers. Includes padlock hasp/pull. 16-Person Lockers. Includes padlock hasp/pull.
(01) (02) (01) (02)
Opening Overall Stock UNASSEMBLED SET-UP Opening Overall Stock UNASSEMBLED SET-UP
WxDxH Height Number $ $ WxDxH Height Number $ $
(4 openings per unit, priced per unit) (16 openings per unit, priced per unit)
12x18x12" 48" 57998-S 369.00 458.00 12x18x12" 72x18x78" 57997-S 784.00 992.00
ADA-compliant ! IMPORTANT !
handle includes
padlock hasp. Set-up lockers are not returnable.
Accepts padlocks, 5708900-T Number plates. (Not included).
mounted combination locks, and Etched black figures on
keyed locks. See page 58 for locks. aluminum plate. Specify
number(s): between 1–1000.
$..................................................0.96
50
Cabinets & Lockers | LOCKERS 1
Padlock hasp/pull with
optional cylinder lock.
Ventilated Lockers Also accepts padlocks.
• 16-gauge steel door; 16-gauge steel sides; 18- See page 58 for locks.
gauge steel back; 24-gauge steel top
• Unassembled and set-up Recessed handle. Accepts
• Recessed handle on 1-tier with 3-point lock; mounted combination
recessed handle on 2-tier with 2-point lock; 6-tier locks, padlocks, and
single-point locking padlock hasp/pull keyed locks. See page 58
• Four-knuckle hinge for locks.
Offer security, visibility, and maximum air flow.
Includes 6"H legs. 1-tier lockers include platform shelf and coat rod on 18"D units only.
1- and 2-tier models have (3) single-prong wall hooks, and a double ceiling hook. Made in USA.
Your choice of unassembled or set-up lockers. For unassembled lockers specify color: (18) blue,
(23) tan, (28) gray; for set-up lockers specify color: (92) blue, (94) tan, (95) gray.
UNASSEMBLED SET-UP
Opening Overall Stock LOCKERS LOCKERS
WxDxH Height Number $ $
1-TIER LOCKERS. 3 lockers wide (3 openings per unit, priced per unit) Shown with
12x12x72" 78" 78250-S 440.00 569.00 6-Tier 2-Tier 1-Tier optional number plates.
12x18x72" 78" 78251-S 490.00 634.00
15x18x72" 78" 78252-S 505.00 654.00 ! IMPORTANT !
2-TIER LOCKERS. 3 lockers wide (6 openings per unit, priced per unit)
12x12x36" 78" 78253-S 481.00 623.00 Set-up lockers are not returnable.
12x15x36" 78" 78254-S 509.00 659.00 Number plates (not included). Etched black letters on
12x18x36" 78" 78255-S 534.00 691.00 aluminum plate. Specify number(s) between 1–1000.
6-TIER LOCKERS. 3 lockers wide (18 openings per unit, priced per unit) FOR UNASSEMBLED FOR SET-UP
12x12x12" 78" 78256-S 615.00 796.00 Stock No. $ Stock No. $
12x15x12" 78" 78257-S 637.00 824.00 5766001-S 0.95 5766002-S 0.95
12x18x12" 78" 78258-S 671.00 871.00
UNASSEMBLED SET-UP
Opening Overall Stock LOCKERS LOCKERS
WxDxH Height Number $ $
1-TIER LOCKERS. 1 locker wide (1 opening per unit, priced per unit)
12x12x72" 78" 57845-T 172.00 210.00
12x18x72" 78" 57846-T 203.00 230.00
15x18x72" 78" 57847-T 217.00 245.00
18x18x72" 78" 57848-T 237.00 264.00
1-TIER LOCKERS. 3 lockers wide (3 openings per unit, priced per unit)
12x12x72" 78" 57849-T 493.00 570.00
12x18x72" 78" 57850-T 550.00 626.00 6-Tier
15x18x72" 78" 57851-T 589.00 664.00 2-Tier
1-Tier
18x18x72" 78" 57852-T 640.00 718.00
2-TIER LOCKERS. 1 locker wide (2 openings per unit, priced per unit)
12x12x36" 78" 57853-T 206.00 246.00 Heavy-Duty Ventilated Lockers
12x18x36" 78" 57854-T 235.00 284.00
• 14-gauge steel door; 16-gauge steel sides and top;
15x18x36" 78" 57855-T 246.00 274.00
18-gauge steel back Piano hinge
18x18x36" 78" 57856-T 259.00 290.00
• Unassembled and set-up
2-TIER LOCKERS. 3 lockers wide (6 openings per unit, priced per unit)
• One-piece stainless steel recessed handle on 1-tier with 3-point lock:
12x12x36" 78" 57857-T 591.00 665.00
recessed handle on 2-tier with 2-point lock; 6-tier has single-point
12x18x36" 78" 57858-T 638.00 715.00
locking padlock hasp/pull
15x18x36" 78" 57859-T 670.00 744.00
• Continuous piano hinge
18x18x36" 78" 57860-T 710.00 784.00
Tough durable lockers are made to last. Rubber bumpers on door frame
6-TIER LOCKERS. 1 locker wide (6 openings per unit, priced per unit)
ensure quiet operation. 6"H legs. 1-tier lockers include upper shelf,
12x12x12" 78" 57861-T 237.00 279.00
(3) single hooks, and a double hook. 2-tier lockers include (3) single
12x18x12" 78" 57862-T 264.00 302.00
hooks, and a double hook. Baked enamel finish. Made in USA. Your choice
6-TIER LOCKERS. 3 lockers wide (18 openings per unit, priced per unit)
of unassembled or set-up lockers. For unassembled lockers specify color:
12x12x12" 78" 57863-T 683.00 757.00
(21) putty, (27) gray; for set-up lockers specify color: (93) putty, (95) gray.
12x18x12" 78" 57864-T 744.00 819.00
Custom Product
Please call to order.
NEW
52
Cabinets & Lockers | LOCKERS 1
Storage Lockers
• 13-gauge steel frame/sides; 12-gauge steel shelves
• All-welded
• Padlock hasp
Expanded metal has 3/4x11/2" diamond-shaped openings. Doors open 270° back to the sides. Shelves are
welded in place: one-shelf cabinet has 34" above and below; two-shelf cabinet has 221/2" between shelves.
31/2" underclearance. Made in USA.
Overall WITHOUT SHELVES ONE SHELF TWO SHELVES
WxDxH Stock No. $ Stock No. $ Stock No. $
48x24x78" 5739601-R 714.00 5739602-R 738.00 5739603-R 806.00
60x24x78" 5741201-R 825.00 5741202-R 876.00 5741203-R 974.00
48x30x78" 5759401-R 766.00 5759402-R 798.00 5759403-R 876.00
60x30x78" 5759701-R 868.00 5759702-R 909.00 5759703-R 1000.00
60x36x78" 5758701-R 933.00 5758702-R 1010.00 5758703-R 1135.00
72x36x78" 5758801-R 969.00 5758802-R 1060.00 5758803-R 1205.00
NOTE: Storage lockers with (04) one adjustable shelf and (05) two adjustable shelves available, call for pricing.
A B C 20
YEAR
WARRANTY
End Panels. Required to finish one exposed side of locker. Specify matching color:
(03) burgundy, (18) blue, (22) beige, (27) gray.
Overall DxH Stock No. $
12x60" 57719-S 86.10
12x72" 57720-S 86.10
15x60" 57721-S 92.40
15x72" 57722-S 92.40
18x60" 57723-S 96.40
18x72" 57724-S 96.40
Available Colors:
54
Cabinets & Lockers | LOCKERS 1
Recessed handle IMPORTANT!
shown with
optional Set-up lockers are non returnable.
mounted
combination lock. Number plates are included;
Specify number at time of order,
Accepts padlocks and keyed otherwise will start with #1.
locks. See page 58 for locks.
Gear Lockers
• 16-gauge steel door on security box;
16-gauge steel sides and top;
18-gauge steel back
• All-welded
• Security box with single-point padlock hasp/pull;
foot locker with padlock hasp
• Piano hinge on security box and foot locker lid
Sized to house bulky sports or work apparel. Includes stainless
steel coat rod and diamond-perforated sides. Color: sport
silver. Made in USA. SELECTED MODELS IN STOCK.
Overall WxDxH Stock Number $
A. SECURITY BOX, COAT ROD
24x22x72" 5791243-S 517.00
24x22x84" 5791343-S 487.00
B. SECURITY BOX, COAT ROD, STORAGE LOCKERS
24x22x72" 5791443-S 637.00
24x22x84" 5791543-S 605.00
C. UPPER SHELF, COAT ROD
24x22x72" 5791743-S 331.00
24x22x84" 5791843-S 406.00
D. UPPER SHELF, COAT ROD, LOWER SHELF
24x22x72" 5791943-S 401.00
24x22x84" 5792043-S 478.00
E. SECURITY BOX, COAT ROD, LOWER SHELF
24x22x72" 5792143-S 481.00
24x22x84" 5792243-S 558.00
! IMPORTANT !
Set-up lockers are not returnable.
Number plates are included; Specify
number at time of order, otherwise will
C E start with #1.
D
56
Cabinets & Lockers | LOCKERS 1
Pedestal Benches
Butcher block hardwood seats have a clear varnish seal. Widths vary from
WIDTH
48–144". All hardwood seats are 91/2"D and 11/4" thick. Multiple pedestal DEPTH
styles to choose from. 48–96" wide benches utilize 2 pedestals; 120" and
144" wide benches utilize 3 pedestals. Hardware for securing bench seat
to pedestals is included. IN STOCK. HEIGHT
A B
Solid Cast Iron Stainless Steel
Plastic Laminate Pedestal Base Pedestal Base
Bench Seats
Durable and rust-proof.
Smooth with bull-nose edges.
Order pedestals separately.
Made in USA.
58
Pallet Rack is the most popular and the most versatile type of storage for large single items or palletized/boxed
loads. This guide provides basic information needed to select pallet rack. However, before selecting any racking
PALLET RACK
please check local ordinances, codes, and seismic requirements. Please call for more assistance. SELECTION GUIDE
Upright
Load Height plus 5 Frame
Pallet Height Height
3 Beam Width (1 Bay) (Ex. 96") First Shelf
Level
Load Width
Load Depth
Row Spacer Height should not exceed max. reach (4 level example, ie: 3 beam sets)
2 Weight of fork truck
Load
Height 3 Beam Width. Determine the width of your pallet/load and allow a minimum of
(Ex: 42") 4" between the upright frame and the load and a minimum of 4" between loads.
Example: to store (2) 42"W loads. 4 + 42 + 4 + 42 + 4 = 96" wide beam.
Pallet Height Beam Capacity. Multiply the weight of the pallet and load by the number of
(Ex: 6") pallets per level. Example: two pallets with a weight of 2500 lbs. each per level.
Pallet Depth 2500 lbs. x 2 pallets per level = 5000 lb. beam capacity minimum requirement.
1 Pallet Width (Ex: 48")
(Ex: 42") 4 Upright Frame Depth. The depth of the upright frames should be your pallet
depth (48") minus 6" (3" overhang in the front and 3" overhang in the back).
1 Determine the size of your pallet to be stored. Example: 48" - 6" = 42" deep upright frame.
Example: 42"Wx48"Dx6"H. Upright Frame Height. Determine the overall load height. Add a minimum of 6"
5
2 Determine the overall load WxDxH. For the overall clearance between top of load and next level of beams. Add the beam height and
height, add the load and pallet heights together. multiply total by the amount of upper levels required. (do not count floor level).
Example: load height 42" + pallet height 6" = Example (4 shelf levels): 48"H + 6" (for clearance) + 5" (beam height) = 59". 3 upper
48" overall height. Overall load: 42"Wx48"Dx48"H. levels x 59 = 177" high upright frame requirement.
1
2
1
5
7
3
3
6
2
4
Wall
6 7
5 Row
59
2 Shelving & Racks | PALLET RACKS
60
Shelving & Racks | PALLET RACKS 2
Components:
Standard or Heavy Load Upright Frames. Made in USA.
STANDARD LOAD HEAVY LOAD
Frame DxH
Stock No. $ Stock No. $ Upright Frame Capacities
36x96" 5779300-T 82.10 5781200-T 105.00
42x96" 5779400-T 84.00 5781300-T 107.00
48x96" 5779500-T 86.40 5781400-T 110.00 (calculated in accordance
36x120" 5779600-T 106.00 5781500-T 135.00 with RMI 1997 Standards)
42x120" 5779700-T 109.00 5781600-T 119.00 Capacity
48x120" 5779800-T 130.00 5781700-T 122.00 Vertical Standard Load Heavy Load
36x144" 5779900-T 120.00 5781800-T 153.00 Shelf 3x15/8" 3x3"
42x144" 5780100-T 123.00 5781900-T 135.00 Spacing Uprights Uprights
48x144" 5780200-T 252.00 5782000-T 138.00 36" 19400 lbs. 25000 lbs.
36x168" 5780300-T 166.00 5782100T 182.00 42" 17400 lbs. 22600 lbs.
42x168" 5780400-T 127.00 5782200-T 186.00 48" 15900 lbs. 21200 lbs.
48x168" 5780500-T 113.00 5782300-T 191.00 54" 14600 lbs. 19700 lbs.
36x192" 5780600-T 156.00 5782400-T 200.00 60" 13200 lbs. 18100 lbs.
42x192" 5780700-T 185.00 5782500-T 176.00 66" 11800 lbs. 16500 lbs.
48x192" 5780800-T 189.00 5782600-T 208.00 72" 10400 lbs. 14800 lbs.
42x216" 5750800-T 209.00 5749800-T 452.00
42x240" 5750900-T 225.00 5749700-T 249.00
Accessories
Skid Supports. Galvanized metal. Made in USA. Spacers. Includes mounting hardware to frame. Galvanized metal.
Overall Depth Stock No. $ ROW SPACERS WALL SPACERS
36" 5718500-T 7.80 Overall Stock Stock
42" 5718600-T 8.90 Lgth. Number $ Number $
48" 5718100-T 10.20 6" 5718300-T 6.20 5726200-T 5.70
Wire Decking 8" 5798900-T 6.60 5799000-T 6.20
For 11/2" and 15/8" step height beams. Galvanized metal. See page 68 for details. Made in USA. 12" 5718400-T 7.50 5726300-T 7.10
18" 5749500-T 8.80 5749400-T 8.30
Channel Depth Overall WxD Cap. Lbs. Stock Number $ 24" 5749600-T 10.20 — —
321/4" 46x36" 2620 5760100-U 27.10
321/4" 52x36" 2620 5760200-U 29.00 Frame Protectors.
381/4" 46x42" 2520 5760300-U 30.70 Shims. Galvanized metal. Polyurethane paint finish.
381/4" 52x42" 2520 5760500-U 32.80 Overall Stock Overall Stock
Gauge $
441/4" 46x48" 2330 5760600-U 34.70 WxD Number Height Number $
441/4" 52x48" 2330 5760700-U 37.10 12 31/4x41/4" 5748900-T 1.05 12" 5749100-T 34.20
12 5x73/4" 5749000-T 6.60 18" 5749200-T 44.50
24" 5749300-T 55.20
Accessories
Skid Support Wire Decking Row Spacer Wall Spacer Shim Frame Protector
Upright Frames
InterRack-30™
Pallet Racks
One of the strongest and most flexible
racking systems on the market today.
Innovative beam features a patented
column-shaped stud and keyhole that
increase rigidity and reduce stress at
the connection. Choose either U-punch
or teardrop keyhole beam connection.
Upright frames feature a combination
of narrow keyholes (punched every 2")
and offset rectangular holes allowing
Upright frames are
beam to seat automatically into column,
securely welded for
locking securely in place. High-strength
maximum rigidity.
steel columns have 55,000 psi min.
yield strength. Welds are made to AWS
standards to ensure strength and long product life. Hardbaked
enamel finish is corrosion and scratch resistant and meets or
exceeds all environmental regulations. Made in USA.
SELECTED MODELS IN STOCK.
Components:
Upright Frames . 21,600–39,700-Lb. capacity 3x3" frames
U-PUNCH KEYHOLE TEARDROP KEYHOLE
Frame 21,600-LB. MAX. CAP. 24,800-LB. MAX. CAP. 30,600-LB. MAX. CAP. 35,200-LB. MAX. CAP. 39,700-LB. MAX. CAP.
DxH Stock No. $ Stock No. $ Stock No. $ Stock No. $ Stock No. $
36x72" 5714801-U 84.00 5745401-U 87.30 5721101-U 95.40 5747201-U 105.00 5752301-U 114.00
42x72" 5714901-U 87.00 5745501-U 90.40 5722501-U 99.30 5747301-U 108.00 5752401-U 117.00
48x72" 5715001-U 90.40 5745601-U 93.60 5722601-U 103.00 5747401-U 112.00 5752501-U 120.00
36x96" 5716101-U 105.00 5745701-U 111.00 5722701-U 120.00 5747501-U 129.00 5752601-U 142.00
42x96" 5716301-U 109.00 5745801-U 114.00 5722801-U 126.00 5747601-U 135.00 5752701-U 146.00
48x96" 5716501-U 114.00 5745901-U 119.00 5722901-U 128.00 5747701-U 139.00 5752801-U 150.00
36x120" 5716601-U 127.00 5746001-U 130.00 5723001-U 145.00 5747801-U 157.00 5752901-U 171.00
42x120" 5716801-U 129.00 5746101-U 135.00 5723101-U 149.00 5747901-U 161.00 5753001-U 175.00
48x120" 5716901-U 136.00 5746201-U 139.00 5723201-U 152.00 5751301-U 167.00 5753101-U 180.00
36x144" 5717001-U 146.00 5746301-U 150.00 5723301-U 165.00 5751401-U 184.00 5753201-U 199.00
42x144" 5717101-U 151.00 5746401-U 157.00 5723501-U 172.00 5751501-U 189.00 5753301-U 204.00
48x144" 5719001-U 154.00 5746501-U 162.00 5723801-U 177.00 5751601-U 194.00 5753401-U 210.00
36x168" 5719101-U 159.00 5746601-U 168.00 5723901-U 186.00 5751701-U 205.00 5753501-U 223.00
42x168" 5719701-U 164.00 5746701-U 172.00 5724701-U 191.00 5751801-U 210.00 5753601-U 228.00
48x168" 5720201-U 169.00 5746801-U 178.00 5725301-U 197.00 5751901-U 216.00 5753701-U 233.00
36x192" 5720501-U 180.00 5746901-U 189.00 5725401-U 208.00 5752001-U 222.00 5753801-U 252.00
42x192" 5720801-U 188.00 5747001-U 194.00 5726601-U 214.00 5752101-U 227.00 5753901-U 257.00
48x192" 5721001-U 192.00 5747101-U 201.00 5727601-U 220.00 5752201-U 233.00 5754001-U 263.00
32x216" 5728101-U 209.00 5729001-U 210.00 5729301-U 239.00 5731501-U 259.00 5731801-U 277.00
42x216" 5728201-U 216.00 5729101-U 224.00 5729401-U 244.00 5731601-U 264.00 5740401-U 282.00
48x216" 5728901-U 226.00 5729201-U 229.00 5729501-U 246.00 5731701-U 271.00 5741801-U 290.00
42x240" 5741901-U 240.00 5742401-U 272.00 5742601-U 275.00 5742801-U 297.00 5743001-U 318.00
48x240" 5742301-U 247.00 5742501-U 278.00 5742701-U 281.00 5742901-U 304.00 5743101-U 325.00
NOTE: All capacities are based on 48" beam spacing and meet RMI-97 standards.
Slotted Beams. 14-Gauge beams with 15/8" step height. Two per level required. Beams
Beams are compatible with both keyhole styles.
Beam Cap. Lbs. Stock Beam Cap. Lbs. Stock Step Depth
LxH per Pair Number $ LxH per Pair Number $ 1"
13/4"
48x321/32" 7770 5742000-U 30.20 120x4" 3330 5743900-U 54.60
60x4" 7160 5742100-U 33.20 120x5" 5630 5744000-U 60.20 Step
96x4" 5030 5743300-U 44.90 120x51/2" 6710 5742200-U 65.20 Height
96x43/4" 6670 5743400-U 48.40 120x55/16" 7480 5744100-U 70.20 15/8"
96x51/2" 8260 5743500-U 53.00 144x41/2" 3080 5744200-U 65.60
108x4" 4040 5743600-U 49.30 144x5" 4020 5744300-U 72.80
108x43/4" 5990 5743700-U 53.10 144x515/16" 5970 5744400-U 81.90
108x51/2" 7400 5743800-U 59.80 Beam Profile U-Punch Teardrop
62
Shelving & Racks | PALLET RACKS 2
Accessories
Flanged Skid Supports
For slotted or solid beams. Galvanized.
Fits Frame Cap. Stock
Depth Lbs. Number $
36" 1050 5758400-U 12.70
42" 910 5758500-U 14.20
48" 780 5758600-U 15.60
Accessories
Flanged Skid Roll-In Skid Wire Decking Row Spacer Wall Spacer Shim
Support Support Frame Protector
Upright Frames
Pallet Storage Racks
• All-welded upright frames
• Upright frame capacities from 18,000 to 30,000 lbs.
• Three-rivet beam connection locks six ways for greater stability
Unique beams are available in two step sizes: 7/8" and 15/8". Three-prong
connection assures positive beam to post alignment and uniform load
distribution. Upright M-recessed frames are made from two vertical
posts joined with cleanly welded horizontal and diagonal braces.
End posts have support holes punched the entire length for
3" adjustability. Safety load factor is 1.92. Made in USA. Upright frames are
SELECTED MODELS IN STOCK. securely welded for
maximum rigidity.
Upright Frames. 18,000–30,000-Lb. capacity.
STANDARD LOAD HEAVY LOAD EXTRA HEAVY LOAD
Frame 18,000-lb. max. 24,000-lb. max. 30,000-lb. max.
DxH Stock No. $ Stock No. $ Stock No. $
36x72" 5152000-V 62.10 5150100-V 64.80 5150400-V 71.00
42x72" 5152100-V 63.90 5150200-V 67.10 5150500-V 73.20
48x72" 5152200-V 65.30 5150300-V 68.60 5150600-V 74.50
Beams 36x96" 5132300-V 84.20 5132900-V 87.90 5150700-V 96.60
42x96" 5132400-V 87.70 5133000-V 91.50 5150800-V 100.00
Roll-formed one piece beam features three- 48x96" 5132500-V 89.10 5133100-V 95.40 5150900-V 104.00
prong connection that assures positive beam 36x120" 5133500-V 95.40 5134100-V 102.00 5134600-V 113.00
to post alignment and uniform load 42x120" 5133600-V 67.20 5134200-V 106.00 5134700-V 117.00
distribution. Long lasting yellow baked 48x120" 5133700-V 103.00 5134300-V 109.00 5134800-V 120.00
enamel finish. 36x144" 5135200-V 122.00 5135800-V 130.00 5136300-V 143.00
Step Depth Step Depth 42x144" 5135300-V 126.00 5135900-V 136.00 5136400-V 148.00
13⁄4" 1" 13⁄4" 1" 48x144" 5135400-V 132.00 5136000-V 141.00 5136500-V 152.00
Step 36x168" 5155100-V 135.00 5152300-V 145.00 5152600-V 159.00
Height Step
42x168" 5155200-V 140.00 5152400-V 150.00 5152700-V 165.00
Decking— 7
⁄ 8" Height
48x168" 5155300-V 146.00 5152500-V 155.00 5152800-V 170.00
see page 68. 15⁄8"
36x192" 5155400-V 153.00 5152900-V 159.00 5153200-V 177.00
Beam 42x192" 5155500-V 158.00 5153000-V 164.00 5153300-V 181.00
Profiles 48x192" 5155600-V 165.00 5153100-V 170.00 5153400-V 185.00
36x216" 5124000-V 178.00 5129000-V 191.00 5148100-V 214.00
Solid Beams. Available with either 7/8" or 15/8" step height. 42x216" 5124100-V 189.00 5129200-V 198.00 5148400-V 222.00
Two per level required. 48x216" 5124200-V 192.00 5129300-V 209.00 5148600-V 228.00
Beam Cap. Lbs. Stock 36x240" 5126000-V 190.00 5145200-V 204.00 5141900-V 225.00
LxH per Pair Number $ 42x240" 5126200-V 197.00 5145300-V 211.00 5144300-V 237.00
BEAM WITH 7/8" STEP 48x240" 5126300-V 204.00 5145400-V 222.00 5144400-V 243.00
48x33/4" 8920 5141800-V 31.40
60x33/4" 7120 5140300-V 34.70
96x33/4" 4420 5140400-V 48.90 Accessories
108x33/4" 3920 5140500-V 53.50 E.–G. Skid Supports for Solid Beams. All cross bars are rated equally: 36"—996-lb. capacity;
120x33/4" 3190 5168100-V 59.40 42"—830-lb. capacity; 48"—711-lb. capacity. Painted.
144x33/4" 2220 5140600-V 69.20 E. 16-Ga. Skid Supports for Plywood. (Plywood or particleboard depth should be upright frame depth
BEAM WITH 15/8" STEP minus 33/4") Center support must be securely fastened.
48x33/8" 8380 5166400-V 29.80 F. General Duty Skid Supports. Supports loads smaller than unit depth. Not for plywood.
60x33/8" 6695 5166500-V 34.00 G. 16-Ga. Flanged Skid Supports. Recommended for hard-use applications.
96x33/8" 3990 5168200-V 48.10 Fits Frame E. PLYWOOD F. GENERAL DUTY G. FLANGED
96x43/16" 5290 5168300-V 50.90 Depth Stock No. $ Stock No. $ Stock No. $
108x33/4" 3990 5168400-V 54.20 SKID SUPPORTS FOR 7/8" STEP
108x43/16" 4630 5168500-V 56.50 36" 5167100-V 7.70 5167400-V 11.00 — —
120x33/4" 3230 5168600-V 59.40 42" 5167200-V 8.60 5167500-V 12.50 — —
120x411/16" 4810 5168700-V 65.30 48" 5167300-V 9.80 5179300-V 14.30 — —
144x33/4" 2240 5168800-V 69.20 SKID SUPPORTS FOR 15/8" STEP
144x53/8" 4740 5168900-V 81.00 36" 5117500-V 11.00 5128400-V 10.60 5142000-V 12.90
42" 5117800-V 12.50 5137500-V 12.20 5142100-V 14.50
A.–B. Spacers. Mounting hardware included. 48" 5121200-V 14.30 5137700-V 13.70 5142200-V 16.20
A. ROW SPACERS B. WALL SPACERS
Overall Stock Stock
Length Number $ Number $
Accessories
6" 5118300-V 5.10 5166900-V 4.90
8" 5118400-V 5.70 5128200-V 5.50
10" 5125900-V 6.30 5167000-V 6.10
12" 5128100-V 6.90 5128300-V 6.70
C. Shims G
5145500-V 31/4x41/4". $...........................................................................1.55 A B C D E F
D. Frame Protector Anchors to floor. Row Spacer Wall Spacer Shim Frame Protector Skid Support
5129400-V 18"H. $ ...............................................................................18.50
64
Shelving & Racks | PALLET RACKS 2
Beams
Step
Height
15/8" Upright
Three-rivet connection Beam Frames
with safety lock. Profile
Components
Solid Beams. 15/8" step height. Two per level required.
Beam Cap. Lbs. Stock
LxH per Pair Number $
96x3" 3155 5715800-T 34.50
96x31/2" 4210 5724300-T 32.90 Upright Frames . 19,040–36,900-Lb. capacity.
96x4" 5190 5705200-T 33.90 Frame Cap. Stock
96x41/4" 5800 5730100-T 39.60 DxH Lbs. Number $
108x4" 4205 5715900-T 38.20 42x96" 19,000 5723400-T 108.00
108x41/2" 5360 5705900-T 40.00 42x120" 19,040 5704500-T 110.00
120x41/2" 4400 5716400-T 46.70 42x144" 19,040 5704800-T 172.00
120x51/2" 6910 5716700-T 54.50 42x144" 36,900 5714600-T 174.00
144x41/4" 2720 5730300-T 57.00 42x192" 19,040 5715100-T 191.00
144x41/2" 3140 5730400-T 54.20 42x192" 25,100 5704900-T 173.00
144x51/2" 5260 5730700-T 66.50 42x192" 36,900 5705000-T 186.00
144x6" 7710 5706500-T 67.80 42x240" 36,900 5715200-T 231.00
Accessories
Snap-Guard® Frame
Skid Support Row Spacer Wall Spacer Frame Protector Protector
66
Shelving & Racks | PALLET RACKS 2
Components NEW
Beams
Step-Style Beams. Well-suited for drop decks,
shelves, and product stacking applications. Step Depth
Allow 2" incremental spacing for safety 1"
13/4"
bars. 14-gauge steel with 15/8"
Step
step height. Includes locking Height
15/8"
pins. Requires two skid
supports per
pallet.
Beam Profile
Box-Style Beams
Designed for pallets and larger bulk
11/2"
items. 14-gauge steel. Includes
locking pins. Requires two skid
supports per pallet.
3.5–5"
Beam Profile
Accessories
68
Shelving & Racks | PALLET RACK ACCESSORIES 2
NEW
NASHVILLE WIRE
Painted Steel Wire Decking for Box Beams
• Box beam or step beam decking
• 2x4" and 21/2x4" mesh sizes
• 5-gauge or 6-gauge wire
• 14-gauge flared steel channels
Drop in place on box or step beams. Gray polyester paint finish. Custom sizes and
capacities available. Made in USA. IN STOCK.
Overall WxD Cap. Lbs. Channel Qty. Stock No. $
STANDARD CAPACITY. 21/2x4" mesh. 5-ga. wire.
46x36" 2400 3 5699200-U 23.30
46x42" 1950 3 5699300-U 25.00
HIGH CAPACITY. 2x4" mesh. 6-ga. wire.
46x36" 2900 3 5699400-U 25.40
46x42" 2550 3 5699500-U 29.00
NOTE: To order decking measure pallet rack depth and beam length.
Low-profile decking
7 includes use of hanger
YEAR
WARRANTY attachments.
Low-Profile Decking
Installs in between pallet rack beams with required hangers (sold separately, see chart to right). Allows
more vertical space for storage. Saves 17/8" vertical clearance compared to Deck Track. Hangers are placed
on pallet rack beams with front hanger acting as a front end stop and the rear hanger absorbing the shock
of impact loading. Specify beam overall depth: (01) 2.5", (02) 2.75".
Deck Track decking
36" FRAME 42" FRAME 48" FRAME drops into rack.
Track DEPTH DEPTH DEPTH
Width Stock No. $ Stock No. $ Stock No. $
6" 57618-S 26.00 57623-S 34.00 57628-S 35.30
9" 57619-S 29.20 57624-S 35.40 57629-S 43.30
12" 57620-S 33.50 57625-S 38.00 57630-S 49.80 Rear Front
15" 57621-S 37.90 57627-S 42.70 57641-S 55.40
Track Width Stock No. $
Hangers for Low-Profile Decking 6" 57642-S 3.20 Low Bar High Bar
Two hangers required for each track. Sold 9" 57643-S 4.40
5.70 Low-Profile decking installs with hangers,
individually. Specify beam overall depth: (01) 2.5", 12" 57644-S
sold separately.
(02) 2.75". 15" 57653-S 6.80
Steel Universal
Rack Protectors
• 1/4" thick, 4-gauge steel
• Fits up to a 31/2" wide
Mounting Includes upright
hardware Steel Rack Protectors mounting • 6"Wx31/2"D baseplate.
not hardware. Mounting hardware is
• 1/4" thick, 4-gauge steel
included. included. Powder coat
• Fits up to a 31/2" wide upright
yellow finish. IN STOCK.
• 8"Wx6"D baseplate
9/16" dia. bolt holes. Mounting hardware
not included. Powder coat yellow finish.
IN STOCK.
Rack
Upright
5
YEAR
WARRANTY
Shock Shock
Deflector Diffuser
Rack Armor®
Poly Rack Protector
• Durable high-density polyethylene
• Fits up to 3" wide uprights
Virtually unbreakable polymer shield surrounds
an internal shock diffuser made of closed-cell Pallet Rack Mounted Shop Desk
polyethylene foam. Wraparound design encloses • 16-gauge steel
rack’s front face and portions of the sidewall for • Fits 36–48"W rack ends
maximum deflection. Impervious to moisture, Convenient place to fill out paperwork, shipping labels, and other
corrosion, acid, and most solvents. Withstands bills of material. Mounts directly to the end of pallet racking.
extreme temperatures. High-visibility yellow. Includes locking 19"Wx19"Dx5"H drawer. German Engineered.
Made in USA. IN STOCK. Made in USA. IN STOCK.
Overall Ht. Stock No. $ Overall WxDxH Stock No. $
24" 5197600-U 44.00 23x20x20" 7074500-U 398.00
70
Shelving & Racks | PALLET RACK ACCESSORIES 2
Overall WxH Stock No. $
3'H PANELS
Steel Pallet 7x3' 5110400-T 139.00
8x3' 5112200-T 151.00
Rack Guards 9x3' 5114500-T 165.00
• 10-gauge, 1/2" diamond steel 10x3' 5115300-T 181.00
wire mesh 12x3' 5115600-T 244.00
• Attaches with spacer clips or 4'H PANELS
flush-mount clip 7x4' 5116000-T 166.00
Heavy-duty mesh is welded to 8x4' 5116700-T 179.00
steel 11/4x11/4x1/8" angle frame 9x4' 5117100-T 196.00
to enclose back of pallet 10x4' 5117200-T 214.00
racking while still providing 12x4' 5117900-T 289.00
clear visibility of inventory. 5'H PANELS
One panel is required for each 7x5' 5118000-T 187.00
bay. Spacer clips are sold 8x5' 5118100-T 208.00
separately. Color: safety yellow. 9x5' 5125000-T 227.00
Made in USA. 10x5' 5125500-T 247.00
12x5' 5125600-T 336.00
Spacer Clips
Description Stock No. $
Flush-Mount Clip 5125700-T 6.30
4" Spacer Clip 5125800-T 6.50
6" Spacer Clip 5126100-T 6.60
8" Spacer Clip 5126400-T 6.80
12" Spacer Clip 5126500-T 7.10
NOTE: Order 4 clips per panel.
12-ga. beam
connectors hook
at three points for
added stability. Starters Add-ons
include: include:
(2) welded (1) welded
upright upright
frames and frame and
(6) beams. (6) beams.
Extra Levels
72"H Shelving. Includes one pair of beams and tie bars. Static load stated per pair of beams
Specify: (01) without decking, (02) with steel decking, (03) with particleboard decking. maximum, hand loaded and evenly distributed load. Specify: (01) without
3-SHELF STARTER 3-SHELF ADD-ON decking, (02) with steel decking, (03) with particleboard decking.
Shelf Stock (01) (02) (03) Stock (01) (02) (03)
Tie
WxD Number $ $ $ Number $ $ $
Overall Bar Cap. Overall Stock (01) (02) (03)
60x24" 57566-S 276.00 362.00 343.00 57880-S 223.00 309.00 288.00
Width Qty. Lbs. Depth Number $ $ $
72x24" 57569-S 290.00 391.00 372.00 57881-S 237.00 338.00 318.00
60" 1 4000 24" 57694-S 57.80 86.30 81.80
96x24" 57570-S 325.00 458.00 413.00 57882-S 272.00 404.00 367.00
60" 1 4000 36" 57695-S 59.80 103.00 94.80
60x36" 57571-S 293.00 421.00 387.00 57889-S 235.00 362.00 330.00
60" 1 4000 48" 57696-S 62.70 121.00 110.00
72x36" 57572-S 307.00 456.00 414.00 57890-S 249.00 398.00 356.00
72" 2 3500 24" 57697-S 61.80 96.10 91.70
96x36" 57573-S 345.00 542.00 486.00 57891-S 287.00 483.00 429.00
72" 2 3500 36" 57698-S 63.80 116.00 107.00
60x48" 57574-S 307.00 475.00 432.00 57916-S 246.00 414.00 370.00
72" 2 3500 48" 57699-S 66.70 136.00 118.00
72x48" 57575-S 320.00 519.00 473.00 57929-S 259.00 456.00 401.00
96" 3 2800 24" 57762-S 73.50 121.00 112.00
96x48" 57576-S 362.00 620.00 565.00 57930-S 302.00 558.00 504.00
96" 3 2800 36" 57764-S 77.50 146.00 129.00
96"H Shelving. 96" 3 2800 48" 57765-S 81.40 170.00 155.00
Specify: (01) without decking, (02) with steel decking, (03) with particleboard decking.
3-SHELF STARTER 3-SHELF ADD-ON Ribbed Steel Decking
Shelf Stock (01) (02) (03) Stock (01) (02) (03) 20-gauge panels have 17/8"W ridges spaced 41/2" apart. No fasteners
WxD Number $ $ $ Number $ $ $ required, fits into step recess of beam (beams not included).
60x24" 57578-S 309.00 394.00 374.00 57883-S 239.00 325.00 305.00 Overall Overall Stock
72x24" 57579-S 323.00 423.00 404.00 57884-S 252.00 353.00 334.00 Lgth. Depth Number $
96x24" 57634-S 359.00 490.00 449.00 57885-S 288.00 421.00 384.00 60" 24" 57766-T 29.50
60x36" 57635-S 328.00 455.00 423.00 57892-S 252.00 380.00 346.00 60" 36" 57767-T 43.80
72x36" 57636-S 341.00 492.00 450.00 57893-S 265.00 416.00 374.00 60" 48" 57770-T 57.20
96x36" 57637-S 381.00 577.00 522.00 57894-S 304.00 499.00 446.00 72" 24" 57772-T 34.50
60x48" 57640-S 344.00 512.00 468.00 57933-S 265.00 432.00 388.00 72" 36" 57774-T 51.20
72x48" 57646-S 359.00 555.00 500.00 57934-S 278.00 475.00 420.00 72" 48" 57775-T 67.10
96x48" 57647-S 401.00 659.00 585.00 57935-S 320.00 578.00 505.00 96" 24" 57776-T 45.50
96" 36" 57777-T 66.90
120"H Shelving. 96" 48" 57778-T 87.60
Specify: (01) without decking, (02) with steel decking, (03) with particleboard decking.
3-SHELF STARTER 3-SHELF ADD-ON Particleboard Decking
Shelf Stock (01) (02) (03) Stock (01) (02) (03) Size Stock No. $
WxD Number $ $ $ Number $ $ $ 60x24" 57480-T 23.00
60x24" 57648-S 331.00 416.00 395.00 57886-S 249.00 336.00 314.00 72x24" 57481-T 27.60
72x24" 57649-S 343.00 444.00 424.00 57887-S 263.00 363.00 344.00 96x24" 57482-T 34.90
96x24" 57650-S 378.00 511.00 473.00 57888-S 297.00 432.00 393.00 60x36" 57483-T 31.90
60x36" 57651-S 349.00 478.00 444.00 57896-S 262.00 391.00 357.00 72x36" 57484-T 39.40
72x36" 57652-S 363.00 513.00 472.00 57897-S 277.00 427.00 385.00 96x36" 57485-T 48.40
96x36" 57657-S 402.00 599.00 546.00 57898-S 315.00 511.00 457.00 60x48" 57486-T 42.50
60x48" 57658-S 365.00 533.00 490.00 57936-S 275.00 441.00 399.00 72x48" 57487-T 48.40
72x48" 57659-S 378.00 577.00 521.00 57938-S 288.00 485.00 431.00 96x48" 57488-T 68.80
96x48" 57662-S 421.00 680.00 622.00 57939-S 332.00 586.00 533.00 See page 81 for available wire decking.
72
Shelving & Racks | INDUSTRIAL STEEL SHELVING 2
Complete Units. Specify: (01) without deck, (02) wood deck, (03) steel deck, (04) wire deck.
3-SHELF STARTER 3-SHELF ADD-ON
Shelf Overall Stock (01) (02) (03) (04) Stock (01) (02) (03) (04)
WxD Height Number $ $ $ $ Number $ $ $ $
60x24" 72" 56280-S 196.00 243.00 269.00 347.00 56281-S 150.00 196.00 222.00 301.00
60x36" 72" 56282-S 206.00 275.00 315.00 432.00 56283-S 155.00 223.00 262.00 382.00
60x48" 72" 56284-S 211.00 303.00 354.00 513.00 56285-S 157.00 248.00 301.00 458.00
72x24" 72" 56286-S 213.00 267.00 295.00 392.00 56287-S 166.00 221.00 249.00 344.00
72x36" 72" 56288-S 222.00 303.00 346.00 468.00 56289-S 171.00 252.00 295.00 417.00
72x48" 72" 56290-S 228.00 337.00 392.00 540.00 56291-S 174.00 282.00 339.00 486.00
96x24" 72" 56292-S 233.00 304.00 344.00 490.00 56293-S 213.00 257.00 296.00 441.00
96x36" 72" 56294-S 243.00 351.00 406.00 583.00 56295-S 193.00 300.00 356.00 532.00
96x48" 72" 56296-S 248.00 394.00 465.00 686.00 56297-S 194.00 340.00 411.00 631.00
60x24" 96" 56298-S 227.00 272.00 297.00 376.00 56299-S 165.00 209.00 237.00 314.00
60x36" 96" 56300-S 237.00 304.00 344.00 463.00 56301-S 170.00 238.00 278.00 395.00
60x48" 96" 56302-S 245.00 336.00 387.00 547.00 56303-S 174.00 265.00 316.00 475.00
72x24" 96" 56304-S 241.00 295.00 325.00 420.00 56305-S 180.00 235.00 262.00 359.00
72x36" 96" 56306-S 252.00 334.00 377.00 498.00 56307-S 186.00 267.00 310.00 432.00
72x48" 96" 56308-S 261.00 369.00 426.00 574.00 56309-S 190.00 300.00 355.00 503.00
96x24" 96" 56310-S 261.00 333.00 373.00 518.00 56311-S 200.00 272.00 311.00 455.00
96x36" 96" 56312-S 274.00 383.00 439.00 614.00 56313-S 206.00 315.00 370.00 547.00
96x48" 96" 56314-S 281.00 427.00 497.00 717.00 56315-S 210.00 358.00 427.00 646.00
60x24" 120" 56316-S 244.00 289.00 316.00 411.00 56317-S 173.00 219.00 246.00 323.00
60x36" 120" 56318-S 257.00 325.00 365.00 482.00 56319-S 180.00 249.00 288.00 405.00
60x48" 120" 56320-S 262.00 354.00 404.00 564.00 56321-S 184.00 275.00 325.00 484.00
72x24" 120" 56322-S 259.00 314.00 342.00 440.00 56323-S 189.00 244.00 272.00 367.00
72x36" 120" 56324-S 274.00 354.00 397.00 519.00 56325-S 196.00 278.00 320.00 442.00
72x48" 120" 56326-S 279.00 388.00 444.00 591.00 56327-S 199.00 308.00 363.00 512.00
96x24" 120" 56328-S 280.00 351.00 391.00 535.00 56329-S 209.00 281.00 320.00 465.00
96x36" 120" 56330-S 293.00 401.00 456.00 634.00 56331-S 216.00 324.00 382.00 556.00
96x48" 120" 56332-S 298.00 445.00 516.00 736.00 56333-S 221.00 366.00 437.00 657.00
System II
Light-Duty Bulk Racks
• Boltless beams lock to posts via tab hook connections
• Shelf capacities (based on evenly distributed loads): 60" wide (2200 lbs.)
72" wide (1500 lbs.)
96" wide (1200 lbs.)
• Steel or particleboard decking available
• 16-gauge steel
Racks without decking include front-to-back components to build 24", 36", or 48" deep
uprights. Capacities are per pair of beams. Made in USA. IN STOCK.
74
Shelving & Racks | BULK RACKS 2
Bulk Racks
• Boltless beams lock to uprights via tapered finger attachments
• Shelf capacity (based on evenly distributed loads): up to 3800 lbs.
• Corrugated steel or plywood shelves
Pre-welded uprights and roll formed steel box beams add strength. Each shelf level
features a plywood beam reinforced with a plywood support angle to hold either
wood or corrugated steel decking. Includes three shelf levels that adjust in 2"
increments. Starters can be used individually or combined with add-ons to
complete a row of shelving. 17,000-lb. capacity overall. Color: medium gray.
Made in USA. Specify height: (01) 72"H, (02) 96"H, (03) 120"H.
Add-Ons Add-Ons
Shelf Shelf Stock (01) 72"H (02) 96"H (03) 120"H Shelf Shelf Cap. Stock (01) 72"H (02) 96"H (03) 120"H
WxD Cap. Lbs. Number $ $ $ WxD Lbs. Number $ $ $
48x24" 3800 58371-T 213.00 226.00 236.00 48x24" 3800 58011-T 155.00 166.00 177.00
48x36" 3800 58373-T 255.00 270.00 281.00 48x36" 3800 58013-T 182.00 197.00 208.00
48x48" 3800 58375-T 302.00 317.00 326.00 48x48" 3800 58019-T 204.00 222.00 233.00
72x24" 2750 58377-T 282.00 294.00 305.00 72x24" 2750 58026-T 211.00 222.00 233.00
72x36" 2750 58379-T 344.00 360.00 371.00 72x36" 2750 58028-T 247.00 261.00 271.00
72x48" 2750 58381-T 405.00 424.00 433.00 72x48" 2750 58034-T 283.00 302.00 311.00
96x24" 2150 58383-T 351.00 364.00 374.00 96x24" 2150 58036-T 262.00 273.00 285.00
96x36" 2150 58385-T 431.00 445.00 457.00 96x36" 2150 58038-T 306.00 321.00 332.00
96x48" 2150 58387-T 512.00 531.00 540.00 96x48" 2150 58040-T 345.00 363.00 373.00
Wire decking
can be found
on page 81.
Starter includes (4) angle posts. Use 2 for starting a row or unit, use 2 for
ending a row or unit. Add-On includes (2) T-posts. Use 2 for joining add-ons
to starter or to other add-ons. Combine 36" & 48" wide single-rivet units on
this page with wider double-rivet units on the facing page.
Angle T-Posts
Posts Assembly is simple. Just insert
shelf rivets into adjacent T- or
Angle post slots. T- posts are
used to add-on extra units.
Angle posts form unit’s corners.
Components
When making your own custom unit, use double-rivet shelves (listed below) at top
and bottom and single-rivet shelves between.
6-shelf single rivet starter and
add-on unit with decking. Standard-Capacity Single-Rivet Shelves.
Front-to-back beams included.
Rivet-Rite™ Single-Rivet High-Density Shelving Overall Stock Overall Stock
• Shelves attach to posts via a boltless single-rivet connection WxD Number $ WxD Number $
• Shelf capacity: up to 600 lbs., based on evenly distributed loads 36x12" 5349300-T 9.90 48x12" 5349600-T 10.80
• Particleboard decking is sold separately 36x18" 5349400-T 11.40 48x18" 5349700-T 12.40
Safe, economical storage for virtually any kind of hand-loaded material. Top and 36x24" 5349500-T 11.80 48x24" 5349800-T 12.80
bottom shelves connect with double rivets. Common T-post between starters and Extra-Capacity Single-Rivet Shelves.
add-ons. Shelves adjust on 11/2" centers. Light putty baked-on finish. Optional Overall Stock Overall Stock
heavy-duty single-rivet beams available (or make your own custom units using WxD Number $ WxD Number $
60", 96", or 120" high uprights). Made in USA. IN STOCK. 36x12" 5365800-T 13.00 48x12" 5366100-T 15.10
36x18" 5365900-T 14.40 48x18" 5366200-T 16.60
Complete Units 36x24" 5366000-T 15.10 48x24" 5366300-T 17.30
84"H Standard-Capacity Models. Double-Rivet Shelves.
Particleboard decking sold separately. Use as top and bottom shelves on custom units.
STARTER ADD-ON Overall Stock Overall Stock
Shelf Cap. Shelf Stock Stock WxD Number $ WxD Number $
WxD Lbs. Qty. Number $ Number $ 36x12" 5356600-T 16.00 48x12" 5356900-T 19.10
36x12" 350 6 5348100-T 100.00 5348200-T 85.40 36x18" 5356700-T 17.20 48x18" 5358200-T 20.40
36x18" 350 6 5348300-T 103.00 5348400-T 86.90 36x24" 5356800-T 18.10 48x24" 5359800-T 21.00
36x24" 350 6 5348500-T 105.00 5348600-T 88.70
48x12" 250 6 5348700-T 109.00 5348800-T 95.00
Uprights.
Order shelves and deck separately.
48x18" 250 6 5348900-T 107.00 5349000-T 96.00
48x24" 250 6 5349100-T 117.00 5349200-T 98.00 Overall 11/2"W ANGLE POST 3"W T-POST
Height Stock No. $ Stock No. $
60" 5396800-T 7.10 5396900-T 11.60
84"H Extra-Capacity Models. 84" 5397600-T 9.60 5397700-T 15.20
Particleboard decking sold separately. 96" 5397800-T 10.80 5397900-T 17.20
STARTER ADD-ON 120" 5398000-T 13.50 5398100-T 20.90
Shelf Cap. Shelf Stock Stock
WxD Lbs. Qty. Number $ Number $ 5/8" Particleboard Decking.
36x12" 600 6 5360000-T 115.00 5360100-T 106.00 36"W = 350-lb. cap., 48"W = 250-lb. cap.
36x18" 600 6 5360200-T 121.00 5360300-T 115.00 Overall Stock Overall Stock
36x24" 600 6 5360400-T 125.00 5360500-T 118.00 WxD Number $ WxD Number $
48x12" 500 6 5360600-T 128.00 5360700-T 121.00 36x12" 5398200-T 7.90 48x12" 5398500-T 9.90
48x18" 500 6 5360800-T 135.00 5360900-T 128.00 36x18" 5398300-T 9.90 48x18" 5398600-T 12.10
48x24" 500 6 5361000-T 138.00 5361100-T 132.00 36x24" 5398400-T 12.50 48x24" 5398700-T 21.90
76
Shelving & Racks | INDUSTRIAL STEEL SHELVING 2
Shelving with
wire decking
shown. For
additional
decking, see
page 81.
Components Particleboard
Extra Shelves. Particleboard decking sold separately. sold separately.
HEAVY-DUTY C-CHANNEL
Overall STANDARD CAPACITY (3"Hx1"D) Rivet-Rite™
WxD Stock No. Cap. Lbs. $ Stock No. Cap. Lbs. $ Double-Rivet Bulk Storage Shelving
48x24" 5395300-T 750 21.00 — — —
• Shelves attach to posts via a boltless double-rivet connection
72x24" 5395400-T 500 26.30 5396200-T 925 32.00
• Shelf capacity: up to 1400 lbs., based on evenly distributed loads
96x24" 5395500-T 300 32.30 5396300-T 700 40.10
• Wire or particleboard decking
48x36" 5395600-T 750 23.80 — — —
Starter and add-ons include four shelves that adjust in 11/2" increments.
72x36" 5395700-T 500 29.00 5396400-T 925 34.70
Roll-formed steel framing with chip-resistant baked enamel finish.
96x36" 5395800-T 300 35.00 5396500-T 700 42.80
Made in USA. IN STOCK.
48x48" 5395900-T 750 26.80 — — —
72x48" 5396000-T 500 32.10 5396600-T 925 37.60 Complete Units
96x48" 5396100-T 300 38.20 5396700-T 700 46.00 84"H Standard-Capacity Shelving.
Starters and add-ons all include standard beams. Decking and center supports
Uprights are sold separately.
1 /2"W ANGLE POST
1
3"W T-POST Shelf Shelf 4-SHELF STARTER 4-SHELF ADD-ON
Size Stock No. $ Stock No. $ WxD Cap. Lbs. Stock No. $ Stock No. $
60" 5396800-T 7.10 5396900-T 11.60 48x24" 750 5392000-T 127.00 5392100-T 120.00
84" 5397600-T 9.60 5397700-T 15.20 72x24" 500 5393600-T 141.00 5393700-T 135.00
96" 5397800-T 10.80 5397900-T 17.20 96x24" 300 5393800-T 170.00 5393900-T 162.00
120" 5398000-T 13.50 5398100-T 20.90 48x36" 750 5394000-T 137.00 5394200-T 130.00
72x36" 500 5394300-T 152.00 5394400-T 146.00
5
/8" Particleboard Decking. 96x36" 300 5394500-T 179.00 5394600-T 174.00
45-lb. industrial grade. 72" and 96" boards ship in 2 pieces. 48x48" 750 5394700-T 147.00 5394800-T 140.00
Overall WxD Cap. Lbs.* Stock No. $ 72x48" 500 5394900-T 160.00 5395000-T 153.00
48x24" 700* 5390100-S 21.90 96x48" 300 5395100-T 188.00 5395200-T 181.00
72x24" 770* 5399000-S 24.50 *Capacities are for the steel beams without center supports and decking. To
96x24" 1000* 5399300-S 31.20 double capacity, add recommended center supports (included with Units with
48x36" 755* 5398800-S 23.00 Wire Decking).
72x36" 655* 5399100-S 39.80
96x36" 710* 5399400-S 43.10 84"H Extra-Capacity Shelving with Wire Decking.
48x48" 920* 5398900-S 30.70 Epoxy coated wire decking and center beam supports are included.
72x48" 685* 5399200-S 43.10 Shelf Shelf 4-SHELF STARTER 4-SHELF ADD-ON
96x48" 650* 5399500-S 61.10 WxD Cap. Lbs. Stock No. $ Stock No. $
*Capacity with center support. 48x24" 1400 5344400-T 242.00 5362700-T 243.00
72x24" 900 5344500-T 293.00 5362900-T 284.00
Center Supports. 96x24" 600 5344600-T 400.00 5363000-T 394.00
One support needed per pair of 48" or 72" beams; two for 96" beams. Included 48x36" 1400 5344700-T 291.00 5366400-T 282.00
with Extra-Capacity Shelving with Wire Decking. Sold in packs of 4. 72x36" 900 5344800-T 343.00 5368000-T 336.00
Overall Depth Stock No. $ Pkg. 96x36" 600 5344900-T 466.00 5368800-T 458.00
24" 5373400-T 35.30 48x48" 1400 5345000-T 347.00 5369500-T 337.00
36" 5373500-T 42.70 72x48" 900 5345100-T 402.00 5369600-T 393.00
48" 5373600-T 36.50 96x48" 600 5345200-T 565.00 5369700-T 557.00
Components for
5/8" Particleboard for Single- and Double-
Single- & Double-Rivet Rivet Units. To avoid damage, 72" and 96" boards
Shelving ship in two pieces.
Overall WxD Cap. Lbs. Stock No. $
36x12" 350 5109100-S 7.70
Extra Single-Rivet Shelves. Front and back 36x18" 350 5109200-S 9.70
36x24" 350 5109300-S 12.80
support—does not include decking.
Choose from 5 to 8 shelves. 48x36" 755 5145900-S* 22.50
Overall Width Stock No. $
96x36" 710 5146100-S* 45.20
36" 5332600-S 5.70
48x12" 250 5110200-S 9.80
48" 5332700-S 6.80
48x18" 250 5110300-S 12.30
Extra Double-Rivet Shelves. Front, back, and side 48x24" 250 5110600-S 16.20
support—does not include decking. 48x48" 920 5146200-S* 32.10
Overall WxD Stock No. $ 72x48" 685 5146300-S* 45.20
48x24" 5147500-S 19.90 96x48" 650 5146400-S* 64.00
72x24" 5147600-S 25.50 *Based on 5/8" particleboard shelf surface without
96x24" 5147700-S 31.00 optional center supports (see facing page). Supports
96x24" 5171400-S† 37.00 increase capacity 40%.
48x36" 5147800-S 22.50
72x36" 5147900-S 28.20 See page 81 for available wire decking.
96x36" 5148000-S 33.70
96x36" 5171500-S† 39.70 Uprights. Order shelves and decking separately.
48x48" 5148200-S 25.20 Overall Ht. Stock No. $
72x48" 5148300-S 30.80 60" 5146500-S 7.30
96x48" 5149000-S 36.20 84" 5146600-S 10.20
Requires only a rubber mallet
96x48" 5171600-S† 42.40 96" 5146700-S 11.60
to tap shelf beams into place.
†Extra capacity C-channel beams 120" 5146800-S 14.60
78
Shelving & Racks | INDUSTRIAL STEEL SHELVING 2
Center Supports
Provides additional 40% capacity decking. Order (1)
support for 48" and 72" shelf, (3) for 96".
Overall Depth Stock No. $
24" 5113200-T 4.30 4-shelf unit with
36" 5113300-T 6.20 particleboard decking.
48" 5113400-T 7.80
Storage Racks. Choose from 2 heights and 3 or 4 levels, with or without decking.
Shelf Stock No. $ Stock No. $ Stock No. $
Shelf Overall Shelf Cap. WITHOUT WITH 5/8" WITH 2x4"
WxD Height Qty. Lbs. DECKING PARTICLEBOARD DECK EPOXY-COATED WIRE DECKING
72x24" 60" 3 500 5454200-T 105.00 5459100-T 185.00 5463000-T 208.00
96x24" 60" 3 400 5454300-T 123.00 5459200-T 256.00 5463100-T 247.00
96x24" 60" 3 800† 5454400-T 142.00 5459300-T 272.00 5465300-T 270.00
72x36" 60" 3 500 5454800-T 113.00 5459600-T 264.00 5465500-T 251.00
96x36" 60" 3 500 5454900-T 131.00 5459700-T 260.00 5465600-T 317.00
96x36" 60" 3 800† 5455000-T 150.00 5459800-T 280.00 5465700-T 340.00
72x48" 60" 3 500 5455300-T 122.00 5460100-T 270.00 5465900-T 304.00
96x48" 60" 3 400 5455400-T 138.00 5460200-T 326.00 5466000-T 422.00
96x48" 60" 3 800† 5455500-T 157.00 5460300-T 345.00 5466100-T 447.00
48x24" 84" 3 750 5112300-T 112.00 5149700-T 163.00 5466200-T 169.00
72x24" 84" 3 500 5112400-T 130.00 5153600-T 205.00 5466300-T 222.00
96x24" 84" 3 400 5112500-T 148.00 5153700-T 261.00 5466400-T 262.00
96x24" 84" 3 800† 5184600-T 166.00 5185800-T 276.00 5466500-T 282.00
48x36" 84" 3 750 5112600-T 121.00 5153800-T 171.00 5466600-T 211.00
72x36" 84" 3 500 5112700-T 141.00 5153900-T 275.00 5466700-T 261.00
96x36" 84" 3 400 5112800-T 157.00 5154000-T 271.00 5466800-T 331.00
96x36" 84" 3 800† 5184800-T 176.00 5460500-T 288.00 5466900-T 351.00
48x48" 84" 3 750 5112900-T 129.00 5154100-T 219.00 5467000-T 269.00
72x48" 84" 3 500 5113000-T 147.00 5154200-T 277.00 5467100-T 318.00
96x48" 84" 3 400 5113100-T 166.00 5154300-T 334.00 5467200-T 391.00
96x48" 84" 3 800† 5185000-T 184.00 5460700-T 353.00 5467300-T 459.00
48x24" 84" 4 750 5455600-T 133.00 5460800-T 200.00 5467400-T 211.00
72x24" 84" 4 500 5455800-T 156.00 5461000-T 247.00 5467500-T 277.00
96x24" 84" 4 400 5455900-T 179.00 5461100-T 336.00 5467600-T 333.00
96x24" 84" 4 800† 5456000-T 204.00 5461200-T 363.00 5467700-T 361.00
48x36" 84" 4 750 5456100-T 143.00 5461300-T 216.00 5467800-T 263.00
72x36" 84" 4 500 5456300-T 170.00 5461500-T 349.00 5467900-T 336.00
96x36" 84" 4 400 5456400-T 192.00 5461600-T 346.00 5468000-T 426.00
96x36" 84" 4 800† 5458300-T 215.00 5461700-T 373.00 5468100-T 452.00
48x48" 84" 4 800† 5458400-T 153.00 5461800-T 265.00 5468200-T 343.00
72x48" 84" 4 500 5458600-T 179.00 5462600-T 364.00 5468300-T 408.00
96x48" 84" 4 400 5458700-T 202.00 5462700-T 435.00 5468400-T 570.00
96x48" 84" 4 800† 5458800-T 227.00 5462800-T 459.00 5468500-T 597.00
NOTE: Based on 5/8" particleboard shelf surface without optional center supports. †Extra capacity, C-channel beams.
See page 81 for available wire decking.
Ships same day for Ships 1–5 days
1–3 day delivery 79
2 Shelving & Racks | INDUSTRIAL STEEL SHELVING
Stock Stock
Number $ Number $
Shelf Shelf Cap. 84"H 84"H
WxD Lbs. STARTER ADD-ON
48x18" 1400 5847000-T 172.00 5847100-T 166.00
48x24" 1400 5847200-T 197.00 5847300-T 188.00
48x30" 1400 5847400-T 224.00 5847500-T 218.00
48x36" 1400 5847600-T 250.00 5847700-T 244.00
Double Rivet 48x48" 1400 5847800-T 306.00 5847900-T 302.00
Angle Post 60x18" 1200 5848000-T 193.00 5848100-T 186.00
60x24" 1200 5848200-T 223.00 5848300-T 218.00
60x30" 1200 5848400-T 252.00 5848500-T 246.00
60x36" 1200 5848600-T 286.00 5848700-T 279.00
60x48" 1200 5848800-T 351.00 5848900-T 344.00
72x18" 1000 5849000-T 192.00 5849100-T 186.00
72x24" 1000 5849200-T 253.00 5849300-T 248.00
72x30" 1000 5849400-T 253.00 5849500-T 247.00
T-Post 72x36" 1000 5849600-T 326.00 5849700-T 320.00
EZ-Deck Solid 72x48" 1000 5849800-T 404.00 5849900-T 398.00
Steel Decking 96x18" 620 5850000-T 313.00 5850100-T 306.00
96x24" 620 5850200-T 318.00 5850300-T 314.00
269.00 261.00
Rivetwell™ 84"H Double-Rivet Boltless Shelving 96x30"
96x36"
620
620
5850400-T
5850600-T 413.00
5850500-T
5850700-T 404.00
• Double-rivet boltless shelf connection 96x48" 620 5850800-T 513.00 5850900-T 509.00
• Up to 1400-lb. capacity per shelf, based on evenly
distributed loads
• Galvanized EZ-Deck™ solid steel decking Extra Levels
• 14-gauge steel 48"W 60"W 72"W 96"W
Double-rivet angle beams at the top and bottom provide Shelf Stock Stock Stock Stock
additional rigidity. Starter includes all components needed to Depth Number $ Number $ Number $ Number $
build an 84"H, 4-shelf unit. Add-on includes common T-posts 18" 5851000-T 38.80 5851500-T 49.00 5852000-T 55.70 5852500-T 73.10
(to be used between starters and add-ons) and other 24" 5851100-T 54.20 5851600-T 57.20 5852100-T 72.90 5852600-T 95.90
components needed to connect to an existing 84"H, 4-shelf 30" 5851200-T 51.60 5851700-T 67.30 5852200-T 76.70 5852700-T 97.50
unit. Color: putty. Made in USA. SELECTED MODELS IN STOCK. 36" 5851300-T 72.00 5851800-T 76.80 5852300-T 97.60 5852800-T 129.00
48" 5851400-T 91.30 5851900-T 96.70 5852400-T 126.00 5852900-T 161.00
80
Shelving & Racks | INDUSTRIAL STEEL SHEVLING 2
A B C
Three Individual
36"Wx18"D Units Shown
Individual 36"Wx18"Dx72"H
Shelving Unit Shown Shelf Overall Shelf Shelf Stock
NEW WxD
36x18"
Height
72"
Qty.
5
Cap. Lbs.
1200
Number
5836200-T
$
97.50
Ultra Rack Heavy-Duty Boltless Shelving 36x24" 72" 5 1800 5836300-T 118.00
• Double-rivet boltless shelf connection 48x18" 72" 5 1000 5836400-T 127.00
• Up to 1800-lb. capacity per shelf based on evenly distributed loads 48x24" 72" 5 1400 5836500-T 139.00
• 16-gauge steel 60x18" 72" 5 1000 5836600-T 140.00
Perfect for use as a storage unit, a workcenter, or workbench, shelving features split posts 60x24" 72" 5 700 5836700-T 155.00
that allow you to assemble into one 72"H unit or two separate 36"H units. Double rivet 60x36" 72" 5 600 5836800-T 189.00
beams lock into heavy-duty corner posts creating a structurally secure connection. 72x18" 72" 5 1000 5836900-T 154.00
Includes five particleboard shelves that adjust on 11/2" centers. Easy to access from all 72x24" 72" 5 700 5839700-T 173.00
sides. Gray baked enamel finish. Made in USA. SELECTED MODELS IN STOCK. 72x36" 72" 5 600 5839800-T 213.00
Extra Shelves
A B 5378900-T 36x12". $ .................................................................................................................12.00
5379000-T 36x18". $ .................................................................................................................14.50
5379300-T 36x24". $ .................................................................................................................18.50
82
Shelving & Racks | STEEL SHELVING 2
Boltless Galvanized Shelving 48"Wx24"Dx72"H starter and add-on shown with two extra shelves each.
• Tab-style shelf connection
• Shelf capacity: up to 682 lbs., shelf capacities based on evenly distributed loads
• Zinc coated steel shelves
Extremely durable and rust-resistant. Includes four adjustable shelves. Combine starters and add-ons to form rows. IN STOCK.
Shelf Overall Cap. Shelf Shelf STARTER ADDON
WxD Height Lbs. Qty. Cap. Lbs. Stock No. $ Stock No. $
36x20" 72" 3300 4 407 5644400-S 341.00 5646000-S 149.00
48x20" 72" 3300 4 451 5644500-S 380.00 5646100-S 188.00
60x20" 72" 3300 4 451 5644600-S 452.00 5646200-S 261.00
72x20" 72" 4400 4 682 5644700-S 507.00 5646300-S 305.00
36x24" 72" 3300 4 440 5644800-S 363.00 5646400-S 174.00
48x24" 72" 3300 4 451 5644900-S 401.00 5646500-S 207.00
60x24" 72" 3300 4 451 5645000-S 478.00 5646600-S 284.00
72x24" 72" 4400 4 671 5645100-S 538.00 5646700-S 332.00
36x20" 83" 3300 4 407 5645200-S 361.00 5646800-S 159.00
48x20" 83" 3300 4 451 5645300-S 396.00 5646900-S 198.00
60x20" 83" 3300 4 451 5645400-S 468.00 5647000-S 265.00
72x20" 83" 4400 4 682 5645500-S 523.00 5647100-S 314.00
36x24" 83" 3300 4 440 5645600-S 384.00 5647200-S 182.00
48x24" 83" 3300 4 451 5645700-S 419.00 5647300-S 218.00
60x24" 83" 3300 4 451 5645800-S 495.00 5647400-S 291.00
72x24" 83" 4400 4 671 5645900-S 557.00 5647500-S 341.00
Extra Shelves
5647600-S 36"Wx20"D $..........................................................................................................25.90 5648000-S 36"Wx24"D $...........................................................................................................30.80
5647700-S 48"Wx20"D $..........................................................................................................35.40 5648100-S 48"Wx24"D $...........................................................................................................39.70
5647800-S 60"Wx20"D $..........................................................................................................52.80 5648200-S 60"Wx24"D $...........................................................................................................58.10
5647900-S 72"Wx20"D $..........................................................................................................63.00 5648300-S 72"Wx24"D $...........................................................................................................69.20
84
Shelving & Racks | INDUSTRIAL STEEL SHELVING 2
36"Wx24"Dx72"H starter
and add-on shown.
Boltless slot
style shelf
connection.
Shown with optional metal floor plates and plastic top caps.
Boltless Shelving
Shelf Shelf Shelf 72" HIGH SHELVING 84" HIGH SHELVING
WxD Qty. Cap. Lbs. Stock No. $ Stock No. $ Stock No. $ Stock No. $
STARTER ADD-ON STARTER ADD-ON
36x12" 4 390 5662100-S* 156.00 5663900-S* 107.00 5662900-S* 169.00 5664700-S* 115.00
48x12" 4 290 5662200-S* 173.00 5664000-S* 126.00 5663000-S* 187.00 5664800-S* 132.00
36x15" 4 390 5662300-S* 163.00 5664100-S* 106.00 5663100-S* 176.00 5664900-S* 120.00
48x15" 4 290 5662400-S* 182.00 5664200-S* 132.00 5663200-S* 194.00 5665000-S* 139.00
36x18" 4 390 5662500-S 171.00 5664300-S 120.00 5663300-S* 184.00 5665100-S* 126.00
48x18" 4 290 5662600-S 191.00 5664400-S 179.00 5663400-S* 206.00 5665200-S* 184.00
36x24" 4 390 5662700-S 186.00 5664500-S 170.00 5663500-S 199.00 5665300-S 133.00
48x24" 4 290 5662800-S 209.00 5664600-S 155.00 5663600-S 224.00 5665400-S 163.00
Shelf Shelf Shelf 96" HIGH SHELVING
WxD Qty. Cap. Lbs. Stock No. $ Stock No. $
STARTER ADDON
36x24" 4 400 5663700-S 222.00 5665500-S 222.00
48x24" 4 300 5663800-S 246.00 5665600-S 173.00
Accessories
5666200-S Extra 36x24" shelf. $ ..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................19.10
5666300-S Extra 48x24" shelf. $ ..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................25.10
5665700-S* Wall retaining clips (hardware not included) $............................................................................................................................................................................................................................2.33
5665800-S Metal floor plate. One per post required. $...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................1.92
5665900-S Plastic top or bottom cap. One per post required. $ .................................................................................................................................................................................................................0.77
5666000-S Locking clips for shelves. Four per shelf required for starters, two for add-ons. $ .........................................................................................................................................................0.57
5666100-S Tandem locks for securing shelving units back to back. Two per post are recommended, three at 96" or higher. $........................................................................................1.74
*Depth-to-height ratio exceeds recommended 1:4 ratio. Therefore recommended wall retaining clips are required. Two per rear post are required (mounted top and middle.)
TM
All-Welded Shelving
• 12-gauge steel shelves
• Shelf capacity: 2000 lbs., based on evenly distributed loads
• All-welded
Continuously welded 2x2", 3/16" thick angle iron posts. Enamel
paint finish. Color: gray. Made in USA. FACTORY QUICK SHIP.
60"H 72"H
Shelf Shelf Shelf Stock Shelf Stock
WxD Qty. Clearance Number $ Clearance Number $
36x24" 4 161/2" 5782727-S 370.00 201/2" 5783527-S 389.00
48x24" 4 161/2" 5782827-S 471.00 201/2" 5783627-S 492.00
60x24" 4 161/2" 5782927-S 537.00 201/2" 5783727-S 564.00
48x30" 4 161/2" 5783027-S 527.00 201/2" 5783827-S 552.00
60x30" 4 161/2" 5783127-S 608.00 201/2" 5783927-S 638.00
72x30" 4 161/2" 5783227-S 737.00 201/2" 5784027-S 756.00
60x36" 4 161/2" 5783327-S 672.00 201/2" 5784127-S 686.00
72x36" 4 161/2" 5783427-S 816.00 201/2" 5784227-S 830.00
60"H 72"H
Shelf Shelf Shelf Stock Shelf Stock
WxD Qty. Clearance Number $ Clearance Number $
36x24" 5 12" 5107127-S 425.00 15" 5786727-S 447.00
48x24" 5 12" 5108227-S 552.00 15" 5786827-S 577.00
60x24" 5 12" 5109827-S 634.00 15" 5786927-S 665.00
48x30" 5 12" 5110827-S 621.00 15" 5787027-S 652.00
60x30" 5 12" 5110927-S 720.00 15" 5787127-S 757.00
72x30" 5 12" 5111027-S 887.00 15" 5787227-S 902.00
60x36" 5 12" 5111127-S 799.00 15" 5787327-S 814.00
72x36" 5 12" 5111327-S 985.00 15" 5787427-S 999.00
86
Shelving & Racks | HEAVY-DUTY STEEL SHELVING 2
3000-LB. SHELF
Heavy-Duty Shelving CAPACITY
• 14-gauge steel
• Shelf capacity: 3000 lbs., based on evenly distributed loads
• Unassembled
Channel formed shelves have welded stiffeners for extra rigidity. Formed
angle 2x2" uprights are punched on 1" centers. Gray finish. Made in USA.
IN STOCK.
Shelf Shelf 72" HIGH 96" HIGH EXTRA SHELVES
WxD Qty. Stock No. $ Stock No. $ Stock No. $
36x18" 5 5118500-T 293.00 5119200-T 304.00 5119900-T 50.40
48x18" 5 5118600-T 361.00 5119300-T 377.00 5120000-T 66.00
60x18" 5 5118800-T 437.00 5119500-T 451.00 5120100-T 81.60
36x24" 5 5118900-T 346.00 5119600-T 359.00 5120200-T 61.40
48x24" 5 5119000-T 414.00 5119700-T 434.00 5120300-T 79.20
60x24" 5 5119100-T 514.00 5119800-T 528.00 5120400-T 97.00
Reinforced Shelving
UP TO 4000-LB.
• 14-gauge steel posts; 16-gauge steel shelves
SHELF CAPACITY
• Shelf capacity: up to 4000 lbs., based on evenly distributed loads
• Unassembled
Braceless design permits access from all sides. Comes complete with (5) shelves that adjust
in 11/2" increments. Powder-coat finish. Color: gray. Made in USA. FACTORY QUICK SHIP.
Shelf Shelf Shelf Cap. 72" HIGH 84" HIGH 96" HIGH
WxD Qty. Lbs. Stock No. $ Stock No. $ Stock No. $
36x18" 5 4000 5171900-S 279.00 5695900-S 290.00 5172800-S 291.00
36x24" 5 4000 5173100-S 334.00 5696000-S 347.00 5696300-S 352.00
48x18" 5 4000 5172000-S 331.00 5696100-S 342.00 5173700-S 343.00
48x24" 5 4000 5172100-S 379.00 5172400-S 387.00 5172900-S 391.00
60x24" 5 3250 5172200-S 438.00 5172500-S 445.00 5173000-S 449.00
72x24" 5 2750 5172300-S 519.00 5172600-S 523.00 5696400-S 540.00
72x36" 5 2750 5695600-S 691.00 5173200-S 688.00 5696500-S 699.00
96x24" 5 2600 5695700-S 681.00 5172700-S 682.00 5696600-S 696.00
96x36" 5 2600 5695800-S 874.00 5696200-S 883.00 5173800-S 871.00
3000-LB. SHELF
CAPACITY
Heavy-Duty Reinforced Shelving
• 12-gauge steel posts; 14-gauge steel shelves
• Shelf capacity: 3000 lbs., based on evenly distributed loads
• Unassembled
Shelves are channel-formed on 4 sides with stiffeners underneath. 2x2" galvanized
posts will not scratch like painted posts and are punched on 1" centers. Comes
complete with 4 posts, 5 bolt-on shelves and all hardware. Made in USA. IN STOCK.
Shelf Shelf 72" HIGH 96" HIGH EXTRA SHELVES
WxD Qty. Stock No. $ Stock No. $ Stock No. $
48x18" 5 5190900-V 565.00 5191500-V 582.00 5169500-V 94.50
48x24" 5 5191200-V 622.00 5191800-V 639.00 5169800-V 105.00 Galvanized Posts
60x24" 5 5191300-V 715.00 5191900V 733.00 5169900-V 129.00
Ships same day for Ships 1–5 days
1–3 day delivery 87
2 Shelving & Racks | STEEL SHELVING
Posts
48"Wx24"Dx75"H, 5-shelf unit shown Requires four posts per shelving unit.
with optional footplates. Overall Ht. Stock No. $
75" N0234-T 10.10
87" N0235-T 12.50
99" N0236-T 13.60
Complete Units 123" N0237-T 16.90
Include posts, shelves, back braces, and hardware (four nuts and bolts per shelf).
Shelf Shelf Shelf 75"H 87"H 99"H Braces
WxD Qty. Cap. Lbs. Stock No. $ Stock No. $ Stock No. $ Requires two pair of side braces and one pair of back
36x12" 5 400 N0164-T 140.00 N0185-T 150.00 N0206-T 154.00 braces per shelving unit.
36x12" 6 400 N0165-T 152.00 N0186-T 162.00 N0207-T 166.00 Side Braces
36x12" 7 400 N0166-T 164.00 N0187-T 174.00 N0208-T 178.00 Overall For Shelf Stock
36x18" 5 350 N0167-T 171.00 N0188-T 180.00 N0209-T 184.00 Length Depth Number $
36x18" 6 350 N0168-T 187.00 N0189-T 197.00 N0210-T 201.00 21" 12" N0478-T 6.50
36x18" 7 350 N0169-T 204.00 N0190-T 213.00 N0211-T 217.00 36" 18", 24" N0479-T 6.80
36x24" 5 300 N0170-T 197.00 N0191-T 206.00 N0212-T 210.00
36x24" 6 300 N0171-T 218.00 N0192-T 228.00 N0213-T 232.00 Back Braces
36x24" 7 300 N0172-T 240.00 N0193-T 250.00 N0214-T 254.00 Overall For Shelf Stock
42x18" 5 275 N0173-T 187.00 N0194-T 197.00 N0215-T 201.00 Length Width Number $
42x18" 6 275 N0174-T 206.00 N0195-T 216.00 N0216-T 220.00 53" 36" N0498-T 10.00
42x18" 7 275 N0175-T 225.00 N0196-T 234.00 N0217-T 238.00 72" 42", 48" N0499-T 12.80
48x12" 5 250 N0176-T 174.00 N0197-T 183.00 N0218-T 187.00
48x12" 6 250 N0177-T 191.00 N0198-T 201.00 N0219-T 205.00 Footplates and Hardware
48x12" 7 250 N0178-T 209.00 N0199-T 218.00 N0220-T 222.00 Pkg. Stock $
Description
48x18" 5 250 N0179-T 211.00 N0200-T 221.00 N0221-T 225.00 Qty. Number Pkg.
48x18" 6 250 N0180-T 235.00 N0201-T 245.00 N0222-T 249.00 Footplate* 4 N0475-T 14.30
48x18" 7 250 N0181-T 258.00 N0202-T 268.00 N0223-T 272.00 Nuts & Bolts 4 N0476-T 0.53
48x24" 5 250 N0182-T 232.00 N0203-T 242.00 N0224-T 246.00 Nuts & Bolts 40 N0477-T 5.30
48x24" 6 250 N0183-T 259.00 N0204-T 268.00 N0225-T 272.00 *Hardware included for securing to shelving
48x24" 7 250 N0184-T 285.00 N0205-T 295.00 N0226-T 299.00 unit only.
88
Shelving & Racks | STEEL SHELVING 2
Premium Shelving
• Shelves connect to posts via ultra cap shelf clips with wedge-type grips
• Shelf capacity: up to 850 lbs., shelf capacities are based on evenly distributed loads with a
1.45 safety factor
• 14-gauge steel uprights; 20-gauge steel shelves
Common front box posts cut assembly time when connecting two or more units. Shelves
feature welded tubular box on front and rear edges as well as lapped and welded corners for
extra strength. Posts are punched on 1" centers. Begin with starter units and use add-ons as
needed to complete rows. Made in USA. IN STOCK.
Closed Shelving.
Complete starter shown with add-on.
Add-on consists of 1 front box post, 2 rear angle posts,
1 side and 1 back panel, shelves and clips.
Open Shelving.
Complete starter shown with add-on. Add-on 14-ga. box-formed post cuts assembly 20-gauge box shelf with lapped and welded
consists of 1 front box post, 2 rear angle posts, time when connecting two or more corners provides greater strength for maximum
1 pr. side cross braces, 1pr. back cross braces, shelves & clips. units. Punched on 1" centers. load capacity.
90
Shelving & Racks | STEEL SHELVING 2
NEW
System 200 Boltless Shelving
• Shelves attach to posts via shelf clips
• Shelf capacity: up to 600 lbs., shelf capacity based on evenly distributed loads
• 18-gauge steel shelves, 15-gauge steel posts
Economical system allows you to rearrange shelves and add components
without dismantling the entire unit. Components include: double-formed 48x18x76" N0139-T starter
11/2x2", 1/8" thick steel T-style posts, 12-gauge steel braces, cold-rolled furniture and N0139A-T add-on units
grade steel shelves, and 12-gauge steel cadmium plated shelf clips. Shelves are shown with optional
double-formed on all sides. Ships unassembled. IN STOCK. footplates.
Complete Units
Starter includes four posts, five shelves, three pairs of braces, and assembly hardware. Add-on includes two posts, two pairs of braces and five shelves.
76"H 76"H 88"H 88"H
Shelf Shelf Shelf STARTER ADD-ON STARTER ADD-ON
WxD Qty. Cap. Lbs. Stock No. $ Stock No. $ Stock No. $ Stock No. $
36x12" 5 600 N0134-T 240.00 N0134A-T 182.00 N0141-T 255.00 N0141A-T 190.00
36x18" 5 600 N0135-T 296.00 N0135A-T 238.00 N0142-T 311.00 N0142A-T 246.00
36x24" 5 600 N0136-T 326.00 N0136A-T 268.00 N0143-T 341.00 N0143A-T 275.00
42x18" 5 450 N0137-T 338.00 N0137A-T 280.00 N0144-T 353.00 N0144A-T 288.00
48x12" 5 300 N0138-T 272.00 N0138A-T 214.00 N0145-T 287.00 N0145A-T 222.00
48x18" 5 300 N0139-T 372.00 N0139A-T 315.00 N0146-T 387.00 N0146A-T 322.00
48x24" 5 300 N0140-T 408.00 N0140A-T 350.00 N0147-T 423.00 N0147A-T 358.00
92
Shelving & Racks | STEEL SHELVING 2
Extra Super-Grip Shelf Clips with See page 157 for 12–24" shelf bins.
2-point suspension. Locking feature
reinforces corners to reduce lateral
movement. Once the clip and shelf are
in place, the corner becomes
completely closed.
5150000-S $ .............................................0.53
1
2
6
4 9
12
HeviLoad Plus II
Shelving
Components
Improved shelf designs are
10 completely compatible
11 with all components and
7 previous HeviLoad designs.
Made in USA. IN STOCK.
13
8
3
Stock Cap. Stock Stock
Key Size Number Lbs. $ Key Size Number $ Key Size Number $
1 SHELVES—22-GAUGE medium duty. 2 85"H POST KIT—Fits 36" or 48"W shelves. 8 BASE STRIP—Seals bottom.
Box beam with ribbing. Kwik-Klips (included) Includes 4 uprights, 1 pr. back braces, 36"Wx17/8"H 5102500-T 3.72
for easy shelf adjustment. 2 pr. side braces. 48"Wx17/8"H 5103100-T 4.60
36"Wx12"D 5199001-T 600 11.50 12"D 5131800-T 47.60 9 BIN FRONT—
36"Wx18"D 5199101-T 600 15.20 18"D 5131900-T 49.60 Prevents items from rolling out of bin.
36"Wx24"D 5199201-T 600 19.40 24"D 5132000-T 52.20 36"Wx11/2"H 5106800-T 4.49
48"Wx12"D 5199301-T 350 15.40 3 24-GA. SIDE PANEL— 36"Wx3"H 5107200-T 4.46
48"Wx18"D 5199401-T 350 19.60 Encloses sides between the posts. 48"Wx3"H 5107300-T 6.80
48"Wx24"D 5199501-T 350 25.40 12"Dx85"H 5105200-T 14.70 10 SHELF REINFORCER—Increases shelf capacity.
SHELVES—20-GAUGE heavy-duty. Box beam 18"Dx85"H 5105300-T 20.10 Wedges in flange beneath shelf. Max.
with ribbing. Kwik-Klips (included) for easy 24"Dx85"H 5105400-T 25.40 2 per shelf.
shelf adjustment. 4 24-GA. BACK PANEL— 36"W 5104500-T 3.64
36"Wx12"D 5199002-T 725 12.30 Closes sections, racks 48"W 5104600-T 4.53
36"Wx18"D 5199102-T 750 16.70 36"Wx85"H 5105500-T 39.10 11 GUSSET—
36"Wx24"D 5199202-T 775 21.10 48"Wx85"H 5106700-T 51.10 Used in place of back brace. Permits front &
48"Wx12"D 5199302-T 525 17.00 85"H PANEL KIT— back access. Use 12/section
48"Wx18"D 5199402-T 540 21.10 1 back, 2 side panels, nuts & bolts 12 5"x5" 5103300-T 1.13
48"Wx24"D 5199502-T 550 27.90 36"Wx12"D 5132100-T 68.00 LABEL HOLDER—Self adhesive.
SHELVES—18-GAUGE extra heavy-duty. Box 36"Wx18"D 5132200-T 79.20 36"Wx11/8"H 5104800-T 1.42
beam with ribbing. Kwik-Klips (included) for 36"Wx24"D 5132600-T 89.00 DOUBLE DOORS—
easy shelf adjustment. BACK BRACES— 13 Swing open 180°. Offer secure, 3-point
5
36"Wx12"D 5199003-T 975 16.00 Eliminate lateral sway. Sold in pairs. locking. Locking chrome handle. Framed,
36"Wx18"D 5199103-T 1050 21.00 ready to install.
Fits all sizes 5102300-T 5.50
36"Wx24"D 5199203-T 1100 26.20 36"Wx85"H 5138500-T 217.00
48"Wx12"D 5199303-T 600 21.20 SIDE BRACES— 5325300-T Nuts and Bolts. Pkg. of 11. $ Pkg.............0.30
48"Wx18"D 5199403-T 650 26.20 6 Increase rigidity front to back. Sold in pairs.
48"Wx24"D 5199503-T 700 34.20 12"D 5103500-T 4.06
2 14-GA. POSTS— 18"D 5105000-T 4.48
Heavy-duty roll formed steel 24"D 5105100-T 5.90
punched on 1" centers. BIN DIVIDERS—Create individual bins.
61"H 5130900-T — 6.90 7 Clip onto punched shelves at 2" intervals.
73"H 5131000-T — 8.00 Clips included
85"H 5131100-T — 9.20 12"Dx6"H 5107400-T 2.55
97"H 5131200-T — 10.10 12"Dx9"H 5107500-T 3.62
109"H 5131300-T — 11.50 12"Dx12"H 5107800-T 3.44
121"H 5131400-T — 12.80 18"Dx6"H 5107900-T 3.33
18"Dx9"H 5108000-T 4.29
18"Dx12"H 5108500-T 5.10
24"Dx6"H 5108800-T 4.11
24"Dx9"H 5108900-T 5.90
24"Dx12"H 5109000-T 6.40
94
Shelving & Racks | STEEL SHELVING 2
Available in
75" or 85" High
Gray or Tan
(23) tan
Kwik-Klip Construction
Commercial-Grade Steel Shelving Saves Set-Up Time
• Shelves attach to posts via Kwik-Klips
• Shelf capacity: 400 lbs., shelf capacity based on evenly distributed loads
• 16–24 gauge steel uprights; 22-gauge steel shelves
Rigid, box-formed shelves adjust on 1" centers. Units include shelves, four corner posts, back and side
Extra Shelf Clip.
braces, back and side panels (on closed-type units), and all hardware. Ships unassembled. Baked enamel
51170-T $................................0.41
finish. Made in USA. Specify color: (23) tan, (27) gray. IN STOCK.
Shelf Shelf 75"H OPEN SHELVING 85"H OPEN SHELVING 75"H CLOSED SHELVING 85"H CLOSED SHELVING
WxD Qty. Stock No. $ Stock No. $ Stock No. $ Stock No. $
36x12" 5 51013-T 73.70 51101-T 88.80 51557-T 126.00 51610-T 154.00
36x12" 6 51081-T 83.10 51580-T 99.10 51593-T 135.00 51613-T 163.00
36x12" 7 51099-T 92.10 51581-T 109.00 51594-T 144.00 51615-T 172.00
36x12" 8 51100-T 103.00 51582-T 119.00 51595-T 152.00 51616-T 182.00
36x15" 5 51014-T 83.10 51114-T 99.00 — — — —
36x15" 6 51652-T 94.20 51583-T 112.00 — — — —
36x15" 7 51653-T 106.00 51584-T 122.00 — — — —
36x15" 8 51654-T 119.00 51585-T 134.00 — — — —
36x18" 5 51015-T 93.60 51115-T 110.00 51558-T 154.00 51617-T 184.00
36x18" 6 51495-T 107.00 51586-T 123.00 51596-T 167.00 51618-T 197.00
36x18" 7 51498-T 121.00 51587-T 136.00 51597-T 180.00 51621-T 209.00
36x18" 8 51576-T 134.00 51588-T 148.00 51598-T 194.00 51622-T 223.00
36x24" 5 51016-T 121.00 51116-T 136.00 51559-T 190.00 51623-T 219.00
36x24" 6 51577-T 139.00 51590-T 152.00 51599-T 207.00 51624-T 236.00
36x24" 7 51578-T 155.00 51591-T 170.00 51650-T 224.00 51625-T 252.00
36x24" 8 51579-T 172.00 51592-T 187.00 51651-T 241.00 51626-T 269.00
Extra Shelves: Specify color: (23) tan, (27) gray.
51017-T 36"Wx12"D. $ ............................................................................................................9.80 51019-T 36"Wx18"D. $..........................................................................................................13.30
51018-T 36"Wx15"D. $..........................................................................................................11.50 51020-T 36"Wx24"D. $..........................................................................................................17.50
NSF Listed
Add-on shelves
attach to starter Tapered Split Sleeves
shelves with S-hooks. Tapered post sleeves snap into
place. Shelf load strengthens
grip on post. Need four
sleeves per shelf. Sold in
Open-Wire Shelving & Accessories packages of 4.
• Shelves slide over split sleeves along 1" dia. grooved posts 5419800-S $ Pkg. ................4.87
• Up to 48"W shelf capacity: 800 lbs.; over 48"W shelf capacity: 600 lbs.,
shelf capacities based on evenly distributed loads
• Super Erecta® Brite zinc-plating
Can be placed in back-to-back, end-to-end, L-, T-, or U-configurations. Easy to set up without tools. Shelves adjust at 1" increments. Add-ons utilize S-hooks
eliminating the need for side-by-side 1" dia. posts. Stainless, Metroseal, and chrome finishes available for selected models. SELECTED MODELS IN STOCK.
Shelf Overall Shelf Stock No. $ Stock No. $
WxD Height Cap. Lbs. 4-SHELF STARTER UNIT 4-SHELF ADD-ON UNIT
36x18" 63" 800 5696900-S 239.00 5697000-S 228.00
48x18" 63" 800 5456500-S 272.00 5463500-S 259.00
60x18" 63" 600 5456600-S 308.00 5463600-S 295.00
72x18" 63" 600 5456700-S 348.00 5463700-S 336.00
36x18" 74" 800 5697100-S 245.00 5697200-S 231.00
48x18" 74" 800 5456800-S 278.00 5463800-S 262.00
60x18" 74" 600 5456900-S 314.00 5463900-S 299.00
72x18" 74" 600 5457000-S 356.00 5464000-S 339.00
36x18" 86" 800 5697300-S 263.00 5697400-S 240.00
48x18" 86" 800 5457100-S 296.00 5464100-S 271.00
60x18" 86" 600 5457200-S 337.00 5464200-S 308.00
72x18" 86" 600 5457300-S 373.00 5464300-S 348.00
36x24" 63" 800 5454100-S 275.00 5462300-S 262.00
48x24" 63" 800 5457400-S 316.00 5464400-S 302.00
60x24" 63" 600 5457500-S 370.00 5464500-S 358.00
72x24" 63" 600 5457600-S 414.00 5464600-S 401.00
36x24" 74" 800 5454500-S 281.00 5462400-S 265.00
48x24" 74" 800 5457700-S 322.00 5464700-S 306.00
60x24" 74" 600 5457800-S 377.00 5464800-S 361.00
72x24" 74" 600 5457900-S 420.00 5464900-S 405.00
36x24" 86" 800 5454700-S 299.00 5462500-S 274.00
48x24" 86" 800 5458000-S 340.00 5465000-S 315.00
60x24" 86" 600 5458100-S 394.00 5465100-S 369.00
72x24" 86" 600 5458200-S 439.00 5465200-S 414.00
96
SALE
Shelving & Racks | WIRE SHELVING ON THIS
PAGE
Extra Shelves. Design and ”build” units to fit your space and job requirements.
Size Stock No. $ Size Stock No. $
24x14" 5416900-S 30.40 24x18" 5412500-S 41.10
30x14" 5417200-S 31.80 30x18" 5412600-S 42.00
36x14" 5417300-S 34.20 36x18" 5412700-S 43.10
42x14" 5417400-S 44.40 42x18" 5412800-S 51.20
48x14" 5417500-S 39.40 48x18" 5412900-S 51.20
60x14" 5417600-S 46.70 60x18" 5413000-S 55.00
72x14" 5429700-S 54.40 72x18" 5413100-S 65.00
24x21" 5414500-S 41.00 24x24" 5424000-S 48.50
30x21" 5414600-S 52.10 30x24" 5424100-S 50.40
36x21" 5414700-S 47.60 36x24" 5424200-S 51.90
42x21" 5414800-S 62.40 42x24" 5424300-S 62.30
48x21" 5414900-S 62.40 48x24" 5424400-S 62.30
60x21" 5415000-S 66.70 60x24" 5424500-S 70.00
72x21" 5415100-S 90.80 72x24" 5424600-S 87.50
Posts. 1" dia. Adjustable feet for no-wobble set-up. Order in quantities of 2,
priced each.
Size Stock No. $ Size Stock No. $
141/2"H 5413500-S 10.30 63"H 5451200-S* 17.80
341/2"H 5414000-S 13.10 74"H 5451300-S* 19.40
541/2"H 5414100-S 15.30 745/8"H 5414300-S 19.40
54"H 5698500-S* 16.40 86"H 5688800-S* 23.90
621/2"H 5414200-S 17.60 865/8"H 5414400-S 24.10
*Without adjustable feet for one-step caster installation.
Foot Plate. Use to bolt units S-Hooks. Use two per shelf to
to floor. connect add-on units.
5448000-S $.........................8.30 5413800-S $ ............................2.54
8"H Shelf Dividers. Chrome.
Size Stock No. $
18" 5479200-S 14.00
For PVC Liners,
24" 5479300-S 18.60
see page 102.
30" 5479400-S 21.50 Post Clamps
36" 5479500-S 26.20 5419900-S $.............................3.51
NSF Listed
98
SALE
Shelving & Racks | WIRE SHELVING ON THIS
PAGE
Super Erecta®
Decorator Wire Shelving
Components
• Shelves slide over split sleeves
along triple-grooved 1" dia. posts
• Up to 48"W shelf capacity: 800 lbs.
Over 48"W shelf capacity: 600 lbs.,
shelf capacities based on evenly
distributed loads
• Baked epoxy finish
Contemporary styling and designer
colors are attractive in any setting.
Shelves adjust in 1" increments.
Specify color: (02) red, (13) hunter
green, (28) slate, (29) black, (30) white,
(42) copper hammertone, (43) silver
hammertone, (51) smoked glass.
SELECTED MODELS IN STOCK.
Easy-to-adjust
SHELVES shelves
Shelf WxD Shelf Cap. Lbs. Stock No. $
24x18" 800 54357-S* 45.50
30x18" 800 54358-S* 53.40 Overall Ht. Stock No. $
36x18" 800 54359-S* 54.50 1" DIA. POSTS for stationary shelving.
42x18" 800 54360-S* 56.20 141/2" 54380-S 11.30
48x18" 800 54361-S† 69.30 331/2" 54381-S 14.20
60x18" 600 54362-S* 76.00 549/16" 54382-S 16.40
72x18" 600 54363-S* 78.00 629/16" 54383-S 17.90
24x24" 800 54371-S* 57.00 745/8" 54384-S 21.30
30x24" 800 54372-S* 66.90 865/8" 54385-S 23.60
36x24" 800 54373-S* 58.60 1" DIA. POSTS for mobile shelving.†
42x24" 800 54374-S◊ 70.00 331/2" 54387-S† 14.70
48x24" 800 54375-S* 81.10 549/16" 54396-SΔ 16.80
60x24" 600 54376-S* 95.30 629/16" 54405-S 18.40
72x24" 600 54377-S† 96.20 745/8" 54416-S† 19.30
*(28) slate, (29) black, (30) white IN STOCK. ◊(30) white IN STOCK.
†(28) slate, (29) black IN STOCK. Δ(29) black, (30) white IN STOCK.
5" Casters
Use with shelves and caster posts to create your own cart. Both styles available with brake or rigid. IN STOCK.
Type Stock No. $
A. RESILIENT RUBBER. 200-lb. capacity each.
Swivel w/bumper 54427-U 22.50
Swivel w/brake & bumper 54430-U 23.80
Rigid (Sold in prs.) 54469-U** 53.90
B. POLYURETHANE. 300-lb. capacity each.
Swivel w/bumper 54463-U 36.70
Swivel w/brake & bumper 54464-U 38.90 A B
Rigid (Sold in prs.) 54465-U** 78.50
**Specify shelf depth for rigid channel: (01) 14", (02) 18", (03) 21", (04) 24".
Ships same day for Ships 1–5 days
1–3 day delivery 99
2 Shelving & Racks | WIRE SHELVING
NSF Listed
Square-Post
For square-post
Open Wire Shelving open-wire carts,
• Shelves slide over split collets along notched posts see pages
• Up to 48"W shelf capacity: 1000 lbs. 344–346.
60"W shelf capacity: 800 lbs.
72"W shelf capacity: 500 lbs.
Shelf capacities based on evenly distributed loads
• Zinc plating with lacquer coating
12-ga. solid steel frames. 1" square tube posts are notched on 2" centers and dimpled every
6" to position shelves. IN STOCK.
Shelf Overall Shelf 4-SHELF STARTER 4-SHELF ADD-ON
WxD Height Cap. Lbs. Stock No. $ Stock No. $ Shelf Collets
48x18" 64" 1000 4443400-W 221.00 4452100-W 209.00 Slide nylon collet down
60x18" 64" 800 4444400-W 252.00 4452500-W 239.00 post and lock into place
72x18" 64" 500 4446000-W 279.00 4455600-W 266.00 with a twist of the wrist.
48x18" 72" 1000 4446100-W 229.00 4456000-W 212.00 Slide shelf down post
60x18" 72" 800 4446200-W 260.00 4456100-W 243.00 onto collets.
72x18" 72" 500 4446300-W 286.00 4456200-W 270.00 4467400-W Pkg. of 4.
48x18" 84" 1000 4446500-W 241.00 4456300-W 218.00 $ Pkg. .......6.30
60x18" 84" 800 4446600-W 271.00 4456400-W 249.00
72x18" 84" 500 4447100-W 298.00 4458200-W 276.00
48x24" 64" 1000 4447200-W 262.00 4458300-W 249.00
60x24" 64" 800 4447300-W 326.00 4459600-W 313.00
72x24" 64" 500 4447400-W 363.00 4461200-W 350.00 Add-On Clip
48x24" 72" 1000 4449200-W 269.00 4461300-W 253.00 To join adjacent shelves
60x24" 72" 800 4449300-W 333.00 4461400-W 317.00 without posts. Two per
72x24" 72" 500 4449400-W 370.00 4464100-W 354.00 shelf required.
48x24" 84" 1000 4449500-W 281.00 4464400-W 259.00 4467300-W $ .................1.40
60x24" 84" 800 4449600-W 345.00 4464500-W 322.00
72x24" 84" 500 4451000-W 382.00 4464600-W 360.00
100
SALE
Shelving & Racks | WIRE SHELVING ON THIS
PAGE
qwikSLOT™
Adjustable Open Wire Shelving
• Shelves attach to 1" dia. posts via a qwikSLOT™ clip connection
• Shelf capacity: 300 lbs., shelf capacities are based on evenly distributed
loads
• Super Erecta Brite™ finish
Shelves adjust at 1" increments without tools. Starter units include two
qwikSLOT™ and two standard shelves which must be installed at top and
bottom for stability. Made in USA. IN STOCK.
qwikSLOT™ Shelves
Overall WxD Stock No. $
36x18" 4568700-T 50.10
48x18" 4568800-T 58.70
60x18" 4562700-T 61.30
36x24" 4568900-T 57.00
Shown with one 48x24" 4569000-T 69.70
extra qwikSLOT™ shelf 60x24" 4562800-T 88.20
102
Shelving & Racks | WIRE SHELVING 2
Accessories available
in chrome only.
Wire Shelving
• Shelves slide over split sleeves along grooved 1" dia. posts
• 2-piece post
• Up to 48"W shelf capacity: 800 lbs; over 48"W shelf capacity: 600 lbs.
Shelf capacities based on evenly distributed loads
• Chrome finish
Shelves adjust at 1" increments. Optional clamps join shelving together
to form rows. NSF listed. IN STOCK.
Wire Shelving
Shelf Overall Shelf Shelf Stock
WxD Height Qty. Cap. Lbs. Number $
36x18" 72" 4 800 5679900-V 139.00
48x18" 72" 4 800 5680000-V 169.00
48x24" 72" 4 800 5680100-V 199.00
60x24" 72" 4 600 5680200-V 235.00
72x24" 72" 4 600 5680300-V 265.00
72x24" 86" 4 600 5680400-V 295.00
Post Clamps
Join shelving units together for maximum strength.
5681700-V $............................................................................................3.35
Post Sleeves
Snap into place. Pkg. of 4.
5681600-V $ Pkg...................................................................................2.50
Extra Shelves
Overall WxD Stock No. $
36x18" 5681100-V 29.00
48x18" 5681200-V 39.00
48"Wx24"Dx72"H 48x24" 5681300-V 49.00
shelving shown 60x24" 5681400-V 59.00
72x24" 5681500-V 69.00
NEW
36x18" shown.
white
MDF Shelf Liners for 11/2" Dia. Post Shelving
3/4" thick MDF. Fits 11/2" dia. post wire shelving. Sold in packages of 4.
IN STOCK.
Polyethylene Spill Containment Liners Overall
WxD
Stock
Number
$
Pk.
Rotational molded durable polyethylene. Includes /4"H lip to contain spills.
3
36x18" 5672400-V 88.50
Fits 1" dia. post METRO-style shelving. Materials have been approved to meet 48x18" 5672500-V 119.00
FDA standards. NSF listed. Sold in packs of 2. Made in USA. IN STOCK. 60x18" 5672600-V 149.00
Overall GRAY WHITE $ 36x24" 5672700-V 120.00
WxD Stock No. Stock No. Pk. 48x24" 5672800-V 124.00
36x18" 5678527-V 5678530-V 32.00 60x24" 5672900-V 195.00
48x24" 5678627-V 5678630-V 48.00 See page 105 for 11/2" dia. post wire shelving.
104
Shelving & Racks | WIRE SHELVING 2
Shown with
optional MDF
shelf liners.
11/2" dia. 1" dia. See page 104
posts posts to order.
5
YEAR
WARRANTY
Microban®. An anti-microbial
compound that inhibits METROMAX Q™
the growth of odor- and Poly Shelving Systems with Microban®
NEW stain-causing mold, mildew
and fungi.
• Polymer shelf mats with Microban® and epoxy coated steel posts
• Shelf capacity: 600 and 800 lbs., shelf capacities based on
evenly distributed loads
STYLE
• Shelves adjust via a corner lock release
Shelving is coated with a corrosion-resistant gray epoxy finish
and adjust in 1" increments. Dividers are corrosion-proof
polymer. 2"H ledges are corrosion-proof Type 304 stainless steel
and polymer. Ledges can be stacked. Starters consist of (4) posts
Corner and (4) shelves; add-ons include (2) posts, (4) shelves, and
lock (2) S-hooks per shelf. Will not interchange with MetroMax Q
Microban® polymer mats
release manufactured before April 2009.
lift off for easy cleaning
Side and Back Ledges. Stackable.
Description Stock No. $
18" Side 2052400-R 15.20
24" Side 2052500-R 18.20
36" Back 2052600-R 22.10
48" Back 2052700-R 25.30
Starter unit shown. 60" Back 2052800-R 27.90
72" Back 2052900-R 33.20
8"H Shelf Dividers
Size Stock No. $
18"D 2053000-U 19.70
24"D 2053100-U 33.20
Shelves
Shelf GALVANIZED STAINLESS STEEL
WxD Stock No. $ Stock No. $
24x18" 5441500-S 66.80 5428100-S 151.00
36x18" 5441700-S 67.60 5428200-S 154.00
60x18" 5442000-S 91.20 5428300-S 233.00
36x24" 5442900-S 78.40 5428400-S 189.00
48x24" 5443100-S 89.00 5428500-S 225.00
60x24" 5443200-S 100.00 5428600-S 284.00
106
Shelving & Racks | CORROSION-RESISTANT SHELVING 2
Extra Posts
Overall Ht. Stock No. $
63" 2064800-R 34.40 Starter Add-On
74" 2064900-R 38.90
Label
Holders
108
Shelving & Racks | CORROSION-RESISTANT SHELVING 2
Poly Shelving
• Plastic
• 200-lb. capacity per shelf, shelf capacity based on evenly distributed loads
• Fixed shelves
Snaps together quickly without tools. Five ventilated shelves. 30"Wx20"D overall. Made in USA. IN STOCK.
Shelf Overall Shelf BEIGE LT. GRAY
WxD Height Clearance Stock No. Stock No. $
251/4x191/4" 72" 151/2" 5407622-T 5407626-T 92.10
Dunnage Racks
• 5/16" dia. wire with 1"
square tube braces
• 1300- and 1600-lb.
capacities
• Unassembled
Features a removable wire
shelf mat. Made in USA. Wire Dunnage Racks
Overall Cap. Stock • Steel wire
WxDxH Lbs. Number $ • 500-lb. capacity
18x36x141/2" 1600 5424900-R 195.00 • All-welded Overall Stock
18x48x141/2" 1300 5425800-R 231.00 Elevates items off the ground WxDxH Number $
24x36x141/2" 1600 5426100-R 211.00 for maximum visibility. 14x10x8" 5430600-S 14.00
24x48x141/2" 1300 5426200-R 249.00 IN STOCK. 24x14x8" 5430700-S 25.70
110
Shelving & Racks | RECORD STORAGE 2
Move heavy file boxes with the
dolly from page 113.
Record Storage
• 5/8" particleboard decking
• Holds up to 80 file boxes
• Shelf capacity: up to 2250 lbs., shelf capacities based on evenly distributed loads
Shelves attach to posts via a boltless double-rivet connection. Shelves adjust in 11/2" increments.
14-gauge steel uprights. File boxes sold separately. Color: sand. Made in USA. FACTORY QUICK SHIP.
STARTER ADDON
Overall Shelf Shelf Stock Stock
WxDxH Cap. Lbs. Qty. Number $ Number $
42x15x60" 2250 3 3963000-U 101.00 3963100-U 96.50
42x24x60" 2250 3 3963200-U 116.00 3963300-U 109.00
42x30x60" 2250 3 3963400-U 128.00 3963500-U 122.00
69x15x60" 1800 3 3963600-U 141.00 3963700-U 138.00
69x24x60" 1800 3 3963800-U 178.00 3963900-U 172.00
69x30x60" 1800 3 3964000-U 196.00 3964100-U 190.00
42x15x84" 2250 4 3964200-U 136.00 3964300-U 133.00
42x24x84" 2250 4 3964400-U 155.00 3964500-U 151.00
42x30x84" 2250 4 3964600-U 170.00 3964700-U 167.00
69x15x84" 1800 4 3964800-U 190.00 3964900-U 186.00
69x24x84" 1800 4 3965000-U 239.00 3965100-U 233.00
69x30x84" 1800 4 3965200-U 265.00 3965300-U 256.00
File Boxes. IN STOCK.
3955400-W 12"Wx15"Dx101/4"H. 10/pkg. $ Pkg. ..............................................................................................50.20 3964800-U shown with
3965500-W 121/4"Wx241/2"Dx101/4"H. 6/pkg. $ Pkg. .....................................................................................54.80 (40) 3965400-W boxes.
EXCLUSIVE
Galvanized
Rivetwell™ Record Storage Steel Decking
with EZ-Deck™ Steel Decking
• EZ-Deck™ galvanized steel decking
• Includes up to 100 file boxes
• Shelf capacity: up to 1150 lbs.,
shelf capacities based on evenly distributed loads
14-gauge cold rolled steel posts. Shelves feature double
rivets that attach to adjacent angle or T-post slots.
Includes 12"Wx15"Dx101/4"H boxes. Made in USA. IN STOCK.
STARTER ADDON
Overall Shelf Cap. Shelf Box Stock Stock
WxDxH Lbs. Qty. Qty. Number $ Number $
42x15x60" 600 3 18 3986000-S 142.00 3986100-S 138.00
42x30x60" 410 3 36 3986200-S 227.00 3986300-S 215.00
69x15x60" 1150 3 30 3986400-S 198.00 3986500-S 189.00
69x30x60" 670 3 60 3986600-S 333.00 3986700-S 328.00
42x15x84" 600 4 24 3986800-S 189.00 3986900-S 183.00
42x30x84" 410 4 48 3987000-S 302.00 3987100-S 307.00
69x15x84" 1150 4 40 3987200-S 264.00 3987300-S 259.00
69x30x84" 670 4 80 3987400-S 445.00 3987500-S 439.00
42x15x108" 600 5 30 3987600-S 236.00 3987700-S 226.00
42x30x108" 410 5 60 3987800-S 378.00 3987900-S 370.00
69x15x108" 1150 5 50 3988000-S 331.00 3988100-S 322.00
69x30x108" 670 5 100 3988200-S 555.00 3988300-S 547.00
For 5-shelf,
15-box
record
storage, see
page 757.
Shelving
available with or
without boxes.
Box design
may vary.
3961400-U shown
Record Storage
• 5/8" particleboard decking on selected models
• Multiple box quantities available
• Shelf capacity: up to 1150 lbs., shelf capacities based on evenly distributed loads
Shelving available with or without boxes. Dual rivet-type connection locks beams into post slots. Add-on units
utilize a common T-post between units. Begin rows with two posts from starter and join any number of add-ons.
Finish with remaining two posts from starter unit. Shelves adjust in 11/2" increments. Color: lt. putty. Made in USA.
IN STOCK.
SHELVING UNITS ONLY SHELVING COMPLETE WITH
WITHOUT DECKING PARTICLEBOARD & BOXES
Overall Shelf Shelf Stock Stock Box Stock Box Stock
WxDxH Cap. Lbs. Qty. Number $ Number $ Qty. Number $ Qty. Number $
STARTER ADD-ON STARTER ADD-ON
42x15x60" 650 3 3950000-U 78.50 3950100-U 73.90 18 3960000-U 181.00 18 3960100-U 175.00
42x30x60" 400 3 3950200-U 85.10 3950300-U 80.30 36 3960200-U 263.00 36 3960300-U 258.00
69x15x60" 1150* 3 3950400-U 110.00 3950500-U 106.00 30 3960400-U 264.00 30 3960500-U 258.00
ˇ 69x30x60" 670* 3 3950600-U 122.00 3950700-U 118.00 60 3960600-U 421.00 60 3960700-U 416.00
42x15x84" 650 4 3950800-U 108.00 3950900-U 101.00 24 3960800-U 237.00 24 3960900-U 228.00
42x30x84" 400 4 3951000-U 117.00 3951100-U 109.00 48 3961000-U 346.00 48 3961100-U 339.00
69x15x84" 1150* 4 3951200-U 149.00 3951300-U 142.00 40 3961200-U 350.00 40 3961300-U 343.00
69x30x84" 670* 4 3951400-U 164.00 3951500-U 155.00 80 3961400-U 557.00 80 3961500-U 548.00
42x15x108" 650 5 3951600-U 136.00 3951700-U 126.00 30 3961600-U 293.00 30 3961700-U 280.00
42x30x108" 400 5 3951800-U 147.00 3951900-U 136.00 60 3961800-U 431.00 60 3961900-U 418.00
69x15x108" 1150* 5 3952000-U 187.00 3952100-U 175.00 50 3962000-U 423.00 50 3962100-U 411.00
69x30x108" 670* 5 3952200-U 204.00 3952300-U 192.00 100 3962200-U 666.00 100 3962300-U 653.00
*Includes center support.
112
Shelving & Racks | RECORD STORAGE 2
3971000-T Shown
Record Storage
• 5/8" particleboard decking on selected models
• Holds up to 80 boxes
• Shelf capacity: up to 1150 lbs., shelf capacities based on evenly distributed loads
Available with decking and boxes for your convenience. Double rivets on shelf beam
engage into upright keyhole slot. Shelves adjust in 11/2" increments. Baked-on 3971100-T Shown
phosphatized gray enamel finish. Made in USA. IN STOCK.
114
Shelving & Racks | TIRE RACKS 2
Starter Add-on
Starter Add-on
Double-rivet
boltless level
connection.
Works with WIREWAY/HUSKY, INTERLAKE, and Bull Dog pallet racking. For others,
see measurement detail above. Gravity Flow Rack Levels are not returnable.
Snap-On Siderails Drop-In Crossties Add RollaTrak and Guide
116
Shelving & Racks | GRAVITY FLOW SHELVING 2
Specifications
Overall DxH................................57x783/8"
Level Qty ....................................................3
Level Depth...........................................75"
Gravity Flow Racks Cap./Level...................................1075 lbs.
Rollers/Level...........................................12
• 1075-lb. capacity per shelf level, shelf capacity based
on evenly distributed loads
• Unassembled—includes all frame parts and track hardware
Stores virtually any size container and load. Feature adjustable flow rack levels and roller
track widths. 1"Wx1.1" dia. rollers with steel wheel axles spaced on 1.1" centers. 12
rollers and 6 dividers per level. Frames are bolted together; front and rear beams are
bolted while the middle supports drop in without nuts or bolts. Main cross beams and
front and rear supports are painted blue; all other frame and level components are
galvanized. Roller color: yellow.
Overall Stock
Description WxDxH Number $
Starter Unit 75 /2x57x78 /8"
1 3
5195000-R 1820.00
Add-On Unit 731/4x57x783/8" 5195200-R 1730.00
NOTE: Gravity Flow Racks are non-returnable.
5195300-R Additional Level. $ ..................................................................................................................................532.00
Shelves attach
with double
rivets for quick
assembly.
How To Order
A cantilever rack is configured per bay and consists of three general components: arms, columns, and brace sets.
1 Determine storage needs by taking into account the length, depth, height EXAMPLE:
and weight of the product being stored.
1 Product to store: Pipes bundled at 8' long, 10" deep, weighing
2 Arms: Choose arm style and length, along with the capacity needed to 2000 lbs.
support the load. Two arms (one on each side) create a “level”. Divide the
weight of the load per level by two (for one bay) to give the individual arm 2 Arm choice: 12"L, straight, with lip. Load weight is 2000 lbs.
capacity needed. (This assumes that the load is supported sufficiently by Divide weight by two (one level) to obtain 1000 lbs. per arm
two arms to prevent load deflection). requirement.
3 Columns: Determine the number of arms needed per column side and 3 Column choice: Assuming four levels of load are required, then
vertical space required. Adding up all of the individual arm capacities and eight arms would be needed with vertical spacing of 18" apart.
vertical space required will determine the height and combined weight Eight arms x 1000 Lbs. capacity per arm = 8000 lbs. Combined
capacity needed for the two columns. required column capacity (4000 lbs. per column, single sided) at
8' high would be needed.
4 Brace: Determine brace set width. Take into account the length of the
pieces planned to be stored. Brace set widths will provide center-to-center 4 Brace: 8' L load with two-arm (one bay) support would require a
measurements of the arms installed on columns. One brace set per bay is 4' wide brace set.
required.
Starter Starter
Add-On Add-On
Single-Sided Double-Sided
Upright Column Upright Column
Arm
Brace
118
Shelving & Racks | CANTILEVER RACKS 2
ULTRA-CAPACITY GRADE
Single- Double-
Sided Sided
Column Column
Brace
STANDARD-INDUSTRIAL GRADE
Rugged Arm
Construction.
Rigid columns
are connected
to heavy arm
saddles for
efficient load
support.
Shown with one double-sided column
and one add-on.
120
Shelving & Racks | CANTILEVER RACKS 2
STANDARD-INDUSTRIAL GRADE
Components
Columns. Includes hardware. Ships unassembled.
SINGLE-ARM COLUMN—Sold DOUBLE-ARM COLUMN—Sold
individually individually
Max.
Overall Arm Cap./Side Stock Base Base
Height Length Lbs. Number Depth $ Stock No. Depth* $
8' 12", 18" 18,520, 14,950 7351300-S 31" 321.00 7352500-S 53" 364.00
8' 24" 12,530 7351400-S 37" 332.00 7352600-S 65" 385.00
8' 30", 36" 10,780, 9,460 7351500-S 46" 347.00 7352700-S 82" 403.00
8' 42", 48" 8,430, 7,600 7351600-S 58" 363.00 7352800-S 106" 468.00
10' 12", 18" 26,650, 20,640 7351700-S 31" 389.00 7352900-S 53" 430.00
10' 24" 16,860 7351800-S 37" 399.00 7353000-S 65" 451.00
10' 30", 36" 14,250, 12,340 7351900-S 46" 414.00 7353100-S 82" 471.00
10' 42", 48" 10,880, 9,730 7352000-S 58" 430.00 7353200-S 106" 533.00
10' 54", 60" 8,800, 8,030 7356900-S 70" 462.00 7359100-S 130" 536.00
12' 12", 18" 26,300, 20,450 7352100-S 31" 443.00 7353300-S 53" 485.00 Single-Sided
12' 24" 16,730 7352200-S 37" 455.00 7353400-S 65" 503.00 Column
12' 30", 36" 14,160, 12,270 7352300-S 46" 430.00 7353500-S 82" 524.00
12' 42", 48" 10,830, 9,690 7352400-S 58" 484.00 7353600-S 106" 587.00
12' 54", 60" 8,760, 8,000 7359000-S 70" 522.00 7360200-S 130" 588.00
15' 24" 16,540 7357000-S 37" 625.00 7357400-S 65" 684.00
15' 30", 36" 14,020, 12,170 7357100-S 46" 638.00 7357500-S 82" 705.00
15' 42", 48" 10,750, 9,620 7357200-S 58" 656.00 7357600-S 106" 769.00 Double-Sided
15' 54", 60" 8,710, 7,560 7357300-S 70" 671.00 7357700-S 130" 737.00 Column
*Maximum capacity for double column is twice value shown.
HEAVY-INDUSTRIAL GRADE
Components
Columns. Includes hardware. Ships unassembled.
Overall For Arm Max. Cap./ SINGLE-SIDED COLUMN. Sold individually. DOUBLE-SIDED COLUMN.* Sold individually.
Height Length Side Lbs. Base Length Stock No. $ Base Length Stock No. $
8' 24" 12,000 37" 7082000-S 338.00 65" 7082600-S 381.00
8' 36" 9,000 46" 7082100-S 353.00 82" 7082700-S 410.00
8' 48" 7,200 58" 7082200-S 364.00 106" 7082800-S 473.00
12' 24" 15,900 37" 7082300-S 429.00 65" 7082900-S 473.00
12' 36" 11,900 46" 7082400-S 444.00 82" 7083000-S 500.00
12' 48" 8,950 58" 7082500-S 456.00 106" 7083100-S 562.00
*Maximum capacity for double column is twice value shown.
122
Shelving & Racks | CANTILEVER RACKS 2
STANDARD-INDUSTRIAL GRADE
Components
Columns. 12-gauge steel. Includes hardware. Ships assembled.
SINGLE-SIDED COLUMN DOUBLE-SIDED COLUMN
LIGHT-INDUSTRIAL GRADE
TM
Columns
SINGLE-SIDED COLUMN (shown) DOUBLE-SIDED COLUMN
Overall For Arm Max. Base Stock Max. Base Stock
Height Length Cap./Side Lbs. Length Number $ Cap./Side Lbs. Length Number $
7' 12", 16" 12,000 27" 7355800-S 211.00 24,000 45" 7355900-S 236.00
7' 20", 24" 12,000 35" 7350300-S 235.00 24,000 61" 7361000-S 245.00
10' 12", 16" 12,000 27" 7350600-S 278.00 24,000 45" 7361100-S 303.00
10' 20", 24" 12,000 35" 7348200-S 295.00 24,000 61" 7361800-S 321.00
Arms With Lip. Maximum arms per column side: 7'H is 8 arms (4 levels); 10'H is
12 arms (6 levels). Adjust on 4" centers.
Overall Cap. Lbs. STRAIGHT ARM INCLINED ARM Brace Sets for Columns. Brace sets provide 3', 6', or 8' column centers. Set of 2.
Lgth. per Pair Stock No. $ Stock No. $ Brace FOR 7' COLUMNS FOR 10' COLUMNS
12" 1000 7356100-S 22.30 7356000-S 24.20 Width Stock No. $ Set Stock No. $ Set
16" 1000 7356300-S 25.10 7356200-S 26.20 3' 7356400-S 57.60 7365300-S 59.00
20" 850 7362000-S 28.40 — — 6' 7356500-S 108.00 7366500-S 122.00
24" 700 7363900-S 30.70 — — 8' 7365000-S 132.00 7366900-S 135.00
TM
™
TM
Quiktree®
minitree
Cantilever Racks
Cantilever Racks • Single-sided column capacity: 3500 lbs.
• Single-sided column Double-sided column capacity: 7000 lbs.
capacity: 1750 lbs. • Arm capacity: up to 500 lbs.
Double- • 84"H
sided column 14-gauge galvanized steel arms adjust on
capacity: 3500 lbs. 11/2" centers and tilt up at approximately
• Arm capacity: up to 5°. Arm end cap can be tipped up for
250 lbs. round stock. To form storage rows, begin
• 761/4"H with starter column, join any number of
Arms are bolted to add-ons. Starters include (2) columns;
columns on 11/2" centers. add-ons include (1) column. Made in USA.
Includes 7 adjustable IN STOCK.
levels per side (14 total
adjustable levels for
double column). Made
Single-Sided in USA. IN STOCK.
Arm Unit Shown
STARTER ADD-ON
Overall Arm Stock Arm Stock
Overall Arm Stock Type WxD Qty. Number $ Qty. Number $
WxD Type Qty. Number $ Single-Arm 36x21" 14 7393600-T 699.00 7 7394700-T 391.00
36x181/4" Single-Arm 14 7392900-S 467.00 Single-Arm 72x21" 14 7393700-T 729.00 7 7394800-T 421.00
36x30" Double-Arm 28 7393000-S 619.00 Double-Arm 72x34" 28 7393900-T 1085.00 14 7395000-T 596.00
124
Shelving & Racks | CANTILEVER RACKS 2
Horizontal
Bar Rack
• 2600-lb. capacity
• 9 pairs of double-sided arms
• 143-lb. capacity per arm level, Horizontal Bar Rack
per side, evenly distributed • 2000-lb. capacity
• Unassembled • 8 pairs of double-sided arm levels
Angled arm levels are spaced 7" on center and provide 91/2"L storage • 143-lb. capacity per arm level, per side, evenly distributed
space. 14-gauge steel construction. Gray powder coat finish. Made in USA. • Unassembled
IN STOCK. Sturdy A-frames are connected by cross beams for extra support. Arm levels
Overall WxDxH Stock No. $ graduate in length up to 12" on one side of A-frame. Bright zinc plating. IN STOCK.
30x30x85" 7362100-U 384.00 Overall WxDxH Stock No. $
60x36x66" 7329400-T 115.00
TM
Add-on
Horizontal
Starter Bar Rack
• 16,000-lb. overall capacity
• 66 bays
Long-Bar Horizontal Rack • 500-lb. capacity per opening
Galvanized Shelf
• 7700-lb. capacity per vertical frame • Unassembled
• 15 bays All-welded uprights are supported by a heavy-duty upright frame
• 2000-lb. capacity per level and 1/4" steel bar grid. 51/2" square openings. Uprights are bolted
• Unassembled together and should be bolted to the floor for stability. Gray enamel
15 different sized bays hold pipe, tubing, and other long material. Features the finish. Made in USA.
following opening sizes: 6"H in top level; 9"H in mid 3 levels; and 151/2"H in bottom Bar Rack
level. All openings are 14–141/2" wide. Welded 11-gauge steel construction. Blue Overall Cap. Stock
powder coat finish. Made in USA. Description WxDxH Lbs. Number $
Overall STARTER ADD-ON Starter 361/2x411/2x743/4" 16,000 7315600-S 789.00
WxDxH Stock No. $ Stock No. $ Add-On 171/2x411/2x743/4" 5,300 7315700-S 290.00
48x48x60" 1409801-T 1020.00 1409802-T 662.00 7315800 Galvanized Shelf. 36"Lx51/2"W. $ ........................................................13.90
NEW
126
Shelving & Racks | BAR RACKS 2
NEW
Bar Cradle Trucks
• 4,000- and 10,000-lb. capacities
• All-welded
• Phenolic casters mounted in a diamond pattern
Tilt pattern and 8" swivel casters at the ends permit truck to turn
on its own radius.24"Wx13"D cradles. Structural channel steel.
12" center casters and 8" end swivel casters. Capacities based on
evenly distributed loads. Gray enamel finish. Made in USA.
FACTORY QUICK SHIP.
Overall LxW Overall Ht. Cap. Lbs. Cradle Qty. Channel Size Stock No. $
60x28" 29" 4000 3 C-3" 7667400-T 498.00
72x28" 29" 4000 3 C-3" 7667500-T 460.00
96x28" 29" 4000 3 C-3" 7667600-T 545.00
60x28" 29" 10000 3 C-3" 7667700-T 564.00
72x28" 29" 10000 3 C-3" 7667800-T 565.00
96x28" 29" 10000 4 C-3" 7667900-T 713.00
120x28" 29" 10000 4 C-4" 7668000-T 798.00
144x28" 29" 10000 5 C-4" 7668100-T 945.00
NEW
128
Shelving & Racks | STACKING RACKS 2
TM AIRector® Portable Stacking Racks
• 10–13-gauge tubular steel
• 2000- and 4000-lb. capacities
• All-welded base
Assembles and stacks quickly right out of the box! May be stacked up to 4 high.
Four-way fork truck entry. 41/2" underclearance. Available with 1x6" sturdy decking
or without. Build your own racks from components listed below or order complete
units. Made in USA.
Complete Units
Includes (4) 48"H stacking posts, (4) sockets and base frame. 4000-lb. capacity.
Overall BASE WITH DECKING (1x6" boards) BASE WITHOUT DECKING
LxWxH Stock No. $ Stock No. $ Other sizes and
48x48x48" 7316400-S 307.00 7316500-S 235.00 capacities available.
60x48x48" 7318500-S 311.00 7318600-S 289.00
7387200-U
shown
TM
7387100-U Mini-Modules®
shown • 14-gauge steel posts; 7-gauge steel supports
• Up to 7,500-lb. capacity
• All-welded
All-welded sections stack securely in minutes. Strong welded
Stacking U-Racks steel construction—no bolts, fittings or tools required. Stack up to
• 10–12-gauge steel sides; 7-gauge steel supports 6 modules high. Optional shelves divide modules for extra
• 6000- and 10,000-lb. capacities storage. Made in USA. IN STOCK.
• All-welded MINI-MODULES SHELVES
One-person can set up racks in no time. Interlocking steel frames stack up to 4 Overall Cap. Stock Stock
high. Load capacities can be varied by moving racks closer together or farther LxWxH Lbs. Number $ Number $
apart. Clearance height: 153/4". Orange enamel finish. Made in USA. IN STOCK. 16x12x131/2" 2500 7320600-T 66.10 7345600-T 21.30
Stock No. Cap. Lbs. per Pair Stock No. $ 19x14x17" 3700 7320700-T 68.70 7345700-T 28.40
25x4x20" 6000 7387100-U 68.80 22x15x201/2" 5600 7320800-T 77.20 7345800-T 33.20
25x4x19" 10000 7387200-U 75.30 26x16x231/2" 7500 7320900-T 95.00 7345900-T 45.10
Upright
Reel Racks
• Includes three sets of axle brackets
• 2000-lb. capacity per pair of axle brackets
• 10,000-lb. overall capacity
Starters and add-ons let you configure a system for your warehouse. All-welded steel upright braces with 21/2" dia.
spindle brackets. You provide the bars that hold the reels in place. Handles reel sizes up to 5' diameter. Begin with a
starter and secure add-ons as needed to make a row. Made in USA. SELECTED MODELS IN STOCK.
Overall STARTER ADD-ON
WxDxH Stock No. $ Stock No. $
24x24x96" 7316600-T 631.00 7326800-T 431.00
36x24x96" 7316700-T 604.00 7326900-T 405.00
48x24x96" 7316800-T 597.00 7327400-T 398.00
24x36x96" 7324000-T 645.00 7327500-T 438.00
Spindle Bracket 36x36x96" 7325500-T 618.00 7327700-T 411.00
48x36x96" 7325700-T 611.00 7327800-T 404.00
24x24x120" 7325800-T 762.00 7328100-T 535.00
36x24x120" 7326000-T 786.00 7328200-T 560.00
48x24x120" 7326200-T 789.00 7328500-T 546.00
24x36x120" 7326500-T 772.00 7328600-T 540.00
36x36x120" 7326600-T 793.00 7329600-T 565.00
48x36x120" 7326700-T 782.00 7329700-T 568.00
*Teardrop design is not interchangeable with Husky Mfg. prior to 1994.
7330000-T Axle brackets. Sold in pairs. $ pair.................................................................................................................................38.00
Tie Beam
Reel Caddy
Shown with • Includes 4 axles
pneumatic • 100-lb. capacity per axle
wheel hand • 300-lb. overall capacity
truck.
Top storage tray is perfect for housing wire snips and other cutting tools.
All-steel unit includes wire guide holes on the bottom. Painted finish.
Optional steel hand truck is available with either pneumatic or hard rubber
wheels and includes installation hardware. Hand truck capacity is 600 lbs.
Made in USA. FACTORY QUICK SHIP.
Description Overall WxDxH Stock No. $
Portable Reel Caddy 24x16x441/4" 7270400-R 212.00
Hand Truck with
24x16x441/4" 7270600-R 61.70
Pneumatic Wheels
Hand Truck with
24x16x441/4" 7270700-R 69.50
Rubber Wheels
NEW
130
Bin & Containers Storage | PARTS ORGANIZERS 3
5187500-R
5187600-R
5187700-R
5213200-W 5187800-R
5
YEAR
WARRANTY
5
YEAR
WARRANTY Easy-Access Bin Carts
• Includes 15"Wx24"Dx71/2"H
bins
Parts Stand • 500-lb. capacity
• 150-lb. capacity • 4" soft rubber casters
• Platform size: 191/4"Wx171/4"D Removable bins can be accessed
Container not • Platform height: 28–43" from either side. 1" square tube
included. • Platform tilt: 0–40° frame with 18-ga. side and top
Tilting platform lessens the strain and panels. Pivoting heavy-gauge
pain associated with repetitive wire vertical rods keep bins in
bending and lifting. 14-gauge steel. 3/4" place. Swivel casters, 2 with
front lip on platform. Four 31/2" brakes. Color: blue. German
polyurethane casters, all with foot Engineered. Made in USA.
brakes. German Engineered. Made in IN STOCK.
USA. IN STOCK. Overall Bin Stock
WxDxH Qty. Number $
175/8x25x461/2" 5 8509300-S 459.00
7014100-V $ .....................................290.00 175/8x25x881/2" 10 8509400-S 797.00
132
Bins & Container Storage | WORK POSITIONERS 3
7099000-R
7018700-R
5
YEAR
WARRANTY
Bin Trolley
• Includes 143/4x81/4x7" bins
• 2000-lb. capacity
• 31/2" poly casters
14-ga. shelf supports are welded to 1" steel tube frames. Horizontal wood deck is surrounded by a
11/2" angle iron frame. Six angled wood shelves with metal lips hold (5) bins each. Swivel casters.
Color: blue. German Engineered. Made in USA. IN STOCK.
Overall WxDxH Stock No. $
48x24x621/4" 8525000-T 1020.00
134
Bin & Container Storage | PARTS ORGANIZERS 3
Single-Lug Rack
Double-Lug Rack
Six-Lug Racks
Overall Stock
WxDxH Number $
27x20x701⁄2" 5493900-R 286.00
4899302-T 4897018-T
Bin Carts
• 1000-lb. capacity
• Bins hang on both sides
Heavy-duty 12-ga. steel cart includes tough, durable polypropylene bins. Bins
attach to four steel rails. Welded push handle maneuvers cart on 5" soft rubber
casters—2 swivel, 2 rigid. Gray powder coat finish. Made in USA. Specify bin color:
4896809-T (02) red, (09) yellow, (12) green, (18) blue, (54) stone. IN STOCK.
Overall Bin Bin Stock
WxDxH Qty. WxDxH Number $
NOTE: Carts are also available in 80- and 36x18x35" 64 73/8x41/8x3" 48993-T 475.00
96-bin units, call for information. 36x24x35" 48 107/8x51/2x5" 48968-T 567.00
42x24x35" 24 103/4x81/4x7" 48970-T 537.00
136
Bin & Container Storage | BIN RACKS 3
For
additional
Ultra Bins,
see page
154.
45326-T features
yellow, blue, and
red bins.
Ultra Rail
Bin Racks
• 250-lb. capacity
• Bins hang on one side
Steel racks include 16 bin rails and
removable Ultra Poly Bins. Specify bin
color: (02) red, (09) yellow, (12) green,
(18) blue. IN STOCK.
Overall Bin Qty. / Stock
WxDxH Bin WxDxH Number $
(32) 41/8x71/2x3"
36x15x53" (12) 51/2x11x5" 45351-T 397.00
(8) 81/4x143/4x7"
346.00
Easy Flow Gravity Hopper Rack 36x15x53" (96) 41/8x71/2x3"
(16) 41/8x71/2x3" yellow
45352-T
• 900-lb. capacity 36x15x53" (18) 51/2x11x5" blue 45326-T 372.00
• Bins hang on both sides (12) 81/4x143/4x7" red
Fill from the top—pick parts from the bottom. Rotational molded polyethylene (16) 41/8x71/2x3"
bins hold 75 lbs. each. Made in USA. IN STOCK. 36x15x53" (18) 51/2x11x5" 45354-T 441.00
Overall Bin Qty. / Stock (18) 51/2x143/4x5"
WxDxH Bin WxDxH Number $ (48) 41/8x71/2x3"
36x15x53" 45355-T 348.00
36x36x69" (12) 18x11x191/2" red 5196702-S 1135.00 (18) 51/2x11x5"
36x36x69" (12) 18x11x191/2" blue 5196718-S 1135.00 NOTE: Mfgr. recommends securing racks to floor or wall.
Go to
page 152
for more
AkroBins.
Louvered Panel
Bin Racks
• 2000-lb. capacity
• Bins hang on both sides
16-ga. steel. Includes double-sided
Rail System Bin Racks louvered panel and removable,
• 250-lb. capacity polypropylene AkroBins®. Powder
• Bins hang on one side coat finish. Made in USA. Specify
16-ga. steel. Includes 16 bin rails bin color: (02) red, (09) yellow,
and removable, polypropylene (12) green, (18) blue, (54) stone.
AkroBins®. Powder coat finish. IN STOCK.
Specify bin color: (02) red, (09) yellow, Overall Bin Bin Stock
(12) green, (18) blue, (54) stone. WxDxH Qty. WxDxH Number $
IN STOCK. 353/4x32x751/8" 288 41/8x73/8x3" 45940-R 1055.00
Overall Bin Bin Stock 353/4x32x751/8" 144 51/2x107/8x5" 45941-R 1145.00
WxDxH Qty. WxDxH Number $ 353/4x32x751/8" 72 11x107/8x5" 45942-R 1025.00
36x141/8x53" 48 51/2x107/8x5" 45238-R 423.00 353/4x32x751/8" 72 81/4x103/4x7" 45943-R 1050.00
36x141/8x53" 24 81/4x143/4x7" 45239-R 429.00 353/4x32x751/8" 72 81/4x141/4x7" 45946-R 1160.00
NOTE: Mfgr. recommends securing all racks to floor or wall. NOTE: Mfgr. recommends securing all racks to floor or wall.
Ships same day for Ships 1–5 days
1–3 day delivery 137
3 Bin & Container Storage | BIN RACKS
Louvered
Panel Systems
Choose floor, bench or wall-mount style. 16-ga.
steel panels are supported by horizontal ribs.
Louvers securely support AkroBins®. Durable gray
powder coat finish. Made in USA. IN STOCK.
A. Bench Rack
• 120-lb. capacity
• Bins hang on one side
A Specify bin color: (02) red, (09) yellow, (12) green,
(18) blue, (54) stone.
Overall Bin Bin Stock
WxDxH Qty. WxDxH Number $
271/2x8x21" 24 41/8x53/8x3" 52852-T 93.50
271/2x8x21" 24 41/8x73/8x3" 52853-T 117.00
271/2x8x21" 12 51/2x107/8x5" 52854-T 127.00
52629-T Bench rack only. 271/2"Wx8"Dx21"H. $......................................................................................................65.70
B. Wall-Mount Panel
C • 160-lb. capacity
• Bins hang on one side
Bins sold separately.
C. Floor Rack 4468900-S 353/4"Wx19"H. $..........................................45.80
• 350- and 500-lb. capacities
• Bins hang on one side QUANTITY OF SAME SIZE AKROBINS® THAT FIT PANELS OR RACKS
Bins sold separately. Combined 52028-U 52032-U
Overall Cap. Stock Panel Size 52023-U 52029-U 52030-U 52031-U 52060-U
WxH Lbs. Number $ (B) 1 Panel, 35 /4x19"
3
4 8 9 18 32
18x61" 350 5189400-S 200.00 (C) 1 Rack, 18x61" 6 12 14 28 48
36x61" 500 5189500-S 289.00 (C) 1 Rack, 36x61" 12 24 28 54 96
AkroBins® D E F G H
• Includes rear hanger lip for racking Overall Ctn. Stock $
• Stackable Key WxDxH Qty. Number $ (4+)
Guaranteed not to break! D 161/2x143/4x7" 6 52023-U 12.60 12.00
Polypropylene with reinforcing ribs. E 81/4x143/4x7" 12 52028-U 9.00 8.60
Waterproof and resistant to oil and E 81/4x103/4x7" 6 52029-U 7.40 7.00
chemicals. Sold in carton quantites, F 11x107/8x5" 6 52030-U 7.00 6.70
priced each. Made in USA. Specify color: G 51/2x107/8x5" 12 52031-U 4.40 4.18
(02) red, (09) yellow, (12) green, (18) blue, H 41/8x73/8x3" 24 52032-U 1.87 1.78
(54) stone. IN STOCK. H 41/8x53/8x3" 24 52060-U 1.15 1.09
Bench Racks
• Bins hang on one side
Steel racks come complete with removable Ultra Poly Bins that are easy to clean and resist most
chemicals. Specify bin color: (02) red, (09) yellow, (12) green, (18) blue. IN STOCK.
Overall Bin Qty./ Stock
WxDxH WxDxH Number $
36x8x19" (32) 41/8x71/2x3" 45272-S 118.00
(8) 41/8x71/2x3" blue
(8) 41/8x71/2x3" red
36x8x19" 45411-S 105.00
(8) 41/8x71/2x3" green
45411-S features eight blue, (8) 41/8x71/2x3" yellow
red, green, and yellow bins. 36x8x19" (18) 51/2x11x5" 45276-S 148.00
36x8x19" (18) 51/2x143/4x5" 45310-S 167.00
138
Bin & Container Storage | BIN RACKS 3
Benchtop rack
Pick Racks
• Single- and double-sided models available
Steel racks come complete with removable polypropylene shelf bins. Bins sit on
Single-sided rack
angled shelves for easier access. Specify bin color: (02) red, (09) yellow, (12) green,
(18) blue, (22) ivory. FACTORY QUICK SHIP.
Overall Bin Bin Stock
Description WxDxH Qty. WxDxH Number $
Double-sided rack 36x24x64" 80 63/8x115/8x4" 52438-S 493.00
Single-sided rack 36x12x60" 40 63/8x115/8x4" 52434-S 247.00
Benchtop rack 36x12x21" 15 63/8x115/8x4" 52416-S 99.10 Double-sided rack
52486-S Mobile Kit for Double-Sided Rack (4) 3" poly swivel casters, 2 with brake. $ .......................................................104.00 with optional mobile kit.
Pick Racks
with System Bins
• Single- or double-sided models available
Steel rack with angled shelves. Injection-molded System Bins have six storage areas across a
single one-piece bin. Ships unassembled. Made in USA. Specify bin color: (02) red, (09) yellow,
(18) blue. IN STOCK. Single-sided rack
Overall Bin Bin Stock
Description WxDxH Qty. WxDxH Number $
Single-sided with bins 36x12x60" 5 33x12x5" 55903-S 526.00
Double-sided with bins 36x24x60" 10 33x12x5" 55904-S 1055.00
Single-sided without bins 36x12x60" — — 55905-S 433.00 Double-sided rack
55906-S Bins 33"Wx12"Dx5"H Sold in pkgs. of 5. $ ..............................................................................................................................19.60
Ships same day for Ships 1–5 days
1–3 day delivery 139
3 Bin & Container Storage | BIN RACKS
More
AkroBins®
can be
found on
page 152.
140
Bin & Container Storage | BIN RACKS 3
More AkroBins®
can be found on
page 152.
Euro Drawer
Pick Racks Ultra Rail Mobile Bin Racks
• 800 and 1200-lb. capacities • Bins hang on both sides
• Bins hang on both sides 16-rail steel racks come complete with removable Ultra Poly Bins that
Shelves are sloped for better access to stored are easy to clean and resist most chemicals. Specify bin color: (02) red,
parts. All-steel rack includes 16 shelves and (09) yellow, (12) green, (18) blue. IN STOCK.
durable poly Euro Drawers. Mobile unit has 2 Overall Bin Qty. / Stock
swivel and 2 rigid casters. Gray baked enamel WxDxH Bin WxDxH Number $
finish. Ship unassembled. Specify bin color: 55901-T 36x25x64" (192) 41/8x71/2x3" 45432-T 615.00
(02) red, (09) yellow, (18) blue, (27) gray. IN STOCK. (64) 41/8x71/2x3"
Overall Bin Bin Cap. Stock 36x25x64" (24) 51/2x11x5" 45433-T 675.00
Description WxDxH Qty. WxDxH Lbs. Number $ (16) 81/2x11x7"
Stationary 36x24x60" 96 59/16x115/8x45/8" 800 55901-T 894.00 36x25x64" (96) 51/2x11x5" 45436-T 770.00
Mobile 36x24x60" 96 59/16x115/8x45/8" 1200 55902-T 1010.00 36x25x64" (48) 81/4x143/4x7" 45450-T 650.00
Free-Standing Slider
Systems
Free-standing unit features
four individual panels with
Tip-Out™ Bins. Two rear panels
are fixed while the middle and
front panel slide back and
forth along smooth-rolling
tracks. Removable injection-
molded bins. 14-gauge steel
frame with baked enamel
finish. Hardware included.
5833426-R
FACTORY QUICK SHIP.
142
Bin & Container Storage | BIN SHELVING 3
See page
152 for more
AKRO-MILS®
AkroBins.
High-Density Shelving
with AkroBins®
• Polypropylene bins
• 400-lb. and 650-lb. shelf capacities
Ten-shelf unit stores almost anything. Shelves adjust in 1" increments. Bins have front
label slots, finger grips, and reinforced ribs. Immune to chemicals and oils, and can’t rust
or corrode. Unassembled. Made in USA. Specify bin color: (02) red, (09) yellow, (12) green,
(18) blue, (54) stone. IN STOCK.
Overall Bin Qty. / Stock
WxDxH Bin WxDxH Number $ $ (5+)
400-LB. SHELF CAPACITY
36x12x75" (60) 51/2x107/8x5" 44261-U 444.00 422.00
(12) 81/2x143/4x7"
36x12x75" 44262-U 447.00 425.00
(36) 51/2x107/8x5"
(36) 5 /2x10 /8x5"
1 7
36x12x75" 44263-U 412.00 392.00
(6) 161/2x143/4x7"
36x12x75" (16) 161/2x143/4x7" 44264-U 367.00 349.00
36x12x75" (32) 81/2x143/4x7" 44265-U 457.00 435.00
650-LB. SHELF CAPACITY
36x12x73" (60) 51/2x107/8x5" 44239-U 472.00 449.00
(12) 81/2x143/47"
36x12x73" 44240-U 474.00 451.00
(36) 51/2x107/8x5"
(36) 5 /2x10 /8x5"
1 7
36x12x73" 44241-U 442.00 420.00
(6) 161/2x143/4x7"
36x12x73" (16) 161/2x143/4x7" 44296-U 396.00 377.00
36x12x73" (32) 81/2x143/4x7" 44297-U 480.00 456.00
High-Density
Shelving with Shelf Bins
• Plastic bins
• 400-lb. and 650-lb. shelf capacities
4"H molded shelf bins have rear notch that suspend bins from above. Bins are rustproof
and leakproof. Includes 13 shelves. Unassembled. Made in USA. Specify bin color: (02) red,
(09) yellow, (18) blue. IN STOCK.
Overall Bin Qty. / Stock
WxDxH Bin WxDxH Number $ $ (5+)
400-LB. SHELF CAPACITY
(32) 41/8x117/8x4" red
36x12x75" (32) 41/8x117/8x4" white 52777-U 319.00 304.00
(32) 41/8x117/8x4" blue
(48) 41/8x113/4x4"
36x12x75" 52455-U 326.00 310.00
(30) 41/8x113/4x4"
36x12x75" (96) 41/8x113/4x4" 52570-U 329.00 313.00
36x12x75" (60) 65/8x113/4x4" 52620-U 326.00 310.00
(48) 41/8x18x4"
36x18x75" 52571-U 424.00 403.00
(30) 65/8x18x4"
36x18x75" (96) 41/8x18x4" 52572-U 436.00 415.00
36x18x75" (60) 65/8x18x4" 52573-U 412.00 392.00
650-LB. SHELF CAPACITY
(48) 41/8x113/4x4"
36x12x73" 52619-U 368.00 350.00
(30) 65/8x113/4x4"
36x12x73" (96) 41/8x113/4x4" 52654-U 372.00 354.00
36x12x73" (60) 65/8x113/4x4" 52624-U 427.00 406.00
(48) 41/8x18x4"
36x18x73" 52655-U 468.00 445.00
(30) 65/8x18x4"
52777 features red, white, 36x18x73" (96) 41/8x18x4" 52656-U 475.00 452.00
and blue bin combination. 36x18x73" (60) 65/8x18x4" 52657-U 451.00 429.00
144
Bin & Container Storage | BIN SHELVING 3
42925(18)-T 42995(09)-T
Shelving with 15 or 21 Bins. Specify bin color: (02) red, (09) yellow, (12) green, (18) blue.
Overall Bin Bin Shelf Shelf Stock $
WxDxH Qty. WxDxH Qty. Cap. Lbs. Number $ (5+)
42x18x75" 15 123/8x193/4x117/8" 6 475 42993-T 627.00 596.00
42x18x75" 21 123/8x193/4x77/8" 8 475 42995-T 749.00 712.00
4299400-T
146
BIn & Container Storage | BIN SHELVING 3
42922(02)-S
59023-S with (02) red bins. 59032-S with (18) blue bins.
148
Bin & Container Storage | BIN SHELVING 3
EXCLUSIVE
150
Bin & Container Storage | BIN SHELVING 3
5940000-T
shown
W
D
H
Polypropylene AkroBins®
• Include rear hanger lip for racking
• Stackable
• Dividers sold separately
Guaranteed not to break. Reinforced rib design. Also
includes extra-wide stacking ledge and molded slots
for ID labels. Meets ISO 9001/9002. Order bins in
quantities specified, priced each. Made in USA. Specify
color: (02) red, (09) yellow, (12) green, (18) blue, (54) stone.
IN STOCK.
Overall Ctn. Stock $ DIVIDERS 6/PKG. Overall Ctn. Stock $ DIVIDERS 6/PKG.
WxDxH Qty. Number $ (4+ Ctn.) Stock No. $ Pkg. WxDxH Qty. Number $ (4+ Ctn.) Stock No. $ Pkg.
41/8x53/8x3" 24 44073-U 1.39 1.32 44790-U 6.30 16 /2x107/8x5"
1
6 44347-U 13.10 12.40 — —
41/8x73/8x3" 24 44074-U 2.21 2.10 44791-U 6.70 51/2x143/4x5" 12 44304-U 6.40 6.10 — —
41/8x107/8x4" 12 44303-U 3.43 3.26 — — 81/4x143/4x7" 12 44076-U 10.90 10.40 44793-U $15.40
51/2x107/8x5" 12 44075-U 5.30 5.00 44792-U 10.40 161/2x143/4x7" 6 44077-U 15.20 14.40 44793-U 15.40
81/4x103/4x7" 6 44079-U 9.00 8.60 44799-U 14.30 81/4x18x9" 6 44082-U 17.90 17.00 44794-U 25.30
11x107/8x5" 6 44078-U 8.40 8.00 44792-U 10.40 11x18x10" 6 52175-U 20.90 19.90 — —
161/2x18x11" 3 44083-U 27.40 26.00 44795-U 26.10
W
D
H
Extra-Deep
AkroBins®
• Stackable
• Includes one divider per bin
Heavy-duty copolymer bins are designed to fit on 18" shelving. Feature
reinforced ribs and molded finger grips. Order bins in quantities of 6, priced
each. Color: beige. Made in USA. IN STOCK.
BINS DIVIDERS. PKG./6
Overall Ctn. Stock $ Stock $
WxDxH Qty. Number $ (4+ Ctn.) Number Pkg.
81/4x201/2x7" 6 4432900-U 17.00 16.20 4435400-U 12.50
11x201/2x7" 6 4434000-U 21.00 20.00 4435600-U 15.80
152
Bin & Container Storage | BINS 3
W
D
(02)(09)(12)(18)(54) (32)
Overall Ctn. Stock $ $ Stock
$ (6/Pkg.)
WxDxH Qty. Number $ Ctn. (4+) $ Ctn. (4+) Number
Polypropylene Bins 4.1x5.4x3" 24 45314-V
BINS
0.92 0.87 0.92 0.87
DIVIDERS
45321-V 4.86
• Includes rear hanger lip for racking 4.1x7.4x3" 24 45315-V 1.53 1.45 1.53 1.45 45322-V 4.82
• Stackable 5.5x10.9x5" 12 45316-V 3.90 3.71 3.90 3.71 45324-V 8.70
• Dividers sold separately 8.3x10.8x7" 6 45317-V 6.70 6.40 6.70 6.40 45331-V 10.50
Durable polypropylene. Other features 11x10.9x5" 6 45318 -V 6.50 6.20 6.50 6.20 45324-V 8.70
include large hopper front and label/bar 5.5x14.75x5" 12 45486-V 6.00 5.70 6.00 5.70 45329-V 9.90
code insert area. Dividers are sold in 8.25x14.75x7" 12 45370-V 8.80 8.40 8.80 8.40 45334-V 12.90
packages of 6. Made in USA. Specify bin 16.5x14.8x7" 6 45320-V 11.20 10.60 11.20 10.60 45334-V 12.90
color: (02) red, (09) yellow, (12) green, 8.25x18x9" 6 45488-V 13.70 13.00 13.70 13.00 45413-V 22.50
(18) blue, (32) clear, (54) sandstone. IN STOCK. 11x18x10" 4 45493-V 18.00 17.10 18.00 17.10 45414-V 24.10
16.5x18x11" 3 45494-V 20.40 19.40 20.40 19.40 45429-V 24.10
W
D
Systems 12 Bins
• Includes rear hanger lip for racking
• Stackable
• Labels included
Contoured design offers up to 20% more storage
space than conventional bins. Chemical-resistant
polypropylene construction. Compatible with other
industry standard bins. Order bins in quantities
specified, priced each. Made in USA. Specify color:
(01) berry, (02) red, (09) yellow, (18) dk. blue, (20) teal.
IN STOCK.
Overall Ctn. Stock $
WxDxH Qty. Number $ Ctn. (4+)
4x51/4x3" 24 44440-S 3.43 3.26
4x71/2x3" 24 44441-S 3.55 3.37
51/2x12x5" 12 44442-S 3.71 3.52
81/4x15x7" 12 44443-S 7.30 6.90
W
D
H
154
Bin & Container Storage | BINS 3
PlastiBox Bins
• Hang on most louvered panels or rails
• Stackable
Choose either dual-compartment or standard bins to meet your needs. Smooth, seamless polypropylene
bins feature molded-in card holders. Fit on standard shelving and will suspend from louvered panels or
bin rails. Order bins in quantities specified, priced each. Color: blue. Made in USA. IN STOCK.
Overall Ctn. Stock $ $
WxDxH Qty. Number Ctn. Ctn. (3+)
BINS WITH MOLDED-IN DIVIDER
4x31/2x2" 24 4462818-U 2.47 2.35
4x7x27/8" 24 4460718-U 5.90 5.60
53/4x91/2x5" 12 4460918-U 9.10 8.60
83/4x91/4x5" 8 4461018-U 10.70 10.20
113/8x123/4x6" 12 4461118-U 17.80 16.90
BINS
4x31/2x2" 24 4462718-U 2.60 2.47
4x7x27/8" 24 4460018-U 2.46 2.34
83/4x65/8x27/8" 12 4460118-U 6.80 6.50
53/4x91/2x5" 12 4460218-U 5.60 5.30
83/4x91/4x5" 8 4460318-U 9.70 9.20
81/8x123/4x6" 12 4460418-U 12.00 11.40
113/8x123/4x6" 12 4460518-U 14.60 13.90
115/8x181/2x71/8" 6 4460618-U 20.50 19.50
W
D
H
W
D
H
Euro Drawers
• Rear lip suspends
Euro Drawer
from shelf above
• Dividers sold separately
Create a small parts storage system by lining your 12", 18", or
24" deep shelving with these heavy-duty drawers. Injection-molded,
high-impact polystyrene. 12-ga. wall thickness. Curved pull handle
accepts labels or bar codes. Order drawers in quantities specified,
priced each. Made in USA. IN STOCK.
W
D
High-Impact Overall Stock $ $
H
Plastic Shelf Boxes WxDxH Number (12+) (48+)
• Rear lip suspends box from 51/2x113/4x45/8" 5185300-T 4.54 4.31
shelf above 51/2x173/4x45/8" 5185400-T 6.20 5.90
• Dividers sold separately 83/8x113/4x45/8" 5185500-T 6.60 6.30
Virtually unbreakable boxes fit 83/8x173/4x45/8" 5185600-T 8.70 8.30
on 12" or 18" deep shelving. Dividers. Order in qty. of 50, priced each.
Injection-molded polystyrene. Include drawer stops, label Description Stock No. $
holders and divider slots. Order in quantities of 12, priced each. For 51/2"W Shelf Boxes 5186500-T 0.65
Made in USA. IN STOCK. For 83/8"W Shelf Boxes 5186600-T 0.85
W D
Double-reinforced sides
stabilize bins when stacked. QuickPick Bins
• Stack vertically, cross stack, and nest
Nest when empty. • Dividers sold separately
Built-in stacking ledges securely Fits standard metal or wire shelving. Optional black dividers fit front-to-back,
stack and cross stack bins. side-to-side, or both directions. Order bins in quantities specified, priced
each. Made in USA. Specify bin color: (02) red, (09) yellow, (18) blue. IN STOCK.
BINS VERTICAL DIVIDERS HORIZONTAL DIVIDERS
Overall Ctn. Stock (Pkg./10) (Pkg./10)
WxDxH Qty. Number $ Stock No. $ Stock No. $
65/8x91/2x5" 20 44880-S 3.45 4485000-S 7.80 4486700-S 9.10
65/8x121/2x5" 20 44881-S 3.70 4485000-S 7.80 4486800-S 15.60
83/8x121/2x5" 20 44882-S 6.70 4485100-S 8.50 4486800-S 15.60
91/4x14x61/2" 20 44883-S 5.30 4485200-S 9.90 4487000-S 17.50
Large lable slots are 65/8x181/2x7" 10 44884-S 6.50 4486500-S 9.00 4487400-S 20.20
located on either side. 83/8x181/2x7" 10 44885-S 8.00 4486600-S 9.10 4487400-S 20.20
156
SALE
Bin & Container Storage | BINS ON THIS
PAGE
D W
Inner Bin
Capacity $
Overall 42893 Ctn. Stock Ctn.
$
WxDxH 42894 Qty. Number (4+)
4"H BINS.
Specify color: (02) red, (09) yellow, (12) green, (18) blue, (22) ivory.
23/4x115/8x4" 3/0 36 42731-V 1.71 1.62
41/8x115/8x4" 6/2 36 42732-V 1.86 1.77
65/8x115/8x4" 9/4 30 42733-V 2.20 2.09 Shelf Bins
83/8x115/8x4" 12/4 20 42734-V 3.30 3.14 • Nestable
111/8x115/8x4" 18/6 8 42739-V 4.75 4.51 • Dividers and bin cups sold separately
41/8x177/8x4" 9/3 20 42740-V 2.80 2.66 Line standard 12", 18", or 24"D shelving with durable polypropylene
65/8x177/8x4" 15/6 20 42741-V 3.60 3.42 bins. Other features include reinforced side ribs and slotted label
83/8x177/8x4" 19/6 10 42742-V 4.37 4.15 holder. Order bins in quantities specified, priced each. Made in USA.
111/8x177/8x4" 29/8 8 42743-V 7.60 7.20 IN STOCK
41/8x235/8x4" 13/4 16 42762-V 4.36 4.14
65/8x235/8x4" 12/8 8 42764-V 5.10 4.85
83/8x235/8x4" 24/8 6 42771-V 9.80 9.30 Dividers. Sold in quantities of 50 only. Color: black.
111/8x235/8x4" 35/16 6 42772-V 9.90 9.40 Fits Bin Stock No. $ $ (4+)
6"H BINS. 41/8"W 4278300-V 24.60 23.40
Specify color: (02) red, (09) yellow, (18) blue. 65/8"W 4278400-V 28.60 27.20
41/8x115/8x6" 6/2 36 49708-V 2.22 2.11 81/8"W 4279300-V 46.20 43.90
65/8x115/8x6" 9/4 30 49709-V 3.39 3.22 111/8"W 4279400-V 60.00 57.00
83/8x115/8x6" 12/4 20 53747-V 4.18 3.97
41/8x177/8x6" 9/3 20 49722-V 3.20 3.04 Inner Bins. Sold in carton quantities of 48 only.
65/8x177/8x6" 15/6 20 49723-V 4.29 4.08 Overall YELLOW BLUE $ $
83/8x177/8x6" 19/6 10 53748-V 6.40 6.10 WxDxH Stock No. Stock No. Ctn. (4+ Ctn.)
41/8x235/8x6" 13/4 16 53756-V 7.00 6.70 31/4x13/4x3" 4289309-V 4289318-V 22.20 21.10
65/8x235/8x6" 12/8 8 53768-V 9.20 8.70 51/4x23/4x3" 4289409-V 4289418-V 36.20 34.40
D W
• No Staples Or Tape
• Just Fold and They Hold
• 6 Widths, 12", 18" or 24" Depths
• Regular Or White Finish
Overall Stock $ $
WxDxH Number (25+) (200+)
Oil- & Grease-Resistant Corrugated Bins 4x12x4" 4467500-W 1.10 1.05
200-lb. test, corrugated fiberboard material. Fold-together assembly. 6x12x4" 4467600-W 1.30 1.24
Order in quantities of 25, priced each. Made in USA. IN STOCK 8x12x4" 4467700-W 1.40 1.33
158
Bins & Container Storage | BINS 3
Fiber Bins
200-lb. test corrugated fiberboard. Rear lip suspends bin from shelf above. Color:
brown. Order in quantities of 25, priced each. Made in USA. IN STOCK.
FOR 12"D SHELVES FOR 18"D SHELVES
Overall Stock $ $ Stock $ $
WxH Number (25+) (500+) Number (25+) (500+)
2x41⁄2" 4492200-W 0.94 0.89 4493200-W 1.19 1.13
4x41⁄2" 4492300-W 1.13 1.07 4493300-W 1.27 1.21
6x41⁄2" 4492400-W 1.15 1.09 4493400-W 1.33 1.26
8x41⁄2" 4492500-W 1.56 1.48 4493500-W 1.57 1.49
10x41⁄2" 4492600-W 1.67 1.59 4493600-W 1.25 1.19
12x41⁄2" 4492700-W 1.67 1.59 4493700-W 1.73 1.64
E. Standard Bins.
200-lb. test corrugated board. Order in quantities of 10, priced each.
Overall Fits Qty. Per Qty. Per Stock $
WxDxH Shelf Depth 36"W Shelf 48"W Shelf Number (10+)
41⁄4x11x81⁄2" 12" 8 11 4427600-T 2.55
61⁄4x11x81⁄2" 12" 5 7 4427700-T 2.15
81⁄4x11x81⁄2" 12" 4 5 4427800-T 1.89
121⁄2x11x81⁄2" 12" 2 3 4427900-T 1.78
Extra-Large
Ultra Poly Bins
• Includes rear hanger
lip for racking
• Stackable
• Dividers and clear
windows sold separately
Generously proportioned to store
large bulky items on pallet racks or
shelving. Include anti-slide lock,
front, back and side grips, and
molded label slots. Waterproof,
autoclavable up to 250°F, and
resistant to extreme cold. Order bins
in quantities specified, priced each.
Made in USA. IN STOCK.
CLEAR WINDOWS. DIVIDERS.
BINS
Sold in pkg. quantities. Sold in pkg. quanities.
Overall Ctn. RED YELLOW BLUE $ $ Ctn. Pkg. Stock $ Pkg. Stock $
WxDxH Qty. Stock No. Stock No. Stock No. Ctn. (4+) Qty. Number Pkg. Qty. Number Pkg.
81/4x237/8x7" 6 4290602-V 4290609-V 4290618-V 29.10 27.60 6 4250600-V 34.00 6 4267200-V 35.60
81/4x237/8x9" 6 4291802-V 4291809-V 4291818-V 29.10 27.60 6 4255900-V 35.00 6 4275100-V 36.00
11x237/8x7" 4 4292302-V 4292309-V 4292318-V 32.50 30.90 4 4256600-V 23.00 6 4276500-V 37.00
11x237/8x10" 4 4292602-V 4292609-V 4292618-V 36.50 34.70 4 4257200-V 24.00 6 4267000-V 42.00
161/2x237/8x11" 1 4297902-V 4297909-V 4297918-V 39.80 37.80 1 4257300-V 8.20 6 4289800-V 44.00
181/4x237/8x12" 1 4299102-V 4299109-V 4299118-V 42.40 40.30 1 4257500-V 8.40 6 4290400-V 47.00
81/4x297/8x7" 6 4383202-V 4383209-V 4383218-V 29.40 27.90 6 4390500-V 34.80 — — —
11x297/8x10" 4 4384902-V 4384909-V 4384918-V 37.00 35.20 4 4390600-V 24.00 — — —
161/2x297/8x11" 1 4387702-V 4387709-V 4387718-V 39.80 37.80 1 4391300-V 7.00 — — —
181/4x297/8x12" 1 4387902-V 4387909-V 4387918-V 42.50 40.40 1 4392100-V 8.00 — — —
161/2x297/8x15" 1 4389102-V 4389109-V 4389118-V 45.10 42.80 — — — — — —
Extra-Large Bins
• Stackable
• Dividers sold separately
Injection molded extra heavy polyethylene bins have molded-in label
holders and 3 divider slots. Withstands temps. from -40° to 180°F. Model
B (B) has front reinforcing bar/handle. Order bins in quantities specified,
priced each. IN STOCK.
A. Extra-Large Bins
RED YELLOW GREEN BLUE DIVIDERS
Overall Ctn. Stock Stock Stock Stock $ Ctn. Ctn. Stock
WxDxH Qty. Number Number Number Number $ (3+) Qty. Number $
12x20x6" 6 4431702-U 4431709-U 4431712-U 4431718-U 20.20 19.20 6 4431800-U 5.80
12x20x8" 6 4432202-U 4432209-U 4432212-U 4432218-U 22.00 20.90 6 4432300-U 6.70
12x20x12" 3 4432002-U 4432009-U 4432012-U 4432018-U 27.90 26.50 3 4432100-U 7.50
160
SALE
Bin & Container Storage | EXTRA-LARGE BINS ON THIS
PAGE
197/8"W Bins.
Overall Cap. RED BLUE IVORY GRAY BLACK $ $
Description WxDxH Lbs. Stock No. Stock No. Stock No. Stock No. Stock No. (3+) (12+)
Standard 197/8x151/4x127/16" 100 4219202-R 4219218-R 4219222-R 4219227-R 4219229-R 12.70 12.10
Mobile 197/8x151/4x153/4" 250 4231302-R 4231318-R 4231322-R 4231327-R 4231329-R 42.80 40.70
4218900-R Bin Labels. Fits standard 197/8"W bin only. Pkg. of 25. $ Pkg. .....................................................................................................................................................................................................3.63
4219300-R Optional Clear Windows. Fits 197/8"W bins only. $ (3+) 3.14. $ (12+)......................................................................................................................................................................................2.98
161/2"W Bins.
Overall Cap. RED BLUE GRAY $ $
Description WxDxH Lbs. Stock No. Stock No. Stock No. (2+) (8+)
Mobile 161/2x171/2x153/4" 250 4231202-R 4231218-R 4231227-R 42.30 40.20
Super-Size AkroBins®
• Stackable
Reinforced sides, extra-large front label area, and molded-in rear carrying handle. Not recommended for hanging systems. Solid steel dolly holds 500 lbs. and includes
(4) 2" bolted-on polyolefin swivel casters. Gray powder coat finish. Order bins in carton quantities specified, priced each. Made in USA. IN STOCK.
BINS DOLLIES
162
Bin & Container Storage | EXTRA-LARGE BINS 3
Shown with
optional bin dolly.
Magnum Series
Giant Stacking Hoppers Overall RED YELLOW GREEN BLUE $
• Stackable Key WxDxH Stock No. Stock No. Stock No. Stock No. $ (4+)
• Dividers and windows sold separately A 183/8x193/4x117/8" 4293002-V 4293009-V 4293012-V 4293018-V 38.10 36.20
Injection-molded high-density polyethylene bins B* 183/8x29x117/8" 4299602-V 4299609-V 4299612-V 4299618-V 65.20 61.90
withstand temperatures from -40° to +250°F. 200-lb. DIVIDERS. Color: black. WINDOWS. Color: clear.
stacking capacity. Waterproof, can handle solvents Fits Bin
Stock No. $ Stock No. $
and will not rust or corrode. Include extra-heavy, A 4299700-V 5.60 4299800-V 4.76
double-thick walls, preformed lip, built-in handles, and
molded-in divider ribs and label slots. Made in USA. *Includes heavy-duty spread bar for extra strength and support.
IN STOCK. 4696800-V Bin Dolly. 30x18". 1000-lb. capacity. $ ..................................................................................................................105.00
BLUE BLACK
Overall Ctn. Stock Stock $ Ctn.
WxDxH Qty. Number Number $ (4+)
11x191/4x63/4" 5 4263518-S 4263529-S 23.90 22.70
11x231/2x9" 6 4263618-S 4263629-S 28.00 26.60
164
Bin & Container Storage | RECYCLED CONTAINERS 3
Overall Stock $
LxWxH Number $ (30+)
17x21x12" 5297000-W 32.00 30.40
20x24x13" 5297100-W 35.70 33.90
24x30x15" 5297200-W 64.60 61.40
RECYCLED
• Nestable
• Dividers sold separately
Constructed of recycled 100% post consumer polypropylene material. Features
reinforced side ribs, wide hopper front with slotted label holder. Fits on 12" or 18"D
shelving. Order in carton quantities specified, priced each. Color: black. Made in USA.
IN STOCK.
SHELF BINS DIVIDERS
Overall Ctn. Stock $ Ctn. Stock $
WxDxH Qty. Number $ (3+Ctns.) Qty. Number Ea. Ctn.
41/8x115/8x4" 36 5614000-U 1.36 1.29 50 5613000-U 21.30
65/8x115/8x4" 30 5614100-U 1.63 1.55 50 5613100-U 24.70
41/8x177/8x4" 20 5614200-U 2.05 1.95 50 5613000-U 21.30
65/8x177/8x4" 20 5614300-U 2.63 2.50 50 5613100-U 24.70
Stackable, Nestable
Fiberglass Containers
Specify color: (02) red, (12) green, (27) gray.
CONTAINERS Cap. Lot Stock $ $ COVERS
Plexton® Stack-N-Nest® Overall WxDxH Cu. Ft. Qty. Number $ Lots (2+) Lots (10+) Stock No. $
Fiberglass Containers 17.9x10.8x5.0" 0.56 10 46870-T 15.00 14.30 13.60 46524-T 12.10
19.8x12.8x6.0" 0.88 10 46871-T 19.00 18.10 17.20 46525-T 13.00
• Fiberglass 20.6x13.0x8.0" 1.24 10 46872-T 21.60 20.50 19.50 46526-T 18.30
• Stack and nest 24.1x11.4x6.9" 1.10 10 46873-T 24.10 22.90 21.80 46527-T 15.20
• Lids sold separately 24.1x11.4x9.0" 1.43 10 46874-T 24.50 23.30 22.10 46527-T 15.20
Withstand extreme 24.3x14.8x5.1" 1.06 8 46875-T 24.50 23.30 22.10 46528-T 16.30
temperatures of -60°F to 250°F. 24.3x14.8x8.0" 1.67 8 46880-T 25.80 24.50 23.30 46528-T 16.30
Resist wear, oil, and most
chemicals and are non- Fiberglass Containers with Wire-Reinforced Rim
conducting. Bottom container in Wire reinforcement around the rim adds strength, rigidity, and maximum support when carrying loaded containers.
a stack supports up to 3000 lbs. Specify color: (02) red, (09) yellow, (12) green, (18) blue, (27) gray.
Other features include: seamless
body; permanent, molded-in CONTAINERS Cap. Lot Stock $ $ COVERS
colors, and hand grips. Order Overall WxDxH Cu. Ft. Qty. Number $ Lots (2+) Lots (10+) Stock No. $
containers in quantities 25.3x18.1x6.1" 1.62 10 52044-T 31.70 30.10 28.60 52644-T 19.40
specified, priced each. Made in 25.3x18.1x10.1" 2.68 5 52045-T 34.10 32.40 30.80 52644-T 19.40
USA. IN STOCK. 30.6x16.9x11.1" 3.32 5 52046-T 49.70 47.20 44.80 52692-T 21.90
27.5x19.9x14.1" 4.47 5 52047-T 45.20 42.90 40.80 52682-T 23.40
34.1x24.0x8.1" 3.84 5 52048-T 56.20 53.40 50.70 — —
42.5x20.1x14.1" 6.97 2 52049-T 62.50 59.40 56.40 52714-T 31.00
Fiberglass-Reinforced Boxes
• Fiberglass-reinforced polyester
• Nestable
Structure is not compromised as temperature changes. Unaffected by water, oil, and most
chemicals. Smooth, seamless pans will not rust. Order in quantities of 10, priced each. Made in
USA. IN STOCK.
166
Bin & Container Storage | STORAGE CONTAINERS 3
Straight-Wall Containers
• High-density polyethylene
• Stackable
Straight walls allow efficient cubing in trucks and on pallets. All sizes stack together. Include hand holes on all sides. Color: gray. Order in quantities specified, priced each.
Made in USA. IN STOCK.
Overall Cap. Ctn. Stock No. $ Stock No. $ Stock No. $
LxWxH Cu. Ft. Qty. MESH SIDES & BASE MESH SIDES/SOLID BASE SOLID SIDES & BASE
16x12x8" 0.9 12 4563100-S 11.30 4566000-S 12.80 4567000-S 12.20
24x16x8" 1.8 4 4563200-S 16.60 4566100-S 21.50 4567100-S 19.50
24x16x12" 2.7 3 4563300-S 17.80 4566200-S 25.20 4567200-S 25.60
24x16x16" 3.6 2 4563400-S 20.70 4566300-S 28.20 4567300-S 35.00
168
Bin & Container Storage | STORAGE CONTAINERS 3
StakPak Containers
• High-density polyethylene
• Stackable
• Lids sold separately
Modular design allows you to mix and match various sizes. Straight interior walls and easy-grip handles.
Withstands temps. from -10°F to 120°F. Made in USA. Specify color: (12) green, (18) blue, (27) gray. IN STOCK.
CONTAINERS COVERS
Overall Cap. Stock Stock
LxWxH Cu. Ft. Number $ Number $
12x15x71/2" 0.49 54005-T 17.00 54020-T 7.60
12x15x91/2" 0.63 54006-T 17.70 54020-T 7.60
24x15x5" 0.71 54007-T 19.50 54021-T 10.00
24x15x71/2" 1.11 54008-T 24.80 54021-T 10.00
24x15x91/2" 1.43 54009-T 24.90 54021-T 10.00
24x15x141/2" 2.24 54012-T 31.80 54021-T 10.00
Straight-Wall Containers
• Polyethylene
• Stackable
Ship and store in-process items in the same container. Cubes efficiently on 48x45" or 48x40" pallets.
Impact-, moisture-, and chemical-resistant. Also includes: reinforced sides, bottoms, and corner ribbing;
pallet perimeter lip; large label area; and deep handles. Color: (28) dark gray. Made in USA. IN STOCK.
Overall Cap. Stock
LxWxH Cu. Ft. Number $
24x15x51/2" 0.78 48810-S* 18.90
24x15x71/2" 1.11 48811-S* 23.70
24x15x91/2" 1.43 48812-S 28.40
24x15x141/2" 2.23 48813-S 35.50
32x15x71/2" 1.52 48814-S 28.90
48x15x71/2" 2.35 48815-S 36.60
*Also available in (12) green and (18) dark blue.
Palletote® Boxes
• Polyethylene
• Stackable and nestable
• Lids sold separately
Perfect for use as returnable/reusable shipping containers. Fits 48x40" pallets. Materials have been approved to meet FDA
standards. Made in USA. IN STOCK.
BOXES LIDS
Overall Cap. Stock $ Stock $
LxWxH Cu. Ft. Number $ (20+) Number $ (20+)
191/2x151/2x10" 1.3 5286500-S 28.00 26.60 5286700-S 13.20 12.50
191/2x151/2x13" 1.6 5286600-S 34.50 32.80 5286700-S 13.20 12.50
231/2x191/2x10" 2.6 5286800-S 37.20 35.30 5287300-S 14.80 14.10
231/2x191/2x13" 2.6 5286900-S 45.70 43.40 5287300-S 14.80 14.10
Color-Coded Stackers
• Polyethylene
• Stack and nest
Not affected by chemicals or solvents. Withstand temperatures from -40°F to
+180°F. IN STOCK.
Overall Cap. RED YELLOW GREEN BLUE $
Description LxWxH Cu. Ft. Stock No. Stock No. Stock No. Stock No. $ (10+)
Open handles 23x15x12" 2.0 4424302-T 4424309-T 4424312-T 4424318-T 27.40 26.00
Closed handles 23x15x8" 1.1 4424402-T 4424409-T 4424412-T 4424418-T 19.50 18.50
Collapsible Containers
• Polyethylene
• Stackable
Knock down ratios are as high as 5:1. Feature carrying handles and large label
and cardholder areas. Modular to standard 48x45" pallet configurations. Color:
gray. Made in USA. IN STOCK.
Overall Stock $
LxWxH Number $ (3+)
15x12x9" 4449100-T 27.30 25.90
24x15x71/2" 4449700-T 34.70 33.00
24x12x9" 4475200-T 38.20 36.30
24x15x11" 4475300-T 42.70 40.60
24x15x15" 4475400-T 47.30 44.90
170
Bin & Container Storage | STORAGE CONTAINERS 3
A
C Stacking
Transport
Containers
B • Polyethylene
• Stackable
Protect, organize, store and transport food, packed goods, or loose parts.
Impervious to most industry solvents and will not corrode or rot. Thick, uniform
Stack and Nest Containers walls. Selected sizes include label holders. Specify color: (02) red, (09) yellow,
• High-density polyethylene (12) green, (18) blue. IN STOCK.
• Stack and nest
Reinforced rims, rounded edges and corners, and smooth inner surfaces. 44940-U Overall Cap. Stock $
also has overflow slots and open hand grips that serve as hook supports. Materials LxWxH Cu. Ft. Number $ (10+)
have been approved to meet FDA standards. Specify color: (02) red, (18) blue. 8x6x5" 0.1 44452-T 6.90 6.60
IN STOCK. 12x8x6" 0.3 44450-T 12.90 12.30
Overall Cap. Stock $ 18x12x3" 0.4 44421-T 13.20 12.50
Key LxWxH Cu. Ft. Number $ (10+) 18x12x5" 0.53 44408-T† 16.80 16.00
A 20x133/4x10" 1.16 44941-U* 25.90 24.60 18x12x8" 0.9 44406-T† 20.40 19.40
B 29x17x10" 2.00 44942-U 40.90 38.90 18x12x12" 1.2 44407-T† 27.90 26.50
C 16x12x101/2" 0.77 44940-U* 21.00 20.00 25x18x12" 2.8 44404-T† 57.40 54.50
*Also available in (09) yellow, (12) green. †Includes label holders.
Polyethylene Structural
Foam Stacking Totes
• High-density polyethylene
• Stackable
Will not rust or splinter and are impervious to most industrial
chemicals and detergents. Withstand temperatures from -30° to
150°F. ISO-9001 certified. Order in quantities specified, priced each.
Made in USA. Specify color: (18) blue, (29) black. IN STOCK.
VENTILATED SOLID
Overall Ctn. Stock Stock
LxWxH Qty. Number $ Number $
15x10x6" 10 42622-T 25.10 42623-T 28.00
19x10x31/2" 10 42624-T 24.20 42625-T 24.20
22x131/4x6" 5 42626-T 27.80 42627-T 32.80
172
SALE
Bin & Container Storage | STORAGE CONTAINERS ON THIS
PAGE
Totes Totes
Overall Cap. Ctn. Stock $ Overall Cap. Stock $
Ctn. Qty.
LxWxH Cu. Ft. Qty. Number $ (3+) LxWxH Cu. Ft. Number $ Ctn. (3+)
18x11x6" 0.50 6 52421-T 8.10 7.70 18x11x6" 0.50 6 44190-T 9.20 8.70
18x11x9" 0.76 6 52464-T 10.40 9.90 18x11x9" 0.76 6 44228-T 11.40 10.80
191/2x131/2x8" 0.80 6 52482-T 13.20 12.50 191/2x151/2x10" 1.20 6 44194-T 18.10 17.20
191/2x151/2x10" 1.20 6 52483-T 15.10 14.30 19x15x13" 1.73 6 44386-T 18.20 17.30
191/2x151/2x13" 1.70 6 52485-T 16.80 16.00 20x13x8" 0.82 6 44217-T 15.10 14.30
231/2x151/2x12" 1.70 3 52489-T 20.40 19.40 23x19x10" 2.00 3 44500-T 22.00 20.90
231/2x191/2x10" 2.00 3 52498-T 19.90 18.90 231/2x191/2x13" 2.60 3 44197-T 27.00 25.70
231/2x191/2x13" 2.60 3 52502-T 22.60 21.50 24x16x12" 1.74 3 44219-T 29.10 27.60
291/2x191/2x15" 3.70 3 52520-T 42.10 40.00 30x20x15" 3.67 3 44221-T 46.10 43.80
Lids Lids
Fits Ctn. Stock $ Fits Ctn. Stock $ Ctn.
Stock No. Qty. Number $ (3+) Stock Number Qty. Number $ (3+)
52421-T, 52464-T 6 52610-T 5.60 5.30 44190-T, 44228-T 6 44191-T 6.90 6.60
52482-T 6 52630-T 8.20 7.80 44194-T, 44386-T 6 44195-T 9.20 8.70
52483-T, 52485-T 6 52661-T 7.30 6.90 44217-T 6 44218-T 9.70 9.20
52489-T 3 52686-T 11.30 10.70 44500-T, 44197-T 3 44198-T 13.10 12.40
52498-T, 52502-T 3 52705-T 10.90 10.40 44219-T 3 44220-T 13.80 13.10
52520-T 3 52752-T 16.20 15.40 44221-T 3 44222-T 19.60 18.60
Tote Box
• Polyethylene
• Stack and nest
• Lids sold separately
Commercial dishwasher safe. Reinforced handles, bottoms and ribs. Smooth walls and rounded corners.
Stack with lids. Made in USA. IN STOCK.
Overall Cap. GRAY WHITE $
$
LxWxH Gal. Stock No. Stock No. (12+)
20x15x5" 45/8 5267227-S 5267230-S 12.70 12.10
5267327-S Gray lid. $ 8.80. $ (12+) .............................................................................................................................................................8.40
NEW
BRUTE® Totes
• Polyethylene
• Stackable
• Includes lid
Reinforced ribbed bottom offers extra support. Includes Mark-It-Fresh™
date control panel and durable snap-tight lid. NSF listed. Order in
quantities of 6, priced each. Made in USA. IN STOCK.
Overall Cap. GRAY WHITE
LxWxH Gal. Stock No. $ $ (18+) Stock No. $ $ (18+)
277/8x173/8x1011/16" 14 V2295G-R 24.10 22.90 V2295W-R 24.10 22.90
277/8x173/8x151/8" 19 V2296G-R 29.30 27.80 V2296W-R 29.30 27.80
NEW
Roughneck™ Totes
• Polyethylene
• Stackable
• Includes lids
Tough, durable construction is completely shatterproof. Includes snap-on,
stay-tight lid. Order in quantities of 12, priced each. Made in USA. IN STOCK.
Overall Cap. Stock $
LxWxH Gal. No. $ (24+)
24x16x16 /2" Container
1
24x16x121/2" 14 V2345-R 10.30 9.80
24x16x121/2" Container 24x16x161/2" 18 V2346-R 11.50 10.90
174
Bin & Container Storage | STORAGE CONTAINERS 3
NEW
NEW
176
Bin & Container Storage | STORAGE CONTAINERS 3
Totes with
Snap-On Lids
• Polycarbonate or polyethylene
• Stackable
• Lids sold separately
Include hand grips. Stack with lids.
Polycarbonate is stain-resistant.
NSF listed. Order in quantities of 6,
priced each. Made in USA.
IN STOCK.
Overall Cap. WHITE POLYETHYLENE CLEAR POLYCARBONATE
LxWxH Gal. Stock No. $ $ (18+) Stock No. $ $ (18+)
18x12x31/2" 2 4757030-S 14.40 13.70 — — —
18x12x6" 31/2 4444530-S 15.90 15.10 4444532-U 23.90 22.70
18x12x9" 5 4444630-S 21.40 20.30 4444632-U 33.20 31.50
26x18x31/2" 5 4757130-S 23.80 22.60 — — —
26x18x6" 81/2 4463630-S 26.80 25.50 4463632-U 40.00 38.00
26x18x9" 121/2 4463730-S 34.70 33.00 4463732-U 57.60 54.70
26x18x12" 165/8 4463830-S 50.30 47.80 4463832-U 85.10 80.80
26x18x15" 211/2 4463930-S 55.20 52.40 4463932-U 82.80 78.70
Lid* for 18x12" — 4444730-S 10.20 9.70 4444732-U 12.70 12.10
Lid* for 26x18" — 4464030-S 15.90 15.10 4464032-U 22.30 21.20
*White lids only fit white boxes, clear lids only fit clear boxes
All containers
include a
2-cup scoop.
RECYCLABLE
178
SALE
Bin & Container Storage | STORAGE CONTAINERS ON THIS
PAGE
FliPak® Totes
• Injection-molded polyolefin
• Stack and nest
• Includes flip lid
Attached lid, with solid metal hinge pin, closes tightly. Resists impact,
moisture, chemicals, vermin, etc. Made in USA. IN STOCK.
Solid-Color FliPak® Totes *Specify color: (02) red, (18) blue, (28) gray.
Others gray only.
Overall Cap. Stock
LxWxH Cu. Ft. Number $
114/5x94/5x77/10" 0.3 4414400-T 14.90
151/5x109/10x97/10" 0.6 4422900-T 15.80
197/10x114/5x73/10" 0.7 4414500-T 15.80
214/5x151/10x51/2" 0.7 4414600-T 28.20
203/5x131/2x61/2" 0.8 4415500-T 30.40
203/5x131/5x113/5" 1.3 4415700-T 29.10
214/5x151/5x94/5" 1.4 44147-T* 14.90
223/10x13x124/5" 1.5 44148-T* 19.90
214/5x151/5x129/10" 1.8 44149-T* 16.30
231/2x157/10x13" 1.7 4423600-T 26.60
269/10x171/10x123/5" 2.4 44150-T* 21.10
239/10x193/5x123/5" 2.6 44156-T* 29.00
39x14x13" 3.2 4415800-T 51.60
273/5x203/5x153/5" 4.0 44166-T* 47.00
30x22x201/2" 6.0 4415900-T 98.10
Attached-Lid Containers
• Polypropylene
• Stackable
Tote with Attached Lid • Includes attached lid
• Injection-molded polyolefin Works well with most conveyor systems. Features include: reinforced base,
• Stack and nest reinforced top rim and integral hand holds. Lid has locking latches for security.
• Includes flip lid Different sizes can be interstacked.
Stacks and nests to allow the most efficient use of available storage or
Overall Cap. Stock
trailer space. Durable side walls are .001" thick making this container even
LxWxH Cu. Ft. Number $
more lightweight than comparable units. Features molded-in strapping
16x12x5" 0.4 5683000-R 23.90
notches on long side. Works well with most conveyor systems.
16x12x9" 0.7 5683100-R 27.60
IN STOCK.
24x16x5" 0.8 5683200-R 37.50
Overall LxWxH Stock No. $
24x16x9" 1.5 5683300-R 46.10
214/5x154/5x129/10" 5638802-S 10.90
24x16x13" 2.2 5683400-R 54.80
180
Bin & Container Storage | STORAGE CONTAINERS 3
Polyethylene
Structural Foam Divider Boxes
• 100% recyclable structural plastic
• Stack
Will not bend or buckle when fully loaded. Flat-bottom design works well on
conveyors. Solid walls. Order in carton quantities specified, priced each.
Made in USA. IN STOCK. RECYCLABLE
Divider Boxes
Overall Cap. Ctn. Stock $
LxWxH Cu. Ft. Qty. Number $ (4+) Ctns.
22 /4x171/4x51/2"
3
0.80 6 4247001-U 22.60 21.50
223/4x171/4x81/2" 1.32 4 4247101-U 29.90 28.40
Vertical Dividers. Sold in lots of 6.
LONG DIVIDERS SHORT DIVIDERS
Fits Slot Stock Slot Stock
Bin Qty. Number $ Qty. Number $
4247001 15 4251000-U 5.50 11 4251500-U 4.36
4247101 15 4251100-U 4.83 11 4251600-U 4.23
Conductive Bins
• Stackable
Conductive additives are permanently bonded to the plastic for long
service life. Washing with normal cleaning agents will have no adverse
Dissipative ESD Bins effects on conductivity. Carbon filled polypropylene material. Order in
• Stackable carton quantities, priced each. IN STOCK.
Guaranteed surface resistivity range of 106–109 ohms per square. Electrostatic protection Overall Ctn. Stock $
is permanent, will not wear off. Resists temps up to 300°F. Order in carton quantities, WxDxH Qty. Number $ (4+) Ctn.
priced each. Made in USA. IN STOCK. 4x3x2" 20 4417400-U 2.48 2.36
Overall Ctn. Stock $ 4x6x3" 15 4417300-U 3.35 3.18
WxDxH Qty. Number $ (4+) Ctn. 6x9x5" 10 4417900-U 8.80 8.40
4 /8x53/8x3"
1
24 4851000-U 4.76 4.52 8x14x6" 20 4419200-U 15.20 14.40
41/873/8xx3" 24 4851100-U 4.51 4.28 8x14x8" 20 4419900-U 22.70 21.60
51/2x107/8x5" 12 4851300-U 15.10 14.30 12x20x6" 6 4420600-U 31.30 29.70
11x107/8x5" 6 4851500-U 22.10 21.00 12x20x8" 6 4423700-U 34.70 33.00
81/4x143/4x7" 12 4851700-U 34.20 32.50 12x21x12" 3 4424200-U 48.90 46.50
182
Bin & Container Storage | CONDUCTIVE CONTAINERS 3
Conductive Containers
• Conductive carbon-filled polypropylene
• Stackable
• Lids sold separately
Permanent surface resistivity of 103 ohms. Permanently conductive and unaffected by washing
with normal cleansers. Volume resistivity of 50 ohms per inch. IN STOCK.
CONTAINERS LIDS
Overall Cap. Stock $ Stock
LxWxH Cu. Ft. Number $ (10+) Number $
16x12x5" 0.38 5689000-T 20.40 19.40 5689500-T 11.20
16x12x9" 0.71 5689100-T 31.10 29.50 5689500-T 11.20
24x16x5" 0.82 5689200-T 35.60 33.80 5689600-T 21.50
24x16x9" 1.54 5689300-T 50.10 47.60 5689600-T 21.50
24x16x13" 2.25 5689400-T 60.00 57.00 5689600-T 21.50
184
Bin & Container Storage | STORAGE CHESTS 3
NEW
NEW
Snap fasteners
accept
padlocks.
A C
E
Storage-Go-Round. Add any combination of up to 20 parts cabinets to build a storage center. Includes: inset
turntable base with stationary base, center stabilizing plate, metal top cap, and assembly hardware. 1/2-ton total
storage capacity. Powder coat finish. Unassembled. Made in USA. IN STOCK.
F Overall WxDxH Stock No. $ $ (5+)
31x31x60" 5294800-R 628.00 597.00
186
Bin & Container Storage | SMALL PARTS STORAGE 3
A
B
C
Parts Storage Cabinets
• Polystyrene case
• Clear polypropylene bin fronts
Drawer dividers are molded into back of cabinet—must be cut out of frame and installed in drawers. 16-drawer cabinet
has 8 dividers while others have 8 small and 4 large dividers. Cabinets can be stacked or wall-mounted. Made in USA.
IN STOCK.
Overall Drawer Qty./ Stock $
Key WxDxH Drawer WxDxH Number $ (5+)
A 20x6.38x15.81" (24) 43/8x51/4x2" 4476100-T 34.80 33.10
D
B 20x6.38x15.81" (64) 21/8x51/4x11/2" 4476600-T 38.10 36.20
(32) 21/8x51/4x11/2"
C 20x6.38x15.81" 4476500-T 34.80 33.10
(12) 43/8x51/4x2"
(20) 21/8x51/4x11/2"
D 20x6.38x10.34" 4476200-T 26.90 25.60
(6) 43/8x51/4x2"
E 10.55x6.38x8.5" (16) 21/8x51/4x11/2" 4476000-T* 15.80 15.00 E
*Color: gray
F. 6 compts. G. 12 compts. H. 13 compts. I. 18 compts. J. 18 adj. K. 6 compts. L. 12 compts. M. 16 compts. N. 18 compts. O. 24 compts. P. 24 adj.
compts. compts.
Accessories
Description Overall WxDxH Stock No. $ $ (4+)
Cabinet for 5 small boxes 111/4x63/4x103/4" 4462500-U 37.80 35.90
Cabinet for 5 large boxes 131/2x91/8x131/4" 4463400-U 45.50 43.20
Locking hinge (small & large) — 4463500-U 9.00 8.60
4496600-S
188
Bin & Container Storage | SMALL PARTS STORAGE 3
Key Qty. Stock No. $ $ (3+) Stock No. $ $ (3+) 5221500-T 4-Drawer Cabinet Base. 18"H.
DRAWERS WITH FIXED DIVIDERS $ 49.40. $ (3+) ..........................................................................46.90
A 6 5671500-T 23.00 21.90 — — — 5215600-T Small 6-Drawer Cabinet. 151/4"Wx113/4"Dx161/4"H.
B 6 5671600-T 23.00 21.90 — — — $ 94.60. $ (3+) ..........................................................................89.90
C 8 — — — 5215500-T 16.10 15.30 5245000-T 6-Drawer Cabinet Base. 18"H.
D 12 5221400-T 25.10 23.80 5215400-T 16.10 15.30 $ 46.10. $ (3+) .........................................................................43.80
E 16 5217200-T 25.00 23.80 5215300-T 16.10 15.30 5671900-T Dividers for 5671700-T. $........................................................4.19
F 20 5217300-T 25.00 23.80 5215200-T 16.10 15.30 5672000-T Dividers for 5223000-T. $........................................................4.52
G 21 5221300-T 25.00 23.80 5671400-T 16.10 15.30
H 24 5223200-T 25.00 23.80 5214900-T 16.10 15.30
I 32 5216800-T 25.00 23.80 — — —
DRAWERS WITH ADJUSTABLE DIVIDERS
J 13 5223000-T 26.20 24.90 5223900-T 16.20 15.40
K 18 5671700-T 26.00 24.70 — — —
See page
58 for
padlocks.
Bar-Lock Steel Drawer Cabinets
• 1015/16"Wx103/4"D drawers
• Steel cabinet
Locking swing bar secures drawers and has a padlock hasp (padlock not included). Drawers
have full width handles. Rust-resistant gray powder coat finish. Made in USA. IN STOCK.
Overall Drawer Drawer Stock $
WxDxH Qty. WxDxH Number $ (3+)
129/16x12x243/8" 4 1015/16x103/4x47/8" 5202600-T 167.00 159.00
129/16x12x243/8" 9 1015/16x103/4x115/16" 5202500-T 284.00 270.00
30-Drawer Cabinets
• 9"Wx23/4"H drawers
• Steel cabinet
Removable drawers hang from cabinet for easy retrieval of supplies and include integrated
drawer pulls and label holders. Top and bottom feature knockouts that let you stack multiple
units or join them together side-to-side. Optional metal drawer dividers are adjustable in 1"
increments. Made in USA. IN STOCK.
Overall PUTTY SAND GRAY BLACK
WxDxH Stock No. $ Stock No. $ Stock No. $ Stock No. $
307/8x111/2x33" 5430221-S 351.00 5430223-S 351.00 5430227-S 351.00 5430229-S 351.00
30 /8x14 /2x33"
7 1
5430321-S 373.00 5430323-S 373.00 5430327-S 373.00 5430329-S 373.00
5430500-S Metal Dividers 27/16"H. Pkg./30. $ Pkg. ...........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................31.20
190
Bin & Container Storage | SMALL PARTS STORAGE 3
G F
36-Bin Unit
18-Bin Unit
192
Bin & Container Storage | SMALL PARTS STORAGE 3
B C D
Bin Shelving
Overall Bin Qty./ Stock
Key WxDxH WxDxH Number $
BIN SHELVING
A 36x12x85" (14) 18x12x12" 5136900-S 226.00
A 36x18x85" (14) 18x18x12" 5137000-S 279.00
A 36x24x85" (14) 18x24x12" 5137100-S 330.00
B 36x12x85" (21) 12x12x12" 5138800-S 241.00
B 36x18x85" (21) 12x18x12" 5138900-S 302.00
B 36x24x85" (21) 12x24x12" 5139000-S 360.00
(16) 8x12x9"
E F G H
(16) 10x12x9"
C 36x12x85" 5137200-S 313.00
(2) 8x12x12"
(2) 10x12x12"
(16) 8x18x9"
(16) 10x18x9"
C 36x18x85" 5137300-S 386.00
(2) 8x18x12" A
(2) 10x18x12"
(16) 8x24x9"
(16) 10x24x9" Overall Bin Qty./ Stock
C 36x24x85" 5138700-S 472.00 Key WxDxH WxDxH Number $
(2) 8x24x12"
(2) 10x24x12" BIN SHELVING
(6) 6x12x12"
D 36x12x85"
(12) 6x12x9"
5133900-S 424.00 F 36x12x85" 5133300-S 522.00
(66) 6x12x6" (48) 6x12x9"
(12) 6x18x9" BIN/DRAWER SHELVING.
D 36x18x85" 5134000-S 536.00 Also includes (18) 51/2"Wx45/8"H drawers.
(66) 6x18x6"
(12) 6x24x9" (6) 12x12x12"
D 36x24x85" 5134400-S 668.00 G 36x12x85" (4) 18x12x9" 5135100-S 502.00
(66) 6x24x6"
(6) 18x12x12" (24) 6x12x6"
E 36x12x85" (3) 12x12x12" 5136200-S 257.00 (6) 12x18x12"
(12) 12x12x9" G 36x18x85" (4) 18x18x9" 5135500-S 610.00
(6) 18x18x12" (24) 6x18x6"
E 36x18x85" (3) 12x18x12" 5136600-S 317.00 H. Double Swing Doors
(12) 12x18x9" 20-ga. steel doors have box flange on four sides, top and bottom locking rod
(6) 18x24x12" channels, and 3-point locking chrome handle. Swing out 180°. Will not fit (G)
E 36x24x85" (3) 12x24x12" 5136700-S 380.00 bin/drawer unit. Gray enamel finish.
(12) 12x24x9" 5102600-S $ Set.........................................................................................................................218.00
I
J
Steel Sectional Bin Strips
• Steel case K
• Hopper bin front
Interstack different sized bin strips to customize your own small parts storage center. 5000-lb.
L
stacking capacity. When mounted on base, bottom row is elevated 6" above the floor (select
size of bottom bin to order base). Baked enamel finish. Made in USA. Specify color: (12) green,
(18) blue, (22) beige, (27) gray.
M
SECTIONAL STACKBINS 6" HIGH BASE COVERS
Overall Compt. Compt. Stock Stock Stock
Key WxDxH Qty. Width Number $ Number $ Number $
I 37x8x41/2" 8 41/2" 55060-S 68.20 — — 55070-S 14.50
J 37x12x41/2" 6 6" 55061-S 71.10 — — 55071-S 17.40
K 37x151/2x6" 5 71/4" 55062-S 80.30 55066-S 69.50 55072-S 19.60
L 37x183/4x71/2" 4 9" 55063-S 94.00 55067-S 72.50 55073-S 22.90 N
M 37x201/2x91/2" 3 12" 55064-S 113.00 55068-S 76.50 55074-S 24.60
N 37x24x11" 2 181/2" 55065-S 117.00 55069-S 78.10 55075-S 29.10
A B C
D E F G H
194
Shop Equipment | DRAWER CABINETS 4
A B C
Wide-Profile/
Shallow-Depth
Drawer Cabinets
• 14-gauge steel frame; 19-gauge
steel body; 16-gauge steel drawer
front; 19-gauge steel drawer body
• 440-lb. capacity drawers
• Single-point multi-drawer
cylinder lock
• All-welded
10% more capacity than standard-
depth cabinets. 36"Wx18"D drawers
store items up to 36" long. Full-
extension drawers have 4 slotted D E F
sidewalls and a perforated bottom
grid for positioning. Full-width
handles sit flush with cabinet face.
Stackable 23/8"H fork truck base.
Made in USA. Specify color: (02) red, Lifetime Warranty: LISTA’S confidence in the quality and durability of their products allows us to offer you a
(17) bright blue, (19) classic blue, lifetime warranty on materials and workmanship.
(22) beige, (26) light gray, (27) gray.
Drawer Dividers
Front Drawer Usable Drawer Drawer Body Stock
Key Height Height Height Number $
F. Sliding Door Cabinets G 27/8" 21/8" 2" 5286100-T 29.90 G
53900-S 3 shelves, sliding doors. H 27/8" 21/8" 2" 5287200-T 34.20
401/4"Wx221/2"Dx413/4"H*. $...988.00 I 27/8" 21/8" 2" 5288500-T 22.20
*Height includes 23/8"H fork truck base. G 37/8" 31/8" 3" 5295100-T 39.90
H 37/8" 31/8" 3" 5295200-T 48.50
I 37/8" 31/8" 3" 5295300-T 32.70
G 57/8" 51/16" 3" 5296600-T 52.80 H
Cabinet Tops H 57/8" 51/16" 5" 5297300-T 59.20
5392200-T 13/4" thick hardwood butcher block. I 57/8" 51/16" 5" 5297500-T 40.30
401/4"Wx221/2"D $ ......................255.00 G 73/4" 71/32" 7" 5298300-T 59.30
5392300-T 19/16" thick plastic laminate. I 73/4" 71/32" 7" 5298500-T 49.00
401/4"Wx221/2"D $ ......................145.00 G 93/4" 9" 815/16" 5298800-T 72.30
I 93/4" 9" 815/16" 5299100-T 56.30 I
Drawer Cabinets
• 20-gauge steel cabinet; 18-gauge steel drawers
• 400-lb. capacity drawers
• Single-point multi-drawer cylinder lock
• All-welded
Engineered to be one of the most dependable and longest lasting cabinets on the
market. Various drawer configurations plus optional drawer partition kits allow
hundreds of different sized items to be organized in a single unit. All drawers have
full side heights to provide maximum storage volume. Drawers extend smoothly
on roller bearings. Full-width handle has additional finger recess. Includes cabinet
lock, forklift base with cover, and anchor hardware for wood or concrete floors.
Made in Canada.
A. Color (18) shown. B. Color (22) shown.
30" and 36" Wide Drawer Cabinets. 36" wide units work well with standard 36" wide shelving. Specify cabinet color:
(02) red, (18) everest blue, (22) beige, (27) gray. SELECTED MODELS IN (18) EVEREST BLUE IN STOCK.
Drawer Front Drawer Overall 36"Wx24"D 30"Wx27"D
Key Qty. Height Height Stock No. Stock No. $
A 5 (4) 5"H, (1) 6"H 32" 56120-S 56122-S 1040.00
B 7 (3) 4"H, (2) 6"H, (2) 8"H 46" 56071-S 56123-S 1285.00
C 9 (1) 3"H, (5) 4"H, (1) 5"H, (2) 6"H 46" 56072-S 56124-S 1490.00
D 8 (5) 6"H, (3) 8"H 60" 56073-S 56125-S 1495.00
E 10 (2) 4"H, (6) 5"H, (2) 8"H 60" 56074-S 56126-S 1700.00
F 11 (2) 3"H, (4) 4"H, (4) 6"H, (1) 8"H 60" 56121-S 56127-S 1790.00
C. Color (27) shown. D. Color (22) shown. E. Color (02) shown. F. Color (18) shown.
Drawer Partition Kits. Specify cabinet Front Usable Drawer Front Usable Drawer
size: (01) 30"Wx27"D, (02) 36"Wx24"D. (02) Drawer Drawer Body Stock Drawer Drawer Body Stock
36"Wx24"D IS IN STOCK. Key Height Height Height Number $ Key Height Height Height Number $
G 3" 2" 17/8" 56075-S 15.40 G 5" 4" 37/8" 56083-S 18.60
H 3" 2" 17/8" 56076-S 21.90 H 5" 4" 37/8" 56084-S 27.50
I 3" 2" 17/8" 56077-S 34.30 I 5" 4" 37/8" 56085-S 41.90
J 3" 2" 17/8" 56078-S 52.50 J 5" 4" 37/8" 56086-S 61.20
G 4" 3" 27/8" 56079-S 15.80 G 6" 5" 47/8" 56087-S 21.20
H 4" 3" 27/8" 56080-S 23.40 H 6" 5" 47/8" 56088-S 32.90
G. 6-Compt. H. 12-Compt. I 4" 3" 27/8" 56081-S 36.40 I 6" 5" 47/8" 56089-S 48.90
J 4" 3" 27/8" 56082-S 55.00 J 6" 5" 47/8" 56090-S 69.50
G 8" 7" 67/8" 56091-S 24.90
H 8" 7" 67/8" 56092-S 39.50
I 8" 7" 67/8" 56093-S 58.70
J 8" 7" 67/8" 56094-S 80.70
I. 20-Compt. J. 30-Compt.
196
Shop Equipment | DRAWER CABINETS 4
Drawer Partition Kits. Specify cabinet Front Usable Drawer Front Usable Drawer
size: (01) 48"Wx27"D, (02) 48"Wx24"D. Drawer Drawer Body Stock Drawer Drawer Body Stock
Key Height Height Height Number $ Key Height Height Height Number $
F 3" 2" 17/8" 56100-S 26.60 F 5" 4" 37/8" 56108-S 33.20
G 3" 2" 17/8" 56101-S 30.90 G 5" 4" 37/8" 56109-S 39.00
H 3" 2" 17/8" 56102-S 47.40 H 5" 4" 37/8" 56110-S 57.60
I 3" 2" 17/8" 56103-S 53.10 I 5" 4" 37/8" 56111-S 65.40
F 4" 3" 27/8" 56104-S 28.10 F 6" 5" 47/8" 56112-S 38.50
F. 12-Compt. G. 16-Compt. G 4" 3" 27/8" 56105-S 33.00 G 6" 5" 47/8" 56113-S 46.50
H 4" 3" 27/8" 56106-S 50.30 H 6" 5" 47/8" 56114-S 63.30
I 4" 3" 27/8" 56107-S 56.60 I 6" 5" 47/8" 56115-S 75.30
F 8" 7" 67/8" 56116-S 43.80
G 8" 7" 67/8" 56117-S 55.30
H. 24-Compt. I. 30-Compt. H 8" 7" 67/8" 56118-S 77.40
I 8" 7" 67/8" 56119-S 88.20
5540500-S
Cabinet and
5540000-S
Cabinet with
Double-Wide
Base Kit
A B C D E F
G H G. Single-Wide Base Kit. Includes: base, end cap and (4) 4" polyurethane
non-marking casters, 2 fixed and 2 swivel w/brakes. Overall height with mobile
base kit is 33". Made in Canada. IN STOCK.
5540800-S $.......................................................................................................................200.00
198
Shop Equipment | MOBILE CABINETS 4
®
25.63"W drawer
extends fully on
ball-bearing
slides.
H I
®
E
D
B
263/8x585/8" work center shown.
A C
181/4x415/8" work center shown.
See page
655 for
Rubbermaid®
Ladder Cart.
Accepts #2,
#3, or #4
Mobile Work Center padlocks.
• Structural foam See page 58
• 250-lb capacity to order. Mobile Work Center
• Set-up • 18-gauge steel
• Sliding steel security bar drawer lock • 500-lb. capacity
• Structural foam worksurface • Unassembled
50-lb. capacity drawers extend on steel suspension slides. To secure drawers, slide • Indivudual drawer padlock hasps
steel security bar along drawer fronts and attach padlock at bottom. Other features • Steel worksurface
include: peg board on sides, molded-in storage trays and tool slots, and cord wrap. Tool carrier in the push handle keeps screwdrivers and pliers close at hand. Full
4" casters—(2) rigid, (2) swivel with brake. Made in USA. IN STOCK. extension, 75-lb. capacity drawers. 2" lip on shelves and worksurface. Includes
Overall Drawer Stock (4) hanging plastic bins. 5" casters—2 rigid, 2 swivel with brakes. Made in USA.
WxDxH Qty. Number $ IN STOCK.
(1) 221/4"Wx17"Dx2"H Overall Drawer Stock
325/8x1915/16x331/2" (2) 221/4"Wx17"Dx4"H 5249900-S 410.00 WxDxH Qty. Number $
(2) 221/4"Wx17"Dx6"H 28x16x34" (2) 227/8x113/4x15/8" 4858300-S 202.00
200
Shop Equipment | MOBILE CABINETS 4
B
A
D
C
5
YEAR
202
SALE
Shop Equipment | MOBILE CABINETS ON THIS
PAGE
5 Customize your mobile bench with one of three organizer panels from the facing page.
YEAR Easy-to-install panels require only a few screws to mount to your mobile bench.
WARRANTY
5
YEAR
WARRANTY
5
YEAR
WARRANTY
204
Shop Equipment | MOBILE CABINETS 4
Mobile Four-Drawer
Assembly Bench
with Cabinet
• 22-gauge steel
• 1100-lb. capacity
• All-welded
• Individually locking drawers; locking cabinet
• 11/4" thick Multiplex wood top
451/4"Wx279/16"Dx351/2"H work surface. Features four
163/4"Wx241/8"D drawers: (1) 21/16"H, 31/4"H, 41/2"H, 7"H.
Pushbutton drawer release secures drawers when moving.
Up to 44-lb. capacity per drawer. Cabinet includes two
shelves and a cylinder lock. Interior cabinet dimensions:
203/4"Wx27"Dx213/4"H. Push handle maneuvers bench on Customize your mobile bench with one of two
73/4" casters—two rigid, two swivel with brakes. Powder organizer panels. Easy-to-install panels require
coat finish. Made in Germany. IN STOCK. only a few screws to mount to your mobile bench.
Overall Drawer Door Stock
5
YEAR
WxDxH Qty. Qty. Number $ WARRANTY
451/4x279/16x351/2" 4 1 5554400-V 1220.00
5
YEAR
WARRANTY
Perfo Panel
Toolholder Set
All-in-one kit. Industrial-grade, zinc-plated
heavy steel units lock on to panels and
will not come out when tools are removed.
Hook ends are protected with plastic caps.
Includes: (1) 8-slot wrench rack;
(1) 7-spot screwdriver rack; (1) drill-bit holder;
(10) 1"L single hooks; (10) 2"L single hooks;
(10) 1"L double-hooks; (10) .24" dia. single Poly Bins for Rail Panels
spring clips; (10) 3"L single hooks; Color: red. IN STOCK.
(5) 2"L double hooks (5) 3"L double hooks; Overall Ctn. Stock
(5) 5" dia. single spring clips. Made in USA. WxDxH Qty. Number $
IN STOCK. 41/8x53/8x3" 24 5557002-V 1.36
3178000-S $......................................................165.00 41/8x73/8x3" 24 5557102-V 2.17
41/8x107/8x4" 12 5557202-V 3.36
B
C
D E
A
F G
Perfo Panel Hooks and Clamps
Lock onto panels and will not come out when tools are removed.
For use with steel toolboards. Zinc plated. Clips necessary for
securing accessories are included with each item. Made in USA.
IN STOCK.
Hooks.
A. 3178100-S Single straight, 1" long hook. 10/package.
$ Pkg. 14.70. $ Pkg. (30+) .........................................................................................................................13.90
B. 3178200-S Single straight, 3" long hook. 10/package.
$ Pkg. 17.00. $ Pkg. (20+) .........................................................................................................................16.20
C. 3178300-S Double straight, 2" long hook. 10/package.
$ Pkg. 31.30. $ Pkg. (10+) .........................................................................................................................29.70
D. 3178400-S Plier hook, 13/8" wide. 10/package.
$ Pkg. 29.70. $ Pkg. (15+) .........................................................................................................................28.30
E. 3178500-S 3/4" wide single-spring clip. 10/package.
$ Pkg. 20.20. $ Pkg. (30+) .........................................................................................................................19.20
Flex Clamps. 10-lb. capacity.
F. 3178600-S 2.17"W. $ 9.50. $ (50+) .................................................................................................................................9.00
G. 3178700-S 2.44"W. $ 11.40. $ (50+)............................................................................................................................10.80
206
Shop Equipment | MOBILE CABINETS 4
A B C
208
Shop Equipment | MOBILE CABINETS 4
B C
A
Flush-mounted locking
mechanism for a clean,
uncluttered finish. F G
E
Shown with optional work bench top.
2000–3000-Lb.
Capacity Tables
• 2000- and 3000-lb. capacities
• All-welded
• 12-gauge steel worksurface and shelves
Two flush shelves. Choose either 2000-lb.
capacity tables or 3000-lb. models with
11/2x11/2", 1/8" thick angle iron braces. 2x2", 3/16"
thick angle iron legs have pre-drilled foot
pads for floor mounting. Color: gray. Made in
USA. SELECTED MODELS IN STOCK.
1000-Lb.
Capacity Tables
• 1000-lb. capacity
Cap. Overall Stock Overall Stock • All-welded
Lbs. WxDxH Number WxDxH Number $ • 12-gauge steel worksurface
2000 24x18x30" 3955601-T 24x18x36" 3955602-T 135.00 Four solid steel 2x2", 3/16" thick angle iron legs with
2000 36x18x30" 3955701-T 36x18x36" 3955702-T 146.00 pre-drilled foot pads. One shelf. Color: gray. Made
2000 24x24x30" 3955801-T 24x24x36" 3955802-T 147.00 in USA. IN STOCK.
2000 36x24x30" 3955901-T 36x24x36" 3955902-T 172.00
2000 48x24x30" 3956001-T 48x24x36" 3956002-T 196.00 Overall Stock
3000 48x24x32" 3946701-T 48x24x36" 3946702-T 248.00 WxDxH Number $
3000 48x28x32" 3949701-T 48x28x36" 3949702-T 263.00 24x18x24" 3946000-T 119.00
3000 60x30x32" 3949801-T 60x30x36" 3949802-T 330.00 36x18x30" 3946100-T 132.00
3000 48x34x32" 3946801-T 48x34x36" 3946802-T 309.00 36x24x30" 3946200-T 147.00
3000 72x34x32" 3946901-T 72x34x36" 3946902-T 461.00 48x24x30" 3946300-T 163.00
2000-Lb.
Capacity
Tables
• 2000-lb. capacity
• All-welded
• 12-gauge steel worksurface
and shelves
Flush worksurface. Lower
shelves feature retaining lips
to keep items in place.
Supportive 11/4x1/4" thick, X-
B shape steel bracing beneath
A
shelves. 2x2", 3/16" thick angle
iron legs with pre-drilled foot
pads. Color: gray. Made in
USA. SELECTED MODELS
IN STOCK.
210
Shop Equipment | MACHINE STANDS 4
10,000-Lb. High-Capacity
Machine Tables
• 10,000-lb. capacity
• All-welded
• Formed 3/16" thick, 7-gauge steel worksurface
Extra reinforcements and heavy-gauge steel make this one of the strongest
machine tables on the market. 2x2", 1/4" thick steel angle iron legs have 3x3"
footpads with 5/8" dia. lag holes. 2x2", 3/16" thick angle iron braces on legs and top.
Made in USA. FACTORY QUICK SHIP.
Overall Stock
WxDxH Number $
30x16x24" 3600000-S 230.00
30x22x24" 3600100-S 252.00
30x28x24" 3600200-S 275.00
36x30x24" 3600300-S 307.00
48x30x24" 3600400-S 359.00
30x16x30" 3600500-S 241.00
30x22x30" 3600600-S 263.00
30x28x30" 3600700-S 285.00
36x30x30" 3600800-S 319.00
48x30x30" 3600900-S 371.00
30x16x36" 3601000-S 252.00
30x22x36" 3601100-S 275.00
30x28x36" 3601200-S 297.00
36x30x36" 3601300-S 330.00
48x30x36" 3601400-S 382.00
3000-LB. CAPACITY
18x24x30" shown
in blue with
optional casters.
A B C D
18x24x30" 24x36x30" 18x24x30" 18x24x30"
shown in beige. shown in black. shown in gray. shown in beige.
212
Shop Equipment | MACHINE STANDS 4
5
YEAR
WARRANTY
A B C
A. Four-Shelf Cabinet. 22–24-gauge steel. 21"Wx151/2"Dx32"H top reverses for flat surface or tray with 2" lip.
Three shelves adjust in 2" increments.
B. Two-Shelf Cabinet. 20-gauge steel. 24x24x32" top has 2" lip on three sides. Single shelf adjusts
in 3" increments.
C. Locking Table-Cabinet. 20-gauge steel. 36"Wx24"Dx32"H top with 2" lip. Single shelf adjusts
Shop Cabinets in 3" increments.
• 20–24-gauge steel Overall Shelf Stock
• Unassembled Key WxDxH Openings Number $
• Steel worksurface A 21x151/2x34" 4 5301800-S 132.00
Securely house supplies. T-handle with cylinder door lock. B 24x24x34" 2 5305000-S 222.00
Gray powder coat finish. Made in USA. IN STOCK. C 36x24x34" 2 5301900-S 285.00
214
Shop Equipment | COMPUTER WORKSTATIONS 4
Locking rear door
allows easy access
to equipment.
NEW
Computer Computer
Cabinet Security Cabinet
• 18-gauge steel • 20-gauge steel
• All-welded • All-welded
• Completely secure • Completely secure
Built-in fan with guard and filter keeps equipment cool. Built-in fan provides positive air pressure to both cool your equipment and
Clear Plexiglas® window in locking upper cabinet. Pull-out protect it from dust. Top 24"Wx27"Dx20"H monitor cabinet features a Plexiglas®
keyboard drawer locks in “out” position. Locking lower window. Lower 25"Wx27"Dx271/2"H cabinet includes one adjustable pull-out
cabinet includes adjustable shelf and roll-out tray. 15-amp, printer shelf. 37"H pull-out drawer holds keyboard and mouse. Also includes
110-volt power-strip. Forklift base allows cabinet to be 6-outlet power strip with built-in surge protector and forklift channels.
moved when fully loaded. Made in USA. SELECTED MODELS Powder-coat finish. Color: blue. Made in USA. IN STOCK
IN STOCK.
Overall WxDxH Stock No. $
281/4x281/4x60" 4837300-Q 880.00
CLASSIC
Overall BLUE BEIGE GRAY Casters. 5" swivel polypropylene casters—2 with brakes. Includes mounting
WxDxH Stock No. Stock No. Stock No. $ channels and hardware. Sold in sets of 4. IN STOCK
281/2x281/2x591/2" 4732618-R 4732622-R 4732627-R 1550.00 4837400-U $............................................................................................................................109.00
Standard
Deluxe
216
Shop Equipment | COMPUTER WORKSTATIONS 4
Available Colors:
ATLANTIC METAL
Economical Mobile Computer Cabinets
• 20–22-gauge steel A B
• All-welded
• Locking upper and lower cabinets; locking back panel
26"Wx24"Dx25"H monitor cabinet, 22"Wx23"Dx241/8"H lower cabinet, and 20"Wx81/4"D pull-out keyboard tray with 37" working
height. (A) has an adjustable shelf. (B) and (C) have a 201/2"Wx151/2"D adjustable-height slide-out shelf. 5" soft rubber swivel casters—
2 with brakes. For complete protection from contaminants, choose the cabinet for extreme environments with air-tight seals.
Electrostatic powder coat finish.Made in USA. Specify color: (02) red, (18) blue, (21) putty, (26) lt. gray, (27) dk. gray, (29) black. SELECTED
MODELS IN (18) BLUE, (26) LT. GRAY, AND (27) DK. GRAY ARE IN STOCK.
A–B. Mobile Computer Cabinets
Locking rear door allows easy cord management. Front monitor door access.
Overall Stock
Key WxDxH Style Number $
A 26x24x63" Half rear-door access 48376-S 471.00
B 26x24x64" Full rear-door access 56144-S 503.00
Options
5614600 Filter Fan. $..................................................................................................................................75.50
5614700 6-Plug Outlet. $ ........................................................................................................................43.90
Available
Colors:
(18) blue
Storage drawer extends
fully on smooth-rolling (21) putty
glides.
(27) gray
Mobile Computer Workstations Flat-Screen Computer Cabinet
• Laminate surface with heavy steel frame • 22-gauge steel
• Unassembled • Some assembly required (29) black
Hydraulic adjustment raises 24"Wx29"D worksurface from 29–36"H. Also • Completely secure
includes a 27"Wx12"D pull-out keyboard shelf. Made in USA. SELECTED 241/2"Wx83/4"Dx19"H monitor cabinet with clear window. 205/8"Wx213/4"Dx24"H lower
MODELS IN STOCK. cabinet includes an adjustable pull-out shelf. Other features include: 241/2"Wx13"D
4882600-R Gray Laminate with 3" all-swivel polyurethane hard floor worksurface with lip, 203/4"Wx14"D storage drawer beneath monitor, and 13"Wx221/4"D
casters, two with brakes. 261/4–321/2"H keyboard shelf. folding side shelves. 5" casters—2 rigid, 2 swivel with brakes. Also includes interior cable
$ .......................................................................................................205.00 management. Ships via small package carrier in two pieces. Made in USA. Specify color:
4882700-R Teak-Color Laminate with all-swivel carpet casters. (18) blue, (21) putty, (27) gray, (29) black. IN STOCK.
251/4–311/2"H keyboard shelf. $..............................................192.00 48980-S 301/2"Wx221/2"Dx62"H. 501/2"W with side shelves extended. $........................342.00
Compact Computer
Workstations
• 18-gauge steel
• All-welded
Monitor sits at an angle in the back of the cabinet and can only be
viewed when you are standing right in front. 211/2"Wx241/2"Dx151/4"H
monitor cabinet accommodates up to a 17" standard monitor or
(with supplied bracket) up to a 21"W flat screen monitor. 23"Wx8"D
keyboard/mouse shelf. 231/8"Wx16"D top shelf adjusts on 2" centers.
Electrostatic powder coat finish. Made in USA. Specify color: (26) lt. gray,
(27) dk. gray. IN STOCK.
218
Shop Equipment | COMPUTER WORKSTATIONS 4
BUILT-RITE
Workstations
A. Computer Workstation B
• 18-gauge door; 22-gauge body A
• All-welded
• Completely secure B. Shop Workstation
Pull-down cabinet door. Flip-up door secures pull-out keyboard tray. Lower two- • 16-gauge legs; 18-gauge top and frame
door cabinet. All doors are keyed alike unless otherwise specified. 15-amp power • Unassembled
strip with surge protection. Internal blower to dissipate heat. Made in USA. 12x30" angled keyboard tray and a 11x30" monitor shelf.
IN STOCK. Made in USA.
Overall Stock Overall Stock
WxDxH Number $ WxDxH Number $
36x28x681/2" 4720400-S 956.00 30x24x37–43" 4720500-S 215.00
Computer Workstations
• 18-gauge steel
• Unassembled
Highly adjustable workstations place computer monitor and keyboard
at a comfortable working height for all. 26–393/4"H worksurface adjusts
in 1" increments. Monitor shelf can be raised and lowered in 1"
increments, and angled for the most comfortable viewing position.
Other features include: UL- and CSA-listed 3-outlet, 15' electric
assembly, cable management tray, and 4" ball bearing swivel casters, 2
with brake. Powder coat finish. Color: putty. Made in USA. IN STOCK.
A. Adjustable-Height Workstation with Half Shelf.
B 48"Wx24"D work surface, 24"Wx12"D left or right hand monitor shelf.
A Use with tower CPUs.
Overall WxD Stock No. $
48x24" 4788200-U 315.00
B. Adjustable-Height Workstation with Full Shelf.
36"Wx24"D worksurface, 36"Wx12"D monitor shelf.
Computer Cart
• Plastic
• Unassembled
Shown with 191/2"Wx16"D adjustable pull-out shelves. Keyboard includes a slide-out mouse tray. Bottom shelves are
optional print- spaced 12" apart. Other features include: UL-/CSA-listed 15' 3-outlet surge-suppressing power cord and
out basket. mounted cord wrap. 4" swivel casters, 2 with brakes. Made in USA. IN STOCK.
Overall PUTTY GRAY
WxDxH Stock No. Stock No. $
24x18x421/2" 4870021-S 4870027-S 312.00
4870100-S Optional Wire Print-Out Basket attaches to any fixed shelf. 201/2"Wx123/4"D.
$ ...................................................................................................................................................................................35.60
220
Shop Equipment | COMPUTER WORKSTATIONS 4
2700100-W shown
with optional shelf
2700200-W.
2700300-W shown with
optional 2700400-W
utility basket and
2700500-W casters.
NEW NEW
ATLANTIC METAL
Countertop Computer Cabinet
• 22-gauge steel
• All-welded
• Completely secure
Monitor and keyboard are locked away from unauthorized users. 200-lb. capacity cabinet
has 1/8" thick Plexiglas® window and louvered back. Other features include sliding keyboard
drawer, wire management system and adjustable chrome leveling glides.
Made in USA.
ATLANTIC METAL
Wall-Mount Laptop Computer Cabinet
• 22-gauge steel
• Completely secure
• Set up
Electronic coded lock can be programmed with up to 99 different codes.
161/2"Wx121/4"D fold-down door has a rubber pad and security strap. Inside dimensions:
191/2"Wx33/4"Dx151/2"H. Color: dark gray. Made in USA. IN STOCK.
4731000-S $.......................................................................................................................................111.00
Ships same day for Ships 1–5 days
1–3 day delivery 221
4 Shop Equipment | SHOP DESKS
A B C
NEW
D
Shop Desks
Locking drawers and handy compartments store packing slips, invoices, tape, pens,
etc. Made in USA. IN STOCK. C. Deluxe Pedestal Desk
A. Foreman’s Desk • 20-gauge steel work surface; 20-gauge steel body
• 20-gauge steel work surface; 22-gauge steel body • 16-gauge steel legs
• 14-gauge steel legs • Unassembled
• Unassembled • Cylinder locking drawer
• Cylinder locking drawer Eight-compartment 22-gauge steel riser. Includes two double-deep file drawers, an
Three-compartment sorter and full-length 22-gauge steel riser with sloped writing all-purpose drawer, and a tray drawer. Lower shelf/footrest. Powder coat finish.
top. Large 24x28x31/2"H drawer. Powder coat finish. D. Wall-Hung Foreman’s Desk
B. Cabinet-Style Desk • 20-gauge steel work surface; 24-gauge steel body
• 20-gauge steel work surface; 22-gauge steel body • 16-gauge steel mounting brackets
• 14-gauge steel legs • Unassembled
• Unassembled • Cylinder locking drawer
• Cyinder locking drawer; cylinder locking cabinet Three-compartment 22-gauge steel riser with 341/2x30" writing surface. Mounts to
Three-compartment 20-gauge steel riser with a 43"H writing surface. Large the wall. Locking 24x28x31/2"H drawer rolls on nylon rollers. Mounting brackets
24x28x31/2"H drawer and double door cabinet. Powder coat finish. included.
Overall Drawer Enclosed Stock
Key WxDxH Qty. Cabinet Number $
A 34 /2x30x50"
1
1 No 5301200-S 229.00
B 341/2x30x53" 1 Yes 5301400-S 429.00
C 39x283/4x551/2" 4 No 5267100-S 736.00
D 341/2x283/4x551/2" 1 No 5301500-S 220.00
222
Shop Equipment | SHOP DESKS 4
Shop Desks
• 18-gauge steel work surface;
20-gauge body
• Partial assembly required
• Padlock hasp on drawers; punch-out for cylinder lock on cabinet
Choose from two desk configurations to meet your needs. Both include
153⁄4"Wx20"D drawers, 3-compartment riser, and 471⁄2"H work surface.
Baked-on enamel finish. Made in USA.
C. Three-Drawer Desk with Cabinet
Includes (3) 63⁄4"H drawers with sliding trays and (1) 153⁄4"Wx20"Dx27"H
cabinet with adjustable shelf.
D. Five-Drawer Desk
Includes (1) 63⁄4"H drawer with sliding tray, (3) 9"H drawers and
(1) 131⁄2"H drawer for hanging files.
Wall Desk
• 16-gauge steel
• Set-up
• Cylinder lock
Folds and locks to secure papers, books, supplies, etc. Large
27"Wx18"D writing surface. Beige baked-on powder finish. Made in
USA. IN STOCK.
Overall Locking Stock
WxDxH Desktop Number $
24x4x18" Yes 5306100-S 146.00
Optional colors
available on
request. Call for
information.
A B C
Shop Desks
• 16-gauge steel
• Set-up
• Cylinder locking drawer
Includes sloped writing surface that lifts up to reveal a locking
storage compartment, two plastic storage trays, and two welded
shelves. Order optional caster kit for easier mobility. Powder coat
finish. Made in Germany. IN STOCK.
224
Shop Equipment | SHOP DESKS 4
Mobile
Shop Desks
• 18-gauge steel
• All-welded
• Two cabinet locking styles
available
All include sloped writing
surface and 5" poly swivel
casters, 2 with locks.
Durable powder coat finish.
Made in USA. A
A. Three-Shelf Desk
Two storage shelves. B
B. Enclosed Desk
Includes locking cabinet with two shelves C
that locks with padlock hasp (padlock not
included).
C. Desk with Expanded Metal Overall Locking Enclosed ORANGE BEIGE GRAY
Cabinet Key WxDxH Desktop Cabinet Stock No. Stock No. Stock No. $
Desk includes riser with multiple open A 24x18x44" No No 5282006-R 5282022-R 5282027-R 216.00
storage slots and locking cabinet with B 24x19x44" No Yes 5282506-R 5282522-R 5282527-R 348.00
cylinder lock. C 22x22x491/2" Yes Yes 5282706-R 5282722-R 5282727-R 384.00
Shop Desks
• 18-gauge steel and
16-gauge Type 304
stainless steel
• All-welded
• Cylinder locks
Solid desk top lifts up.
Three-compartment riser.
Four 5" poly swivel casters,
2 with brakes. Made in
USA. SELECTED MODELS IN STOCK.
D. Mobile Shop Desk with
Wire Mesh Cabinet
Locking storage cabinet
includes adjustable shelf.
Durable powder coat finish. F
Specify color: (06) orange, D E
(27) gray.
E. Steel Shop Desk
Steel construction with lower
storage shelf. Durable powder
coat finish. Overall Locking Enclosed Stock
Key WxDxH Style Desktop Cabinet Number $
F. Stainless Steel D 27x221/2x49" Mobile Yes Yes 53136-S 411.00
Shop Desk E 24x22x45" Stationary Yes No 53135-S 234.00
Corrosion-resistant Type 304 E 24x22x49" Mobile Yes No 53134-S 269.00
stainless steel. Includes lower F 24x22x45" Stationary Yes No 53504-S 537.00
storage shelf. F 24x22x49" Mobile Yes No 53505-S 582.00
Receiving Desks
• 19-gauge steel
• All-welded
• 3-point locking cabinet
Choose a fully accessorized desk or customize
your own to fit your job. Inclined worksurface
includes lower lip to keep paperwork in place
and recessed area for pens. Cabinet includes
adjustable shelf and perfo panels on the
Basic receiving desk inside of each door. Drawer and cabinet lock
5875100-T shown. separately. IN STOCK.
Complete Receiving Desks
Include rear panel and canopy, fluorescent light, magnet set, and mobile base.
Overall Drawer Door Stock
WxDxH Qty. Qty. Number $
19.7x23.6x77.2" 1 1 5874900-T 999.00
29.5x23.6x77.2" 1 2 5875000-T 1135.00
Options
Match base width to option width for A & D.
Stock
Key Size Description Number $
A 19.7"Wx9.8"Dx25.6"H Rear panel and canopy 5875300-T 143.00
A 29.5"Wx9.8"Dx25.6"H Rear panel and canopy 5875400-T 200.00
B 17.5"Wx0.75"Dx1.25"H Flourescent light* 5875500-T 71.00
C 1" dia. 5-magnet set* 5875600-T 15.20
D 19.7"Wx23.6"Dx8.3"H Mobile base 5875800-T 233.00
D 29.5"Wx23.6"Dx8.3"H Mobile base 5875900-T 264.00
E — 38-piece accessory kit* 5875700-T 117.00
Complete receiving desk 5875000-T shown. Magnets for rear panel are *Requires rear panel and canopy.
included. Other perfo panel accessories are not.
226
Chairs and stools come with a variety of options, adjustments, and controls. This guide will provide basic
INDUSTRIAL SEATING
information to help identify the different parts of a chair or stool and details to consider when searching SELECTION GUIDE
our selection. Please call for more assistance.
Back
Additional Information
Ergonomics. Multiple adjustments
create a comfortable custom fit for
every individual. A more comfortable
Back/Angle Back Height chair means greater employee
Adjustment Adjustment productivity, energy, and focus.
Tilt Tension
Seat
Footring or Footrest
Base Styles
Pods (Glides)
Arm Height Arm Width Go to page 228 for
Adjustment Adjustment this RELIUS stool.
Glossary of Terms
227
4 Shop Equipment | INDUSTRIAL SEATING
POLYURETHANE SEATING
Continuous-Use
Polyurethane Seating
• Self-skinned molded polyurethane
• Pneumatic seat height adjustment
• 18"W seat
• Available with floor glides or optional hard floor casters
Available in up-to-date colors not found on competitive models. Built
for 24-hour use. Fully adjustable 16" back. Five-star reinforced plastic
base with footrest. 22–32" stools include adjustable footring and
floor glides. Optional hard floor casters are available. Meets or
22–32"H
exceeds ANSI/BIFMA standards, up to 250 lbs. capacity. Made in USA.
Deluxe Stool
IN STOCK.
Seat BURGUNDY YELLOW BLUE GRAY BLACK
Height Stock No. Stock No.
Stock No. Stock No. Stock No. $
STANDARD SEATING
16–21" 4126203-T 4126209-T 4126219-T 4126227-T 4126229-T 242.00
22–32" 4126303-T 4126309-T 4126319-T 4126327-T 4126329-T 286.00
DELUXE SEATING. Includes extra lever and handwheel for ergonomic seat
and backrest tilt and unique tilt tension adjustment.
16–21" 4131503-T 4131509-T 4131519-T 4131527-T 4131529-T 291.00
22–32" 4131603-T 4131609-T 4131619-T 4131627-T 4131629-T 356.00
4140600-T Optional Hard Floor Casters. Set of 5. $ Set ......................................................................................................................................17.40
Industrial
Seating with
Full-Size Backrest
• Soft ribbed self-skinned
polyurethane seat and back
• Pneumatic seat height
adjustment
• 19"Wx18"D seat
• Optional arms
• Available with floor pods or
hard floor casters
Deluxe chair with One-of-a-kind seating features a
hard floor casters. Standard stool large back and oversized seat for
Shown with with floor pods. complete support. 19"Wx191/2"H
optional arms. back with manual adjustment.
Five star base. Stools include a
20" dia. adjustable footring.
Meets or exceeds ANSI/BIFMA
standards, up to 250 lbs. capacity.
IN STOCK.
Seat FLOOR PODS HARD FLOOR CASTERS
Height Description Stock No. Stock No. $
STANDARD SEATING
17–22" Chair with aluminum base 4154101-T 4154102-T 214.00
24–34" Stool with aluminum base 4154201-T 4154202-T 264.00
17–22" Chair with plastic base 4154301-T 4154302-T 176.00
24–34" Stool with plastic base 4154401-T 4154402-T 232.00
DELUXE SEATING. Include independent seat and back angle adjustments.
171/2–221/2" Chair with aluminum base 4183501-T 4183502-T 239.00
241/2–341/2" Stool with aluminum base 4183601-T 4183602-T 289.00
171/2–221/2" Chair with plastic base 4183801-T 4183802-T 202.00
241/2–341/2" Stool with plastic base 4183901-T 4183902-T 258.00
4190400-T Optional Arms. Adjust both vertically and horizontally. Sold in pairs. $ Pair ....................................................................................................................................................................36.70
228
SALE
Shop Equipment | INDUSTRIAL SEATING ON THIS
PAGE
POLYURETHANE SEATING
Polyurethane Stools
• Extra-soft form-molded polyurethane
• Pneumatic seat height adjustment Standard stool
• 18"Wx17"D seat includes single-paddle
• Optional arms height adjustment.
• Available with floor pods or hard floor casters
Seat has steel understructure. 17"Wx12"D back with manual depth and height
adjustments. Molded plastic 27" dia. 5-star base with 20" dia. adjustable
footring. Meets or exceeds ANSI/BIFMA standards, up to 250 lbs. capacity.
Lifetime guarantee on pneumatic cylinders. IN STOCK. Standard stool shown
with floor pods.
Seat FLOOR PODS HARD FLOOR CASTERS
Height Stock No. Stock No. $
STANDARD STOOL
23–33" 4187301-V 4187302-V 231.00
CONTINUOUS-USE STOOL. Heavy-duty mechanism with additional seat and angle adjustments.
Recommended for 24-hour continuous use with 15-yr. guarantee.
231/2–331/2" 4187401-V 4187402-V 296.00
4190800-T Optional Arms. Adjust vertically and horizontally. Sold in pairs. $ Pair ................................................................33.50
Five-Star Base Stool Five-Leg Base Stool with Floor Four-Leg Chrome
with Hard Floor Casters Pods and Optional Arms Base Chrome Chair
A B C
A. Five-Star Black Base Seating. Stool has 20" dia. adjustable footring. C. Four-Leg Chrome Base Seating. Available with rubber tipped feet only.
FLOOR HARD FLOOR Description Seat Ht. Stock No. $
Seat PODS CASTERS Chair 231/2–27" 4094400-T 169.00
Description Height Stock No. Stock No. $ Stool 28–36" 4094500-T 182.00
Chair 16–21" 4095701-T 4095702-T 141.00 4095900-T Optional Arms. Adjust both vertically and horizontally.
Stool 23–33" 4095801-T 4095802-T 196.00 Sold in pairs. $ Pair ........................................................................................................................36.00
Ships same day for Ships 1–5 days
1–3 day delivery 229
4 Shop Equipment | INDUSTRIAL SEATING
POLYURETHANE SEATING
Continuous-Use Stools 12
YEAR
• Self-skinned polyurethane WARRANTY
• Pneumatic seat height adjustment
• 191/4"Wx173/4"D seat
• Available with glides or hard floor casters
Recommended for 24-hr. continuous use. Lifetime guarantee on pneumatic cylinder. 151/2"Wx141/2"H back. Sturdy 27" dia.
Deluxe stool reinforced plastic base. Footring and backrest height adjust manually. Meets or exceeds ANSI/BIFMA standards, up to 250
with glides. lbs. capacity. Made in USA. IN STOCK.
Seat Stock
Height Description Number $
STANDARD STOOL
23–33" With glides 4149200-T 225.00
24–34" With hard floor casters 4149300-T 236.00
DELUXE STOOL. Includes additional independently adjusting seat and backrest angle.
23–33" With glides 4149400-T 278.00
24–34" With hard floor casters 4149500-T 289.00
Call us for
LEAN MANUFACTURING SOLUTIONS.
LIFETIME
WARRANTY
BRIO SEATING
230
Shop Equipment | INDUSTRIAL SEATING 4
POLYURETHANE SEATING
NEW
Continuous-Use Ergonomic Seating 5697618-S
• Self-skinned molded polyurethane shown.
• Pneumatic seat height adjustment
• 181/2"Wx17"D seat
• Floor glides are standard; optional hard floor casters are sold separately
Dependable seating withstands 24 hours of continuous use. Deluxe stool back features a 6" vertical 8
adjustment and tilt capability. Standard stool back adjusts 21/4" vertically and 2" horizontally. 21–31"H YEAR
WARRANTY
stools include 18" dia. footring. Meets or exceeds ANSI/BIFMA standards, up to 250 lbs. capacity.
Made in USA. IN STOCK.
Seat BLUE GRAY BLACK
Height Stock No. Stock No. Stock No. $
STANDARD SEATING
15–20" 5697518-S 5697527-S 5697529-S 165.00
21–31" 5697618-S 5697627-S 5697629-S 201.00
DELUXE SEATING. Includes backrest tilt, depth and height adjustments.
15–20" 5697718-S 5697727-S 5697729-S 205.00
21–31" 5697818-S 5697827-S 5697829-S 241.00
4093300- S Optional Hard Floor Casters. Adds 1" to seat height range. Set of 5. $ set..............................................................21.90
SAME-DAY SHIPPING
on in-stock products!
15
YEAR
WARRANTY
Industrial Perforated
Polyurethane Seating
• Polyurethane seat and back
• Pneumatic seat height adjustment
• 18"Wx16"D seat
• Optional arms
• Available with floor pods or hard floor casters
Perforated back promotes maximum air flow and
comfort. Lifetime warranty on pneumatic cylinder.
21/2" thick seat. 181/2"Wx12"H back. Stool includes
adjustable 20" dia. footring. Meets or exceeds 4957102-T features hard floor casters, 4957201-T features floor pods.
ANSI/BIFMA standards, up to 250 lbs. capacity. shown with optional arms.
IN STOCK.
Seat FLOOR PODS HARD FLOOR CASTERS
Height Stock No. Stock No. $
CHAIR
171/2–221/2" 4957101-T 4957102-T 218.00
STOOL
241/2–341/2" 4957201-T 4957202-T 227.00
4957800-T Optional Arms. Adjust vertically and horizontally. Sold in pairs. $ pair...........................................................................................................................................................................30.50
POLYURETHANE SEATING
LIFETIME
WARRANTY
MILAGON Aklaim
Premium Multi-Shift Seating
Seat Base RED BLUE GRAY BLACK • Very soft polyurethane
Height Description Stock No. Stock No. Stock No. Stock No. $ • Pneumatic seat height adjustment
CHAIRS • 17"Wx181/2"D seat
17–24" Floor glides 5687302-S 5687318-S 5687327-S 5687329-S 675.00 • Optional arms
17–24" Hard floor casters 5687402-S 5687418-S 5687427-S 5687429-S 724.00 • Available with glides or self-braking hard
STOOLS floor casters
24–34" Floor glides 5687502-S 5687518-S 5687527-S 5687529-S 735.00 Perfect for multi-shift users, the removable
24–34" Hard floor casters 5687602-S 5687618-S 5687627-S 5687629-S 805.00 seats and backs are perforated for continuous
air circulation. Adjustability includes backrest
Options. Seat and back pads sold as a set. Arms sold in pairs.
and seat angle. Polished aluminum five-star
RED BLUE GRAY BLACK $ base with aircraft grade aluminum under seat
Description Stock No. Stock No. Stock No. Stock No. Set mechanism. Stools include a 20" diameter
Extra Seat footring. Meets or exceeds ANSI/BIFMA
5687702-S 5687718-S 5687727-S 5687729-S 233.00
and Back Pads standards, up to 250 lbs. SELECTED MODELS
Arms with Pads 5687802-R 5687818-R 5687827-R 5687829-R 157.00 IN STOCK.
232
Shop Equipment | INDUSTRIAL SEATING 4
Polyurethane and
Vinyl Seating
• Polyurethane or vinyl upholstery
• Pneumatic seat height adjustment
• 14" dia. or 16" dia. seat
• Pods and hard floor casters available
Polyurethane seat is 2" thick; vinyl seat is
31/2" thick. Polished aluminum base. Stools have
18" dia. footring. Vinyl stools are available with
16"Wx10"H adjustable-height backs. Meets or
exceeds ANSI/BIFMA standards, up to 250 lbs.
capacity. Lifetime warranty on cylinder. Made in
USA. Specify color: (03) burgundy, (09) yellow,
(19) blue, (27) gray, (29) black. POLYURETHANE 4896119-S 4896027-S
4896703-S
MODELS IN STOCK.
14" DIA. 16" DIA. 16" DIA.
POLYURETHANE SEAT PADDED VINYL SEAT PADDED VINYL SEAT AND BACK
Seat Stock Seat Stock Seat Stock
Description Height Number $ Height Number $ Height Number $
INCLUDING PODS
Chair 15–20" 48955-S 186.00 161/2–211/2" 48956-S 180.00 161/2–211/2" 48957-S 251.00
Stool 22–32" 48958-S 224.00 231/2–331/2" 48959-S 222.00 231/2–331/2" 48960-S 291.00
INCLUDING HARD FLOOR CASTERS
Chair 16–21" 48961-S 189.00 171/2–221/2" 48962-S 194.00 171/2–221/2" 48963-S 259.00
Stool 23–33" 48966-S 226.00 241/2–341/2" 48967-S 232.00 241/2–341/2" 48975-S 299.00
Value-Line® 4133527-S
Seating shown in
• Fabric upholstery burgundy with
• Pneumatic seat height adjustment glides.
• 18"Wx18"H seat
• Optional arms
• Glides, carpet casters, and hard floor casters available
16"Wx15"H back features a tilt adjustment. Black
reinforced plastic base. Stools include 18" chrome footring.
Upholstery is coated with a rubber fabric protector. Meets 4127218-S shown in blue
or exceeds ANSI/BIFMA standards, up to 250 lbs. capacity. with hard floor casters.
IN STOCK.
Seat Base BLUE GRAY BLACK
Height Type Stock No. Stock No. Stock No. $
CHAIRS
16–21" Glides 4127018-S 4127027-S 4127029-S 129.00
17–22" Carpet casters 4127118-S 4127127-S 4127129-S 129.00
17–22" Hard floor casters 4127218-S 4127227-S 4127229-S 129.00
STOOLS
23–33" Glides 4133518-S 4133527-S 4133529-S 148.00
24–34" Carpet casters 4133618-S 4133627-S 4133629-S 148.00
24–34" Hard floor casters 4133718-S 4133727-S 4133729-S 149.00
4136000-S Optional Arms. Sold in pairs. $ pair...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................38.80
Ships same day for Ships 1–5 days
1–3 day delivery 233
SALE
ON THIS Shop Equipment | INDUSTRIAL SEATING
PAGE
Industrial-Grade Seating
• Vinyl or nylon upholstery
• Pneumatic seat height adjustment
• 171/2"Wx18"D seat
• Available with floor pods or hard floor casters
Back height and depth, and footrest adjust manually. 16"Wx19"H back. 3" thick seat. Steel
reinforced poly base. 250-lb. capacity. Durable copolymer plastic backrest backing and seat
pan. Stool includes 20" dia. adjustable-height footring. Meets or exceeds ANSI/BIFMA
standards, up to 250 lbs. capacity. Color: black. Made in USA. IN STOCK.
Seat PODS HARD FLOOR CASTERS
Description Height Stock No. Stock No. $
INDUSTRIAL-GRADE VINYL UPHOLSTERY
Chair 16–22" 4187701-T 4187702-T 142.00
Stool 241/2–34" 4187601-T 4187602-T 201.00
LONG-WEAR NYLON UPHOLSTERY
Chair 16–22" 4187901-T 4187902-T 142.00
Stool 241/2–34" 4187801-T 4187802-T 201.00
A B
234
Shop Equipment | INDUSTRIAL SEATING 4
Available Colors: 12
YEAR
WARRANTY
12
YEAR
WARRANTY
Industrial Seating
• Vinyl upholstery
• Pneumatic seat height
adjustment
• 18"Wx17"D seat
• Glides or hard floor casters
available
Unconditional 12-year warranty
(lifetime on cylinder). Fully
adjustable 16"Wx10"H back—3"
vertical, 11/2" horizontal. 23/4" thick
seat. Fire-retardant foam meets
California Technical Bulletin #117.
Chair does not include footring. Chair shown with hard floor casters.
Meets or exceeds ANSI/BIFMA
standards, up to 250 lbs. capacity. Stool shown with oversized glides.
Made in USA. IN STOCK.
GLIDES HARD FLOOR CASTERS
Description Seat Ht. Stock No. $ Seat Ht. Stock No. $
Chair 17–22" 4174600-U 161.00 18–23" 4174800-U 173.00
Stool 23–33" 4174700-U 187.00 24–34" 4174900-U 198.00
Adjustable-Height Seating
• Olefin fabric or vinyl upholstery
• Threaded stem for manual seat height adjustment
• 161/2"Wx15"D seat
• Cushioned metal glides with optional floor casters 12
YEAR
Upholstery resists pilling, fading, punctures, and moisture. Heavy, 16-ga. tubular steel WARRANTY
frame with chrome footring. 16"Wx10"H, 21/2" thick back adjusts 3" vertically and 5"
horizontally. 3" thick seat. Choose either fabric with vinyl trim or all vinyl upholstery.
Fabric features Du Pont Teflon protective coating. Fire-retardant. Meets or exceeds
ANSI/BIFMA standards, up to 250 lbs. capacity. Made in USA. IN STOCK.
BROWN GRAY BLACK
Optional FABRIC/BROWNFABRIC/BLACK FABRIC/BLACK ALL
casters available. Base Seat VINYL VINYL VINYL BLACK VINYL
Type Height Stock No. Stock No. Stock No. Stock No. $
CHAIRS
4-leg 19–24" 4334724-S 4334727-S 4334729-S 4334753-S 165.00
5-leg 19–24" 4334824-S 4334827-S 4334829-S 4334853-S 178.00
STOOLS
4-leg 24–29" 4334924-S 4334927-S 4334929-S 4334953-S 174.00
5-leg 24–29" 4335024-S 4335027-S 4335029-S 4335053-S 188.00
4337600-S Optional Hard Floor Casters. Set of 4. $..................................................................................................................................................37.40
4337700-S Optional Hard Floor Casters. Set of 5. $..................................................................................................................................................46.10
15
YEAR
WARRANTY
Single-paddle
seat height
adjustment.
236
Shop Equipment | INDUSTRIAL SEATING 4
WOOD SEATING
12
YEAR
WARRANTY
LEATHER SEATING
238
Shop Equipment | INDUSTRIAL SEATING 4
HIGH-CAPACITY SEATING
Independent
adjustments for seat
height, backrest height,
and backrest angle.
TABLET-ARM SEATING
Tablet arm Independent
folds out of adjustments for seat
the way. height, backrest height,
and backrest angle.
Tablet-Arm Seating
• Polyurethane, vinyl or fabric upholstery
• Pneumatic seat height adjustment
• 18"Wx17"D poly seat; 201/4"Wx20"D vinyl or fabric seat
• Carpet casters standard; optional pods and hard floor casters are sold
separately
18"Wx21"D tablet arm sits 91/2" above the seat. Poly seating includes a 11/2"
thick back and 2" thick seat. Vinyl and fabric seating 5" thick back and 4" thick
seat. Stools include a 20" dia. footring. Meets or exceeds ANSI/BIFMA
standards, up to 250 lbs. Made in USA. FACTORY QUICK SHIP.
Seat Height Description Stock No. $
POLYURETHANE. 17"Wx12"H back.
16–21" Chair 5684100-T 239.00
23–33" Stool 5684200-T 269.00
VINYL. 20"Wx19"H back.
16–21" Chair 5684300-T 259.00
221/4–293/4" Stool 5684400-T 279.00
FABRIC. 20"Wx19"H back.
16–21" Chair 5684500-T 259.00
221/4–293/4" Stool 5684600-T 279.00
Options
5684700-T Floor Pods. Set of 5. $ Set............................................................................9.20 Vinyl chair shown. Polyurethane stool shown.
5684800-T Hard Floor Casters. Set of 5 $ Set. .........................................................17.90
Ships same day for Ships 1–5 days
1–3 day delivery 239
4 Shop Equipment | INDUSTRIAL SEATING
ESD SEATING
12
YEAR
WARRANTY
ESD Glides
Anti-Static Stools
• Surface resistance of 1.0x105 ohms Value-Line® ESD Seating
• Fabric upholstery • Surface resistance of less than
• Pneumatic seat height adjustment 106 ohms
• 20"Wx18"D seat • Fabric upholstery
• ESD glides and ESD casters • Pneumatic seat height
available adjustment
Includes 20" dia. ESD chrome footring • 18"Wx18"D seat
and brass drag chain. 171/2"Wx19"H • ESD glides and hard floor casters
back. 3" thick seat. Lifetime warranty available
on pneumatic cylinder. Exceeds NFPA 16"Wx15"H back features
standards for static resistance from adjustable depth and height.
any part of the chair to the ground. Includes grounding chain, rubber
Deluxe stool Meets or exceeds ANSI/BIFMA fabric protector, and 5-star
with casters. standards, up to 250 lbs. capacity. reinforced plastic base. Stools
Made in USA. IN STOCK. include adjustable footring. Meets
Seat Base NAVY BLUE CHARCOAL GRAY Stool with ESD glides or exceeds ANSI/BIFMA standards,
Height Type Stock No. Stock No. $ shown. up to 250 lbs. capacity. Made in
STANDARD STOOL. USA. IN STOCK.
Single-Paddle. Seat height and manual vertical and horizontal back adjustments. ESD HARD FLOOR
22–32" ESD Glides 4178119-S 4178128-S 394.00 GLIDES CASTERS
23–33" ESD Casters 4178219-S 4178228-S 420.00 Seat Stock Seat Stock
DELUXE STOOL. Description Height Number Height Number $
Dual-paddle. Independently adjust seat and back rest angle. Chair 16–21" 4279001-S 17–22" 4279002-S 193.00
22–32" ESD Glides 4178919-S 4178928-S 437.00 Stool 20–27.5" 4279101-S 21–28.5" 4279102-S 242.00
23–33" ESD Casters 4179019-S 4179028-S 465.00 Stool 23–33" 4279201-S 24–34" 4279202-S 242.00
12
YEAR
WARRANTY
Static-Control Seating
• Surface resistance of 108 ohms or less
• Polyurethane
• Pneumatic seat height adjustment
4236802-S chair with • 181/2"Wx17"D seat
5-star base and ESD • ESD glides and ESD hard floor casters available
casters. Choose a heavy-duty polished aluminum 5-star
base or a 16-ga. chrome-plated 5-legged tubular
steel base with 19" welded chrome footring. All
include adjustable backs and drop chain. Lifetime
warranty on the cylinder. Meets or exceeds
4237001-S stool with tubular ANSI/BIFMA standards, up to 250 lbs. capacity.
steel base and ESD glides. Made in USA. IN STOCK.
Base ESD GLIDES HARD FLOOR CASTERS
Type Seat Ht. Stock No. Seat Ht. Stock No. $
CHAIR
5-star base 16–21" 4236801-S 17–22" 4236802-S 378.00
Tubular steel 19–24" 4236901-S 20–25" 4236902-S 387.00
STOOL
Tubular steel 24–29" 4237001-S 25–30" 4237002-S 392.00
5-star base 22–32" 4237101-S* 23–33" 4237102-S* 415.00
*Includes 18" adjustable footring.
240
Shop Equipment | INDUSTRIAL SEATING 4
CLEAN-ROOM SEATING
LIFETIME
WARRANTY 12
YEAR
WARRANTY
Independent seat
tilt, backrest tilt, seat
height and backrest
height adjustments. Clean Room Stools
• Vinyl upholstery
• Pneumatic seat height adjustment
• 20"Wx17"D seat
MILAGON™ Stera Clean • Glides and casters available
Room/ESD Seating Meet the particulate goals of
• Vinyl upholstery Federal Standard 209 for either Class
• Pneumatic seat height adjustment 5688301-S 100 or Class 10,000 clean rooms.
• 191/4"Wx161/4"D seat shown 171/2"Wx161/2"H back; height adjusts
• Available with ESD glides or ESD up/down or in/out manually. 2"
self-braking casters thick seat. 18" dia. adjustable
Seat and back are hermetically bonded at chrome footring. Lifetime warranty
the back and bottom to meet Class 10 on pneumatic cylinder. Meets or
specifications. 161/4"Wx10"H back. Stool exceeds ANSI/BIFMA standards, up
comes with 20" dia. all-welded ESD to 250 lbs. capacity. Made in USA.
footring. Conductivity is within 105 ohms. IN STOCK. 4168618-S shown
Independent seat tilt, backrest tilt, seat with casters.
height and backrest height adjustments. Seat Base BLUE BLACK
All metal parts are chrome plated. Meets Height Type Stock No. Stock No. $
or exceeds ANSI/BIFMA standards, up to CLASS 10,000 CLEAN ROOM STOOLS
250 lbs. capacity. Made in USA. 22–32" Glides 4168518-S 4168529-S 246.00
Seat ESD FLOOR GLIDES ESD CASTERS 23–33" Casters 4168618-S 4168629-S 248.00
Height Description Stock No. $ Stock No. $ CLASS 100 CLEAN ROOM STOOLS
17–24" Chair 5688201-S 529.00 5688202-S 626.00 22–32" Glides 4165918-S 4165929-S 299.00
24–34" Stool 5688301-S 647.00 5688302-S 762.00 22–32" Casters 4166018-S 4166029-S 303.00
WASH-DOWN SEATING
LIFETIME
WARRANTY
MILAGON™ EDJ
Stainless Steel Seating
• Soft polyurethane
• Concentric tapered stem manual seat height adjustment
• 171/2"Wx161/2"D seat
• Available with glides only
Designed for wet, corrosive environments or areas that require
wash downs. 16"Wx17"H back. Adjustable seat angle and
backrest tilt. All metal parts are stainless steel. Stool includes
an adjustable stainless steel footrest. Meets or exceeds
ANSI/BIFMA standards, up to 250 lbs. capacity.
Seat Stock
5685800-S chair shown. Height Description Number $
5685900-S stool shown. 17–24" Chair 5685800-S 1275.00
24–34" Stool 5685900-S 1330.00
SHOP STOOLS
5
YEAR Choose with or without backrest and
WARRANTY
with or without adjustable-height legs.
B A
D
C
242
Shop Equipment | STOOLS 4
SHOP STOOLS
Diesel Series
Industrial Seating
• 13- and 15-gauge steel with
vinyl insert
• Threaded stem manual seat
height adjustment
• 14" dia. seat
• Rubber feet
Choose either the bell-shaped high
base or the open low base. Optional
121/2"Wx7"H leather upholstered
back. Clear coated pewter colored
finish. Meets or exceeds ANSI/BIFMA A B C D
standards up to 250 lbs. capacity.
IN STOCK.
Key Description Seat Height Stock No. $
CHAIRS
A With Back 16–22" 4041200-S 143.00
B No Back 16–22" 4041100-S 92.30
STOOLS WITH FOOTRING
C With Back 221/2–27" 4041000-S 154.00
D No Back 221/2–27" 4040900-S 105.00
Stools
Description Seat Height Stock No. $ Optional Backs
Wood seat stool 191/2–33" 4988500-T 79.00 Description Stock No. $
Vinyl seat stool 201/2–34" 4988600-T 78.00 Wood back 4991100-T 23.00
Polyurethane seat stool 191/2–33" 4988700-T 83.00 Vinyl back 4991200-T 22.60
MECHANICS’ STOOLS
12
YEAR
WARRANTY
B C
A D
Mobile Stools
• Polyurethane
• Pneumatic seat height adjustment
• 15" dia. seat
• Hard floor casters or polyurethane casters
Utility Stools Available with tool tray or without. Lifetime warranty on cylinder. Made in USA.
• Polyurethane or fabric upholstery
C. Maintenance Repair Stool. Includes steel tool tray. 5-legged base with
• Full-ring pneumatic seat height adjustment
locking 3" polyurethane casters. Meets or exceeds applicable ANSI/BIFMA
• 131/2" dia. seat
standards up to 250 lbs. capacity. IN STOCK.
• Dual-wheel casters
151/2" dia. plastic tool tray and 5-star base. Meets or exceeds applicable Seat Height Stock No. $
ANSI/BIFMA standards up to 250 lbs. capacity. Made in USA. IN STOCK. 15–20" 4201900-S 179.00
Key Seat Height Stock No. $ D. Utility Stool. Five-star reinforced plastic base with dual wheel
POLYURETHANE SEAT hard floor casters. Meets or exceeds applicable ANSI/BIFMA standards.
A 16–201/2" 4203000-S 103.00 IN STOCK.
3" THICK FABRIC SEAT Seat Height Stock No. $
B 18–221/2" 4203100-S 109.00 153/4–203/4" 4201000-S 121.00
STAPLETON STAPLETON
Crawler Mechanics’ Roller Seat Pneumatic Roller Seat
• Vinyl padded upholstery • Vinyl upholstery
• Fixed seat height • Pneumatic seat height adjustment
• 14"Wx8"D seat • 12" dia. seat
• 21/2" casters • 21/2" swivel casters
2" thick seat. 153/4x14" tool and parts tray and Includes 3/4" square tubular steel base and divided
powder coated steel frame. Meets or exceeds tool tray. Meets or exceeds applicable ANSI
applicable ANSI standards up to 250 lbs. capacity. standards up to 250 lbs. capacity. Made in USA.
Made in USA. IN STOCK. IN STOCK.
Seat Height Stock No. $ Seat Height Stock No. $
14" 4163300-V 51.00 14–181/2" 4163700-V 80.70
244
Shop Equipment | WORKBENCH ACCESSORIES 4
Industrial Footrests
• 18"Wx12"D platform
Sit/Stand Stool Sit/Stand Stool • Adjusts 3–16" high
• Soft form-molded polyurethane • Polyurethane Elevated platform improves circulation. Meet or
• Pneumatic seat height adjustment • Manual seat height adjustment exceed applicable ANSI/BIFMA standards.
• 13"Wx13"D seat • 14"Wx9"D seat FACTORY QUICK SHIP.
• Floor pods Padded 2" thick seat swivels 16° and tilts forward Description Stock No. $
Meet or exceed applicable ANSI/BIFMA standards. to 15°. Meet or exceed applicable ANSI/BIFMA Platform is set
Made in USA. IN STOCK. standards. FACTORY QUICK SHIP. 4137200-S 116.00
at a 10° angle
Seat Height Stock No. $ Seat Height Stock No. $ Platform tilts from
4133800-S 155.00
23–33" 4190900-V 163.00 231/2–331/2" 4118600-R 290.00 10° to 35° angle
RED BINS YELLOW BINS GREEN BINS BLUE BINS STONE BINS
Bin Bin Stock Stock Stock Stock Stock
Qty. WxDxH Number Number Number Number Number $
24 41/8x53/8x3" 4891202-T 4891209-T 4891212-T 4891218-T 4891254-T 96.20
24 41/8x73/8x3" 4891302-T 4891309-T 4891312-T 4891318-T 4891354-T 121.00
12 51/2x107/8x5" 4891402-T 4891409-T 4891412-T 4891418-T 4891454-T 132.00
ESD Work
Surface Mats
• Place under micro-
circuitry components
• Abrasion-resistant Sani-Tuff®
non-glare surface
• 1/8" thick Cutting Boards
Surface to • Protects work surface
surface/surface to from damage
ground resistivity are 107 • Extra-thick rubber
ohms. Grounding cord • 1/2" and 3/4" thicknesses
must be purchased for Resilient material will
each mat. Optional wrist not crack, splinter, or
strap. Color: sky blue. absorb liquids or odors.
Made in USA. SELECTED Can be sanded down to
MODELS IN STOCK. reveal a smooth surface.
Materials have been
Size Stock No. $
approved to meet FDA
PRE-CUT SIZES
standards. NSF listed.
36"Wx24"D 5335018-S 49.10
Made in USA. FACTORY
48"Wx24"D 5335118-S 65.50
QUICK SHIP.
CUSTOM-CUT. Specify width up to 100'—priced/ft.
24"D 5347118-S 16.50 Size Stock No. $
25.70 /2" THICK
1
36"D 5356118-S
18"Wx12"D 5561900-S 31.00
3M Grounding Cord 20"Wx15"D 5562000-S 42.00
15' straight cord with solderless terminal on one end and a covered snap on the 24"Wx18"D 5562100-S 59.00
other end. Solderless terminal must be grounded. 3
/4" THICK
5356400-S $ ................................................................................................................................10.50 18"Wx12"D 5562200-S 44.00
Wrist Strap with 6' Cord 20"Wx15"D 5562300-S 59.00
5356500-S $ ....................................................................................................................................9.30 24"Wx18"D 5562400-S 87.00
Workbench Lighting
A. Fluorescent Magnifier Lamp.
5" diameter, 5-diopter precision lens. 45" arm reach. Rotates 360°. Includes 22-watt
circline fluorescent tube and table mounting bracket. Outlet in base. UL-listed. IN STOCK.
B. All-Steel Incandescent/Fluorescent Combo.
Complete with 22-watt fluorescent circline tube and 100-watt incandescent bulb. Triple
button switch allows combination or separate use. 45" arm reach. Rotate 360°. Includes
table mount bracket and outlet in base. UL-listed. IN STOCK.
BLACK WHITE
A Key Stock No. Stock No. $
B
A 4809929-U 4809930-U 105.00
B 4810029-U 4810030-U 97.00
C
D
E F
Overall Outlet Cord Stock
Key Lgth. Qty. Length Number $
G STANDARD OUTLET STRIPS
C 121/4" 6 6' 4640900-T 26.60
C 121/4" 6 15' 4641000-T 30.90
Multiple Item Outlet Strips JUMBO OUTLET STRIPS
• Master on/off switch D 48" 8 6' 4689000-T 73.30
• Accepts 3-prong outlets D 48" 8 15' 4689100-T 79.20
• 15-amp, 125V AC rating E 48" 16 6' 4689200-T 88.50
• UL listed, CSA approved F 72" 12 6' 4689600-T 71.60
Mount on wall or work bench. Jumbo Strips (D–F) include lightweight aluminum housing. SURGE SUPPRESSOR OUTLET STRIPS
Surge Protectors (G) features 330-volt UL1449 clamping level, suppressor indicator light, G 131/4" 6 6' 4689900-T 52.30
push-to-reset circuit breakers, and lighted power switch. IN STOCK. G 131/4" 6 15' 4690000-T 57.10
246
Shop Equipment | WORKBENCH ACCESSORIES 4
(See page 609 for Mat Selection Guide.)
Industrial
WorkSafe® Comfort Deck®
Mats Mats
• Effective in wet • For wet or dry
areas areas
• Grease-proof • Recycled PVC
rubber construction construction
• 7/8" thick • 7/8" thick
Unique compound Extra-resilient mat
resists mineral oil provides safe footing
based cutting fluids. and chemical Drainage Mats
Chemical-resistant resistance. Includes elevated, studded surface ribs and • For wet, dry, and moderately greasy areas
CFR compound. drainage holes. 6" wide ramps on three sides. Made in • All-purpose rubber construction
Textured surface. Molded-in safety borders. USA. SELECTED MODELS IN STOCK. • 1/2" thick
IN STOCK. ORANGE YELLOW Beveled edges. Color: black. IN STOCK.
ORANGE YELLOW BORDER BORDER Size Stock No. $
BORDER BORDER Size Stock No. Stock No. $ 24x36" 5325000-S* 29.10
Size Stock No. Stock No. $ 30x36" 5392506-T 5392509-T 71.90 36x36" 5319100-S* 44.80
24x36" 5319006-S 5319009-S 84.90 30x48" 5392606-T 5392609-T 91.90 36x60" 5313700-S 47.30
36x48" 5319206-S 5319209-S 152.00 30x60" 5392706-T 5392709-T 116.00 36x120" 5318100-S 133.00
36x60" 5319706-S 5319709-S 171.00 30x72" 5392806-T 5392809-T 135.00 36x240" 5322800-S 273.00
36x116" 5319906-S 5319909-S 302.00 30x96" 5392906-T 5392909-T 170.00 *Beveled on 3 sides only.
Electrically Conductive
Anti-Fatigue Mats
WeldSafe® Mats • Use in dry areas at risk for damage from static
• For welding areas Static-Dissipative electricity
• Rubber surface with Anti-Fatigue Mats • Diamond plate surface with Nitricell sponge
natural rubber sponge • For dry areas at risk from static electricity base
base • Vinyl surface with Nitricell sponge base • 9/16" thick
• 1/2" thick • 1/2" thick Will drain an electric charge of 20,000 volts in less
Repels sparks and hot metal Resistance to ground and volume resistivity is 107 than one second. Volume resistivity and
shards. Safety beveled ohm. Mat should be grounded for maximum resistance to ground is 106 ohms. Mat should be
edges. Made in USA. effectiveness. Color: gray. Made in USA. grounded for maximum effectiveness. Color:
FACTORY QUICK SHIP. Size Stock No. $ black. Made in USA.
Size Stock No. $ PRE-CUT SIZES Size Stock No. $
PRE-CUT SIZES 36x60" 5313000-S 174.00 PRE-CUT SIZES
24x36" 5358300-T 41.90 CUSTOM-CUT. 36x60" 5370300-T 160.00
36x60" 5358600-T 105.00 Specify length up to 75'—priced/ft. CUSTOM-CUT.
CUSTOM CUT. 36"W 5305300-S 38.90 Specify length up to 75'—Priced/ft.
Specify length up to 75'—priced/ft. 48"W 5305400-S 51.90 36"W 5370400-T 36.50
36"W 5358900-T 23.00 5301700-S Ground Cord. $ ............................................9.20 5370900-T Ground Cord. $ ............................................9.20
FREE!
Big Foot
Sample
2000001-S
Free 14"Lx53/4"W
mat sample
available. Call for
yours today!
Solid Gray
Dual-density
sponge base
Ergo-Stance® Mats
• For all dry work areas
• Rubber top with low- and high-density rubber
Waffle-Base sponge strips that alternate every 12"
Anti-Fatigue Mats • 1/2" thick
• Use around chemicals or in wet or dry areas Dual-density sponge base subtly shifts worker‘s
• Rubber construction weight from leg to leg for maximum anti-fatigue
• 1/2" or 3/4" thick support. Beveled safety edges. Made in USA. Specify
Skid-resistant surface. Flame-resistant. Color: black. color: (18) blue, (27) gray, (29) black. (18) BLUE AND
Made in USA. IN STOCK. (29) BLACK ARE IN STOCK.
Ortho Stand® Mats Size Stock No. $
Size Stock No.
PRE-CUT
$
248
Shop Equipment | WORKBENCH ACCESSORIES 4
(See page 609 for Mat Selection Guide.)
5
YEAR
WARRANTY
Cushion Station
Anti-Fatigue Mats
• For dry or wet areas where grease and
oil are present
• Closed-cell Nitrile rubber foam
• 7/16" thick
Treated with an anti-microbial agent for
lifetime protection. Anti-static and safe to
use at welding stations. Made in USA.
FACTORY QUICK SHIP.
Size Stock No. $
2x3.2' 5794300-S 32.20
3.2x5.3' 5794400-S 100.00
3.2x8.3' 5794500-S 157.00
3.2x12.3' 5794600-S 240.00
3.2x16.1' 5794700-S 319.00
4x5.92' 5794800-S 141.00 Mat includes drainage holes for
4x8.3' 5794900-S 199.00 superior performance in wet areas.
NOTE: Other sizes available, call for information. 3.2x12.3' mat shown.
Steel Toolboards
2" thick reinforced steel panels hold up to 160 lbs. Perfo panels accept lock-on hooks, clips, and
accessories; louvered panels hold plastic bins. May be attached to a wall (fasteners not included) or to a
tool trolley base (attachment kit included with tool trolley). Sold in packages of 2. Order accessories and
bins separately. Color: blue. Made in USA. IN STOCK.
Overall PERFO PANELS LOUVERED PANELS COMBO PERFO/LOUVERED
WxH Stock No. $ Pkg. Stock No. $ Pkg. Stock No. $ Pkg.
20x18" 4881618-S 51.80 — — 4881818-S 52.40
39x18" 4874818-S 137.00 4874918-S 141.00 4881918-S 96.60
59x18" 4881718-S 137.00 — — 4882418-S 140.00
4875000-S 12-piece set includes: (1) 2.17"W tool flex clamp; (1) 2.44"W tool flex clamp; (5) 2.4" dia. ring hooks;
Lock-On Toolholder Sets (5) 6"L cable hooks. $ ......................................................................................................................................................46.40
4875100-S 38-piece set includes: (1) 8-slot wrench rack; (1) 7-spot screwdriver rack; (1) drill-bit holder;
All-in-one kits. Industrial-grade, zinc-plated heavy steel (10) 1"L single hooks; (10) 2"L single hooks; (5) 1"L double hooks; (5) .24" dia. single spring clips;
units lock on to panels and will not come out when (5) 3"L single hooks. $...................................................................................................................................................117.00
tools are removed. Hook ends are protected with 4875200-S 68-piece set includes: (1) 8-slot wrench rack; (1) 7-spot screwdriver rack; (1) drill-bit holder;
plastic caps. IN STOCK. (10) 1"L single hooks; (10) 2"L single hooks; (10) 1"L double-hooks; (10) .24" dia. single spring clips;
(10) 3"L single hooks; (5) 2"L double hooks (5) 3"L double hooks; (5) 5" dia. single spring clips.
$ ...........................................................................................................................................................................................179.00
Bin Sets. IN STOCK. Steel Bin Strips. Secures storage bins to perfo
panel. Bins not included. See pages 152–154 to
order bins. Made in USA.
Overall Width Stock No. $
4" 4978400-S 3.62
18" 4978500-S 9.70
36" 4978600-S 17.30
Tip-Out Bins.
Plastic bins tilt 45° for easy
access to stored parts. Steel Tray Shelves. With plastic bin cups in
different sizes. Made in USA.
Removable.
Overall Bin Stock
Bin Bin Overall Stock WxDxH Qty. Number $
Qty. WxDxH WxDxH Number $ 9x6x2" 7 4978700-S 23.60
9 23/16x13/4x21/2" 235/8x21/2x31/8" 4979100-S 29.00 17x6x2" 12 4978800-S 36.60
6 31/2x25/8x33/4" 235/8x35/8x41/2" 4979400-S 37.80 NOTE: See facing page for a tray shelf
5 41/4x33/4x53/4" 235/8x51/4x61/2" 4979600-S 53.50 without bins.
250
Shop Equipment | WORKBENCH ACCESSORIES 4
B
A C E F
D
Hooks . Zinc plated. (A–E) sold in packages of 10, (F) sold in packages of 5.
A. 4889100-S Single straight, 1" long hook.. $ Pkg. 14.70. $ Pkg. (30+)..................14.00 E. 4889500-S 3/4" wide single-spring clip. $ Pkg. 20.20. $ Pkg. (30+) .......................19.20
B. 4889200-S Single straight, 3" long hook.. $ Pkg. 17.00. $ Pkg. (20+)..................16.20 F. 4905900-S 4"L Cable Hook. $ Pkg. 22.80. $ Pkg. (10+).............................................21.70
C. 4889300-S Double straight, 2" long hook.. $ Pkg. 31.30. $ Pkg. (10+) ...............29.70 F. 4906700-S 6"L Cable Hook. $ Pkg. 24.10. $ Pkg. (10+).............................................22.90
D. 4889400-S Plier hook, 13/8" wide.. $ Pkg. 29.70. $ Pkg. (15+) .................................28.20 F. 4907100-S 8"L Cable Hook. $ Pkg. 25.70. $ Pkg. (10+).............................................24.40
G H I J
K L
N
Shelves. Steel shelves hold documents, spray bottles or other supplies. 40-lb. capacity. Painted finish. Color:
gray. Made in USA.
Key Description Size Stock No. $
K Tray Shelf 17"Wx6"Dx2"H 4979000-S 21.90
K Tray Shelf 9"Wx6"Dx2"H 4978900-S 14.70
L Sloping Parts Shelf 17"Wx6"D 4932600-S 21.70
L Sloping Parts Shelf 35"Wx6"D 4932700-S 37.70
L Sloping Parts Shelf 17"Wx10"D 4932800-S 30.80
L Sloping Parts Shelf 36"Wx10"D 4932900-S 52.50
M Angled Document Holder 18"Wx14"H (double letter size) 4932500-S 36.80
N Vertical Document Holder 9"Wx12"H (letter size) 4929600-S 16.60
A B C D E
Shown with
optional doors.
252
Shop Equipment | WORKBENCH ACCESSORIES 4
Does not
include hooks.
Retractable Toolboard
Adds tool storage to your workbench or mobile
workcenter. Gas cylinder mechanism raises
sliding toolboard on telescopic runners. Push
back into closed position. Secured by locking
handle. Made in USA. IN STOCK.
Overall Stock
WxDxH Number $
351/2x5x18" 4950900-S 413.00
Mobile Workbench
Cabinet interior includes perfo panels on
rear wall and doors. Two-point locking Perfo-Tool Trolley
handle. Work surface is lined with a All-steel unit accepts up to three perforated or louvered
rubber mat. Two fixed, two swivel casters panels per side. Mounted end handles maneuver unit on
with brakes. Made in USA. IN STOCK. four casters. 64-lb. capacity. Trolley frame only; for use
Description Overall WxDxH Stock No. $ with 39"Wx18"H panels sold on page 250. Color: gray.
Mobile workbench 39x16x44" 4950700-S 891.00 Made in USA. IN STOCK.
Mobile workbench with Overall WxDxH Stock No. $
39x16x44" 4950800-S 1305.00
retractable toolboard 391/4x251/2x63" 4876027-S 512.00
One starter
and two
add-ons
shown.
J H
®
Magnum
Workbench System
I • 16- to 18-gauge steel cabinets and bench
G components; 20-gauge steel drawers
• Cabinet padlock hasp; cylinder drawer locks
• Set-up
Cabinets can be mounted together in-line to create a
custom storage system. Cabinets include adjustable
tilted 300-lb. capacity shelves with front retaining lip
and full-length door pulls. Lifetime warranty against
defects under normal use. Gray powder coat finish.
Made in USA.
$ .............................................................................................................................................................................379.00 $................................................................................1165.00
I. 5619600-R Drawer. 150-lb. capacity.. Includes non-slip drawer liners and keyed lock. 40.8"Wx16"Dx3.5"H 5619200-R Without Doors. 48"Wx211/2"Dx79"H. 5 shelves.
$ .............................................................................................................................................................................136.00 $ .................................................................................871.00
254
Shop Equipment | CABINET WORKBENCHES 4
Basic Bench with Maple Top, Sliding
Door, and Drawer Inserts.
Modular Workbenches
• 18- and 20-gauge steel components
• Multiple top materials available
• Push-in cylinder door lock; single-point
cylinder drawer lock
• Unassembled
Add sliding doors or drawers depending on
your workplace needs. Includes two end
panels, back panel, center panel, and two
adjustable shelves. Four top choices.
13/4" thick butcher block maple top is
edge-grained, laminated clear through and
warp-resistant. 11/2" thick Shop-Mate top has a
hard resincore particleboard surface with a
compressed wood core. Sealed with a vinyl
coating. 13/4" thick plastic top has lumber core
and high-pressure laminated surface. Smooth
12-gauge steel top. Bench color: tan. Made in
USA. IN STOCK.
Overall MAPLE TOP SHOP-MATE TOP PLASTIC TOP STEEL TOP WITHOUT TOP
WxDxH Stock No. $ Stock No. $ Stock No. $ Stock No. $ Stock No. $
60x30x341/4" 5484501-S 552.00 5484502-S 472.00 5484503-S 501.00 5484504-S 424.00 5484505-S 318.00
72x30x341/4" 5484601-S 640.00 5484602-S 550.00 5484603-S 577.00 5484604-S 497.00 5484605-S 365.00
Sliding Doors.
Two doors with built-in locks. Can be used with drawer inserts.
Color: tan.
Description Stock No. $ pair
For 60" Cabinet 5484700-S 158.00
For 72" Cabinet 5484800-S 164.00
Drawer Inserts.
Use on either side or both sides. 50-lb. capacity. Includes six drawers,
brackets, and mounting hardware. May be used with sliding door kits.
Color: tan. Sold in packages of 6.
Description Stock No. $ pkg.
Basic Bench with Maple Top
For 60" Cabinet 5485300-S 328.00 Basic Bench with Maple Top
and Drawer Inserts
For 72" Cabinet 5485400-S 359.00
1
2 Optional Accessories
May be added to 60"W or 72"W cabinet-style workbenches. Adding optional accessories to your existing
Built-Rite workbench requires retrofitting. Separate overhead cabinet compartments are keyed
3 differently. Can be opened inside to each other and keyed alike, upon request. Overhead frame is
required for all accessories. Specify color: (18) blue, (22) beige, (27) gray, (29) black.
Key Description Stock No. $
Fully 1 60" Overhead Frame 54905-S 117.00
accessorized
5 60" cabinet 1 72" Overhead Frame 54906-S 120.00
shown.
4 2 48" Shop Light (w/o bulbs)* 54907-S 71.80
256
Shop Equipment | PEDESTAL WORKBENCHES 4
Pedestal Workstations
• 14- and 19-gauge steel cabinet; 14-, 16- and 19-gauge
components
• 150-lb. capacity drawers
• 100% extension drawers
• All-welded
13/4" thick tops have a rounded comfort edge. Units are available
as complete workbenches or as separate cabinet pedestals.
Complete bench includes drawer dividers/partitions. (A)–(C)
pedestal cabinets are 223/16"Wx281/2"Dx331/2"H (including 6" base).
Narrow body pedestal 5-drawer cabinets (D) & (E) are 167/8"W.
Color: bright blue. Made in USA. Specify top: (01) maple, (02) A 9-drawer pedestal with
hardwood, (03) plastic laminate, (04) ESD, (06) Duratop II. IN STOCK. hardwood top.
Individual Cabinet Pedestal Drawer Units. See pages 270 and 271 for tops. IN STOCK.
4-Drawer Pedestal.
223/16"Wx281/2"Dx331/2"H. Drawer quantities and front heights:
(1) 27/8"H with 23/8" usable height; (1) 37/8"H with 33/8" usable height;
Narrow-body 5-
(1) 47/8"H with 43/8" usable height; (1) 111/2"H with 11" usable height.
drawer pedestal
5432000-S Without partitions. $............................................................883.00 Electronic Riser Shelf
with ESD top.
5372400-S Partitions included. $ .........................................................1005.00 with Backstop.
5-Drawer Pedestal. Included with style (E)—
223/16"Wx281/2"Dx331/2"H. Drawer quantities and front heights: optional for styles (A)–(D).
(1) 27/8"H with 23/8" usable height; (1) 37/8"H with 33/8" usable height; Built-in 6-plug electrical outlet
(1) 47/8"H with 43/8" usable height; (2) 53/4"H with 51/4" usable height. strip with master on/off switch
5432300-S Without partitions. $...........................................................941.00 and circuit breaker. 110V, 15
5373700-S Partitions included. $ ........................................................1070.00 amp. UL- and CSA-approved.
Narrow-Body 5-Drawer Pedestal. Specify top: (03) plastic
167/8"Wx281/2"Dx331/2"H. Drawer quantities and front heights: (2) 27/8" laminate, (04) ESD.
with 23/8" usable height; (1) 37/8" with 33/8" usable height; (1) 53/4" with Overall Stock 03 PLASTIC LAMINATE 04 ESD
51/4" usable height; (1) 73/4" with 71/4" usable height. WxDxH Number $ $
5340000-S Without partitions. $ ...........................................................850.00 60x15x16” 53739-S 425.00 454.00
5375700-S Partitions included. $ ..........................................................942.00 72x15x16” 53856-S 440.00 477.00
A B C
D AE AF
A
G H I
258
Shop Equipment | PEDESTAL WORKBENCHES 4
A C D E F
B
Workbench Components
Individual Pedestals . 18"Wx21"Dx32"H (including 4"H base). Dimensions
below are usuable interior space. Made in Canada. IN STOCK. E. 5534200-S Four-Drawer Cabinet Including File Drawer.
(2) 15"Wx20"Dx2"H drawers, (1) 15"Wx20"Dx5"H drawer and (1)
15"Wx20"Dx11"H file drawer.
A. 5417000-S Cabinet. 163/4"Wx20"Dx23"H with internal adjustable shelf.
$ ...........................................................................................................................469.00
$ ............................................................................................................................250.00
F. 5564500-S Five-Drawer Cabinet. (2) 15"Wx20"Dx2"H drawers, (3) 15"Wx20"Dx5"H
B. 5564400-S Two-Drawer Cabinet with One Door. (2) 15"Wx20"Dx5"H drawers,
drawers.$ ..........................................................................................................509.00
(1) 163/4"Wx20"Dx11"H cabinet.$ .............................................................343.00
C. 5417100-S Three-Drawer Cabinet Including File Drawer.(2) 15"Wx20"Dx5"H Fixed-Height Bench Leg. Compatible with pedestal system.
drawers, (1) 15"Wx20"Dx11"H file drawer. 5544900-S 27"Wx32"H. $.....................................................................................................39.90
$ ............................................................................................................................413.00 Optional Locking Features:
D. 5417700-S Four-Drawer Cabinet. (4) 15"Wx20"Dx5"H drawers. 5527400-S Cabinet Door Lock. $ .........................................................................................8.90
$ ............................................................................................................................437.00 5534300-S Drawer Lock. $...................................................................................................10.00
Workbench Tops. Made in USA. IN STOCK.
G H I J K
1 /4" Butcher
3
1 /4" Genuine
3
1 /4" Laminate Top
3
11/4" ESD Top 1 /4" Steel Top
3
Block Maple Top Shop-Mate Top White leather laminate surface Industrial-grade 12-ga. painted steel.
Wear-resistant Varnique finish. Strong, smooth phenolic with strong edge-glued particleboard core.
resincore top and bottom with lumber core.
high strength lumber core.
Top G. MAPLE 13/4" H. SHOP-MATE 13/4" I. LAMINATE 13/4" J. ESD 11/4" K. STEEL 13/4"
WxD Stock No. $ Stock No. $ Stock No. $ Stock No. $ Stock No. $
60x30" 5564600-T 255.00 5564800-T 148.00 5565000-T 177.00 5565200-T 184.00 5565400-T 198.00
72x30" 5564700-T 303.00 5564900-T 177.00 5565100-T 212.00 5565300-T 220.00 5565500-T 213.00
Workbench Accessories
Accessory supports screw directly into either 60" or 72" workbench top. 28"Wx15"Dx16"H platform or a monitor arm with support post and bracket that
overhead cabinet has a flip-up door. Magnifier light includes adapter arm for placement holds most flat panel monitors. Both have a 2311/16x81/2" keyboard
anywhere along accessory supports. Precision 45" balanced reach light has 5", 5-diopter tray. Made in Canada. IN STOCK.
lens and includes 22-watt fluorescent tube. Power channels are rated at 15 amps and
include on/off switch and built-in circuit breaker. Choose either a 133/4x133/4" monitor
Key Description Stock No. $
2
1 Accessory Supports (1 set) 5566000-S* 216.00 3
2 Overhead Light & Support Arms 5566100-S 375.00 4 5
3 Tool Rail and Trolley 5566200-S† 150.00 6 7
Perforated Steel Panel 1
4 5566300-S 90.60
1
/4" holes (hooks not included)
Locking Overhead Storage Cabinet
13
5 5566400-S 286.00 9
(dividers not included)
12
6 Tiltable Shelf, 0–15° (div. not incl.) 5566500-S 36.70
7 Divider, for Tiltable Shelf & Cabinet (1 ea.) 5566600-S 8.60 8
8 Bin Rail (bins not included) 5566700-S 22.50
9 Tool Tray (hangs from bin rail) 5566800-S 20.30 10
10 Magnifier Light with Clamp 5566900-S 78.00
11 Power Channel, 6 outlets, 15 amp 5567000-S 136.00
Tiltable Pan Shelf, 0–30° in 5 positions, 14
12 5567100-S 114.00
incl. rubber mat 11
Vertical Power Channel, 5 outlets,
13 5567200-S 89.80
15 amp
Monitor Platform with Keyboard Tray,
14 5567300-S 231.00
50-lb. cap.
Flat Planel Monitor Arm with Keyboard Tray,
** 5564100-S 240.00 60"W bench
50-lb. cap. Accessories can be
*Accessory support is required for all other options. **Not shown. retro-fitted to any shown.
† (#2) overhead light and support arms are required. bench.
Ships same day for Ships 1–5 days
1–3 day delivery 259
4 Shop Equipment | PEDESTAL WORKBENCHES
Pedestal Workbenches
1 • 16- to 24-gauge pedestals
• 70-lb. capacity drawers
2 • Nylon roller drawer glides
• Locking pedestal drawers and cabinet
• All-welded components
Choose the bench to fit your needs then customize
with optional accessories. 15"Wx24"Dx32"H
pedestals. Cabinets include one adjustable shelf
and keyed lock. Drawers can be removed and have
5 recessed handles. Choose one of five 13/4" thick
3 tops: maple with wear-resistant Varnique finish;
Duratop II with thick MDF core and 62-lb. resincore
72x30", 3217300-S shown with top and bottom with catalyzed finish; plastic
4 optional 5840927-S electric laminate with 45-lb. particleboard core; ESD with
riser, 5841127-S lower electric static dissipative laminate surface and 45-lb.
panel, and 3222700-S back and density particleboard core; or 12-gauge steel.
end stops. IN STOCK.
Available Component
and Accessory Colors:
NEW Style B
Style A Style C
Complete Workbenches
Color: medium gray.
STYLE A STYLE B STYLE C
Bench 60x30" 72x30" 60x30" 72x30" 60x30" 72x30"
Top Surface Stock Stock Stock Stock Stock Stock
Description Height Number $ Number $ Number $ Number $ Number $ Number $
Maple 34" 3216600-S 698.00 3217100-S 746.00 3220000-S 818.00 3220500-S 848.00 3224700-S 563.00 3225200-S 607.00
Duratop II 34" 3216700-S 635.00 3217200-S 677.00 3220100-S 765.00 3220600-S 603.00 3224800-S 506.00 3225300-S 544.00
Plastic Lam. 34" 3216800-S 512.00 3217300-S 540.00 3220200-S 607.00 3220700-S 635.00 3224900-S 444.00 3225400-S 475.00
ESD 34" 3216900-S 617.00 3217400-S 654.00 3220300-S 751.00 3220800-S 784.00 3225000-S 521.00 3225500-S 558.00
Steel 34" 3217000-S 609.00 3217500-S 626.00 3220400-S 730.00 3220900-S 750.00 3225100-S 467.00 3225600-S 495.00
260
Shop Equipment | PEDESTAL WORKBENCHES 4
C
Complete Workbenches
Each bench features a maple, shop-mate, or plastic
laminate top and pedestal/leg combination pictured.
Style (A) and (B) benches include two tops to achieve
full width. Made in USA. IN STOCK.
Top Maple Shop-Mate Plastic Laminate
WxD Stock No. $ Stock No. $ Stock No. $
Shown with laminate top.
STYLE A
120x30" 5572400-T 1065.00 5572600-T 906.00 5574700-T 965.00
144x30" 5572500-T 1150.00 5572700-T 976.00 5572800-T 1040.00
STYLE B
120x30" 5573500-T 1220.00 5573700-T 1065.00 5573900-T 1120.00
1280.00 1135.00 1195.00
BB
144x30" 5573600-T 5573800-T 5574000-T
STYLE C
60x30" 5568400-S 842.00 5568600-S 760.00 5568800-S 789.00
72x30" 5568500-S 889.00 5568700-S 795.00 5568900-S 829.00 Shown with maple top.
D E F
D. 13/4" “Butcher Block” Maple Top. E. 13/4" Genuine Shop-Mate Top. F. 13/4" Laminate Top.
Wear-resistant Varnique finish. Phenolic resincore top and bottom with high White leather laminate surface with edge-glued
strength lumber core. lumber core.
Workbench Tops
Overall D. MAPLE 13/4" E. SHOP-MATE 13/4" F. LAMINATE 13/4"
WxD Stock No. $ Stock No. $ Stock No. $
60x30" 5325600-V 255.00 5326100-T 149.00 5325900-T 177.00
72x30" 5325700-V 303.00 5326200-T 178.00 5326000-T 212.00
G H I L M
SAME-DAY SHIPPING
on in-stock products!
Deluxe Bench
Shown in Gray
Standard Bench
Shown in Blue
All-Purpose Workbenches
• 13- to 14-gauge steel legs; 14-gauge steel stringer
• Unassembled
Leg height adjusts in 11/2" increments. Legs also include electrical knockouts. Choose either standard bench or deluxe model that includes stackable drawer, riser, back and
end stops, and 200-lb. capacity lower shelf. Made in USA. IN STOCK.
13/4" Maple Top. Varnique wear-resistant 13/4" Plastic Laminate Top. 45-lb. 13/4" Duratop II. Tempered 3/8" thick high- 11/2" Steel Top. 12-ga. worksurface is
finish. Square edge. industrial-grade particleboard core. High- density resincore top and bottom. reinforced with 14-ga. end channels.
pressure laminated surface. Square edge. Catalyzed finish resists conventional 200-lb. load rating per sq. ft. evenly
liquids. 1" thick MDF core. Comfort edge. distributed. Square edge.
262
Shop Equipment | INDUSTRIAL WORKBENCHES 4
A Riser
B Back & End Stops
E Drawer
D Lower
Shelf
C Stringer
Bench Components
Build a custom workbench using only the components you need for
your job. Made in USA. IN STOCK. C. Stringers
14-gauge steel.
Overall BLUE GRAY
A. Bench Riser Width Stock No. Stock No. $
16-gauge steel. 200-lb. capacity per sq. ft. evenly distributed. 48" 3325518-T 3325527-T 17.70
Overall BLUE GRAY 58" 5350618-T 5350627-T 16.60
Width Stock No. Stock No. $ 60" 5342018-T 5342027-T 21.00
48" 3322518-T 3322527-T 44.90 70" 5350718-T 5350727-T 20.50
60" 5300318-T 5300327-T 47.00 72" 5342518-T 5342527-T 22.90
72" 5300218-T 5300227-T 52.30 94" 5310318-T 5310327-T 32.80
Premier Benches
• 14-gauge steel legs; 15–16-gauge steel components
• Unassembled
Double braced legs with leveling feet. Five, high-quality 13/4" thick bench tops are
available. All complete benches are painted blue. Accessories available in blue or
beige. Made in USA. IN STOCK.
Hardwood Top. Natural Laminated Maple Top. Virtually Shop-Mate Multi-Layer Top. Hard Plastic Laminate Top. High- Duratop II. 3/8" thick high-density
Appalachian red oak with indestructible. Varnique wear- glass-smooth high-density strength lumber core with high- phenolic resincore top and
Varnique semi-gloss finish. Bull- resistant finish. Comfort edge. phenolic resincore surface with pressure laminate surface. 180° bottom coated with a catalyzed
nose front edge. high-strength lumber core. radius front edge. finish to resist conventional
liquids. Strong 1" thick MDF core.
Complete Benches. Color: blue.
Top Bench HARDWOOD TOP MAPLE TOP SHOPMATE TOP PLASTIC TOP DURATOP II
WxD Surface Height Stock No. $ Stock No. $ Stock No. $ Stock No. $ Stock No. $
STANDARD BENCH—Includes top, legs, and stringer. Specify type of top.
60x30" 313/4–353/4" 5469801-U 390.00 5469802-U 365.00 5469803-U 269.00 5469805-U 309.00 5469806-U 320.00
72x30" 313/4–353/4" 5469901-U 435.00 5469902-U 414.00 5469903-U 318.00 5469905-U 365.00 5469906-U 379.00
72x36" 313/4–353/4" 5470001-U 500.00 5470002-U 469.00 5470003-U 377.00 5470005-U 429.00 5470006-U 445.00
DELUXE BENCH fully accessorized as shown. Specify type of top.
60x30" 313/4–353/4" 5446001-U 646.00 5446002-U 670.00 5446003-U 549.00 5446005-U 584.00 5446006-U 603.00
72x30" 313/4–353/4" 5446101-U 732.00 5446102-U 742.00 5446103-U 632.00 5446105-U 652.00 5446106-U 672.00
72x36" 313/4–353/4" 5446201-U 808.00 5446202-U 814.00 5446203-U 714.00 5446205-U 736.00 5446206-U 759.00
Bench Accessories. Specify color: (18) blue, (23) beige Stringers. Prevents bench from spreading.
Riser. Includes 2 shelves and dividers which make up 3 equal Overall Width Stock No. $
compartments. 101/2"D with 2" backstop that extends 12" 60" 54614-U 20.80
above top overall. 72" 54619-U 27.70
Overall Stock
Heavy-Duty Legs. Has additional horizontal brace. Legs adjust from 30–34" in 1"
Width Number $
increments.
60" 54595-U 93.70
72" 54600-U 107.00 Overall Depth Stock No. $
30" 54696-U 54.30
Back and End Stops. Extends 3" above top. 36" 54697-U 59.70
Overall Stock
WxD Number $ Drawer. 20-ga. drawer with 18-ga. front.
60x30" 54604-U 44.00 Removable padlock attachment
72x30" 54606-U 47.50 and provision for cylinder lock.
72x36" 54609-U 54.00 171/4"Wx20"Dx65/8"H.
Lower Shelf. 15" deep. Workbench has capability for 54562-U $ .......................................................59.00
two lower shelves.
Optional Cylinder Locks. Shown with optional cylinder lock.
Overall Stock
Width Number $ Description Stock No. $
60" 54585-U 58.60 Keyed Alike 5442801-U 6.90
72" 54590-U 63.40 Keyed Differently 5442802-U 6.90
264
Shop Equipment | INDUSTRIAL WORKBENCHES 4
Deluxe Workbenches
• 16-gauge steel legs, riser, and lower shelf; 15-gauge steel stringer;
20-gauge steel drawer
• Unassembled
Fully accessorized workbench has everything you need to complete job
tasks. 3"H back and end stops. 15"D lower shelf, 101/2"D riser with 2"
back stop sits 12" above bench top. 171/4x20x61/2"H stacking drawer has
removable padlock attachment and space for cylinder lock. Legs adjust
in 1" increments. Double electrical knockouts on front and back. Six top
choices: 11/2" maple with penetrating oil finish; 13/4" maple with wear-
resistant Varnique finish; 13/4" Appalachian red oak hardwood with
Varnique semi-gloss finish and bullnose edge; 13/4" Shop-Mate with
high strength lumber core and high density phenolic resincore top and
bottom; 13/4" plastic laminate face on 3/8" hardboard with a strong
lumber core; or 13/4", 12-ga. steel. Made in USA. IN STOCK.
Complete Benches Specify top WxD: (01) 48x30", (02) 60x30", (03) 72x30", (04) 72x36".
Plastic
11/2" Maple 13/4" Maple Hardwood Shop-Mate Laminate
Bench GRAY COMPONENTS BEIGE COMPONENTS
Surface Top Stock (01) 48x30" (02) 60x30" (03) 72x30" (04) 72x36" Stock (02) 60x30" (03) 72x30" (04) 72x36"
Height Description Number $ $ $ $ Number $ $ $
301/2–341/2" 11/2" Maple 53888-U — 440.00 491.00 536.00 54217-U 440.00 491.00 536.00
303/4–343/4" 13/4" Maple 53042-U 464.00 522.00 589.00 644.00 54155-U 522.00 589.00 644.00
303/4–343/4" 13/4" Hardwood 53154-U — 552.00 620.00 683.00 54164-U 552.00 620.00 683.00
303/4–343/4" 13/4" Shop-Mate 53158-U — 442.00 500.00 553.00 54274-U 442.00 500.00 553.00
303/4–343/4" 13/4" Plastic 53298-U — 425.00 467.00 514.00 54386-U 425.00 467.00 504.00
303/4–343/4" 12 ga. Steel 54229-U 357.00 368.00 410.00 434.00 54314-U 368.00 410.00 434.00
Drawer Lock Specify: (01) keyed alike, (02) keyed differenty.
53097-U $ ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 8.30
BUILT-RITE C
Tubular-Leg Workbench
• 16-gauge steel back and end stops, stringer, and legs; 18-gauge steel drawer; F Shown fully accessorized.
20-gauge steel riser B D
• Unassembled
11/2" sq. tubular steel legs. 13/4" thick Shop-Mate bench top.
Made in USA. IN STOCK.
FIXED LEGS ADJUSTABLE LEGS
Top BenchSurface Stock Bench Surface Stock
WxD Height Number $ Height Number $
E
STANDARD—Includes bench top, double stringer, legs.
60x30" 303/4" 5517001-S 255.00 303/4–353/4" 5517002-S 322.00
72x30" 303/4" 5517101-S 327.00 303/4–353/4" 5517102-S 352.00
DELUXE—Fully accessorized as shown plus end stops. A
60x30" 303/4" 5511001-S 740.00 303/4–353/4" 5511002-S 767.00
72x30" 303/4" 5511101-S 790.00 303/4–353/4" 5511102-S 803.00
Accessories
13/4" Thick Shop-Mate Top
A. Lower Shelf. C. Riser Apron. For top of riser. features a high strength lumber
Shop-Mate type construction, 12"D. Overall Stock core with smooth, resincore
Overall Stock WxDxH Number $ particleboard surfaces.
Width Number $ 60x12x4" 5518700-S 33.00
60" 5517700-T 79.40 35.00
72x12x4" 5518200-S E. Drawer.
72" 5517800-T 89.50 Overall Stock
D. Back and End Stops. 3-sided barrier around
B. Riser. Shop-Mate type construction. bench top. WxDxH Number $
Overall Stock 15x20x6" 5518100-S 107.00
Overall Stock
WxDxH Number $ WxH Number $ F. Outlet Strip.
60x12x12" 5517900-S 122.00 60x4" 5518300-T 42.40 Outlet Qty. Amps Stock No. $
72x12x12" 5518000-S 129.00 72x4" 5518500-T 46.00 4 15 5518400-S 57.40
266
Shop Equipment | INDUSTRIAL WORKBENCHES 4
Workbenches
• 14-gauge steel legs; 18-gauge steel stringer;
16-gauge steel end stops; 18-gauge steel back stop
• Unassembled
Include adjustable legs, stringer, and your choice of bench top.
13/4" thick tops. Laminated maple top has two Varnique finish coats.
Very hard, durable Appalachian oak hardwood top has Varnique
finish. Plastic top has a particleboard core and high-pressure laminate
surface with 180° radius front edge. Dyna-Top® has a high-strength
lumber core between high-density phenolic resincore board and is
completely sealed. All deluxe and standard benches are painted tan.
Specify top type: (01) maple, (02) hardwood, (03) plastic, (04) Dyna-Top®.
Made in USA. IN STOCK.
Fixed Legs
Adjustable Legs
60"Wx30"Dx34"H
complete workbench with
maple top and blue epoxy
legs shown.
5
Wire Workbenches
YEAR
WARRANTY
A. 13/4" Butcher Block Maple B. 13/4" Shop-Mate Multi-Layer C. 13/4" Duratop II. 3/8" thick D. 11/4" Plastic Laminate Top. E. 15/8" Armor Edge Top.
Top. Varnique wear-resistant Top. Hard glass-smooth high- high-density phenolic resincore High-strength lumber core with Fiberboard core with high-
finish. Square edge. density phenolic resincore top and bottom coated with a high-pressure laminate surface. pressure plastic laminate top
surface with high-strength catalyzed finish to resist and edges and backer sheet on
lumber core. conventional liquids. Strong bottom. Lotz® Armor edges.
1" thick MDF core.
Complete Benches
Includes top, support frame, legs, and lower shelf.
A. MAPLE B. SHOPMATE C. DURATOP II D. PLASTIC LAMINATE E. ARMOR EDGE
Top Bench Post TOP TOP TOP TOP TOP
WxD Height Type Stock No. $ Stock No. $ Stock No. $ Stock No. $ Stock No. $
60x30" 34" Chrome 5876001-T 365.00 5876002-T 319.00 5876003-T 289.00 5876004-T 307.00 5876005-T 336.00
60x30" 34" Blue Epoxy 5876101-T 365.00 5876102-T 319.00 5876103-T 289.00 5876104-T 307.00 5876105-T 336.00
Components and Accessories. For a complete selection of bench tops, see pages 270 and 271.
Leg Kit. Includes support frame, legs and lower shelf. Lower Shelves. 58"Wx28"D.
Overall Post Stock Post Stock Hardware for securing tops to bench legs.
WxDxH Type Number $ Type Number $ 5325800-V 14x1 hex washer head
60x30x321/4" Chrome 5876200-U 170.00 Chrome 5876400-U 62.00 tapping screws, slotted.
60x30x321/4" Blue Epoxy 5876300-U 170.00 Blue Epoxy 5876500-U 62.00 Pkg. of 8. $ Pkg ....................1.05
268
Shop Equipment | INDUSTRIAL WORKBENCHES 4
Riser
Back & End Stops
Bench Components
Include the specific components you
need in your truly custom workbench.
IN STOCK.
A B C D
A. 13/4" “Butcher Block” Maple Tops. C. 11/2" “Butcher Block” Maple Tops.
Edge-grained maple top is laminated clear through, warp-resistant and A special combination of pure mineral oil, raw linseed oil and melted paraffin seals
electronically Thermobonded. Varnique wear resistant finish is non-toxic and repels out liquids. Periodic applications of NSF-approved oil (sold separately) will help
alcohol, bleach and paint thinner. preserve top’s original composition. Includes the same strong characteristics as our
B. 21/4" “Butcher Block” Maple Tops. other maple tops.
Extra thick, edge-grained maple top is laminated clear through, warp-resistant and D. 13/4" “Butcher Block” Oak Hardwood Tops.
electronically Thermobonded. Varnique wear resistant finish is non-toxic and repels Appalachian red oak with Varnique semi-gloss finish. Bull-nose rounded comfort
alcohol, bleach and paint thinner. edge.
A. MAPLE B. MAPLE C. MAPLE D. OAK
Top Square Edge—13/4" Comfort Edge—13/4" Square Edge—21/4" Square Edge—11/2" Comfort Edge—11/2" Comfort Edge—13/4"
WxD Stock No. $ Stock No. $ Stock No. $ Stock No. $ Stock No. $ Stock No. $
48x30" 5362100-V 208.00 5362600-V 223.00 — — — — — — 5320600-V 230.00
60x30" 5362200-V 255.00 5334400-V 270.00 — — 5342200-U 170.00 5370800-U 179.00 5330100-V 289.00
72x30" 5362300-V 303.00 5334800-V 319.00 — — 5342300-U 201.00 5371000-U 213.00 5330300-V 333.00
96x30" — — 5335200-V 470.00 5389200-V 539.00 — — — — — —
120x30" 5364500-V 537.00 — — — — — — — — — —
72x36" 5362400-V 361.00 5334900-V 378.00 — — 5342400-U 241.00 5371200-U 254.00 5331100-V 396.00
96x36" — — 5340500-V 542.00 5389300-V 649.00 — — — — — —
120x36" 5364600-V 644.00 — — — — — — — — — —
5325800-V Hardware for securing tops to bench legs. 14x1 hex washer head tapping screws, slotted. Pkg. of 8.
$ Pkg. ..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................1.05
5367800-V Penetrating Oil. All ingredients meet NSF formulation review for use on food preparation surfaces. Specially designed for (C) oil finished top. 15 oz. bottle. $...........6.30
E F G H
270
Shop Equipment | WORKBENCH TOPS 4
Bench System Tops
JOHN BOOS and WISCONSIN BENCH workbench tops are made of high-quality materials and are
IN STOCK for immediate shipping! Made in USA.
T-Mold Edge
Stainless Steel
A B C D Edge
E F G H
E. 13/4" Lumber Core Plastic Laminate Tops. G. 15/8" Plastic Laminate Hardwood Edge Tops.
Layered 13/4" thick core features high-strength lumber sandwiched Smooth durable hardwood edge bands. Core consists of two
between two 3/8" thick particleboard sheets. Plastic laminate face on top 3
/4" thick pieces of industrial-grade 45-lb. density particleboard.
and edges with backer sheet on the bottom. High-pressure plastic laminate face on top with a backer sheet on
F. 11/4" and 13/4" ESD Tops. the bottom.
Static-dissipating laminate top and self-edged sides surround an H. 15/8" Plastic Laminate T-Mold Edge Tops.
industrial-grade 45-lb. density particleboard core. Square edged Core is constructed of two 3/4" thick pieces of industrial-grade
11/4" thick top includes a 11/8" thick core with a phenolic backer sheet on particleboard. High-pressure gray plastic laminate top with phenolic
the bottom. Comfort edged 13/4" thick top features a three-piece backer sheet on the bottom. Black vinyl T-mold edge.
13/4" thick core with a backer sheet on the bottom. Includes a
6' ground cord and snap.
E. PLASTIC LAMINATE F. ESD G. PLASTIC LAMINATE H. PLASTIC LAMINATE
White Leather Finish— White Leather Finish— White Leather Finish— Almond Finish— White Leather Finish— Gray Finish—
13/4" 13/4" 13/4" 11/4" 15/8" 15/8"
Top Square Edge Comfort Edge Square Edge Square Edge Beveled Edge T-Mold Edge
WxD Stock No. $ Stock No. $ Stock No. $ Stock No. $ Stock No. $ Stock No. $
60x30" 5380900-T 182.00 5380600-T 212.00 5330400-U 187.00 5486500-U 261.00 5482000-T 161.00 5519300-S 171.00
72x30" 5381000-T 217.00 5380700-T 253.00 5330500-U 225.00 5486600-U 303.00 5482200-T 192.00 5519400-S 192.00
96x30" 5383700-T 302.00 — — 5366700-U 312.00 — — 5482300-T 268.00 5519500-S 267.00
72x36" 5381100-T 256.00 5380800-T 310.00 5366800-U 279.00 — — 5482500-T 231.00 5519600-S 237.00
96x36" — — — — 5366900-U 389.00 — — 5484900-T 321.00 5519700-S 330.00
272
Shop Equipment | WORKBENCHES 4
13/4" Thick Plastic Laminate Top Workbenches
• 16-gauge steel legs; 14-gauge steel stringer
• Plastic laminate top
• 60–96" wide tops
• Unassembled
White leather textured face is easy to clean and sanitize. Made in USA. IN STOCK.
Particleboard Core Tops
Square edge top features two pieces of 7/8" particleboard bonded together to form 13/4" thick core.
Backer sheet bottom.
32" 29–33"
FIXED-HEIGHT LEGS ADJUSTABLE-HEIGHT LEGS
Top Bench Stock Bench Stock
WxD Height Number Height Number $
60x30" 333/4" 5382201-T 303/4–343/4" 5382202-T 227.00
Fixed-height legs shown.
72x30" 333/4" 5382301-T 303/4–343/4" 5382302-T 242.00
96x30" 333/4" 5382401-T 303/4–343/4" 5382402-T 313.00
72x36" 333/4" 5382501-T 303/4–343/4" 5382502-T 280.00
Lumber Core Tops
Layered 13/4" thick core features high-strength lumber sandwiched between two
3
/8" thick particleboard sheets. Backer sheet on the bottom.
32" 29–33"
FIXED-HEIGHT LEGS ADJUSTABLE-HEIGHT LEGS
Top Bench Stock Bench Stock
WxD Height Number Height Number $ Particleboard Core
SQUARE-EDGE TOP
60x30" 333/4" 5390201-T 303/4–343/4" 5390202-T 256.00
72x30" 333/4" 5390301-T 303/4–343/4" 5390302-T 294.00
96x30" 333/4" 5390901-T 303/4–343/4" 5390902-T 424.00
72x36" 333/4" 5390401-T 303/4–343/4" 5390402-T 335.00 Lumber Core
“COMFORT” EDGE TOP 13/4" Thick Square 13/4" Thick “Comfort”
60x30" 333/4" 5390501-S 303/4–343/4" 5390502-S 270.00 Edge Top Edge Top Available
72x30" 333/4" 5390601-S 303/4–343/4" 5390602-S 306.00 with Lumber Core
72x36" 333/4" 5390701-S 303/4–343/4" 5390702-S 364.00 Only
Options
Combination Lock for Stackable Drawer.
Shown with padlock hasp Cylinder Lock for Stackable Drawer. 1000 possible combinations, set by user. All-steel
(padlock not included) and Made in USA. construction.
optional combination lock. 5732601-U Keyed alike. $ ..................................................8.30 5557429-T Black $ 14.50 $ (20+) ..............................13.80
Padlocks are available on page 58. 5732602-U Keyed differently. $.......................................8.30 5557443-T Silver $ 14.50 $ (20+) ..............................13.80
274
Shop Equipment | WORKBENCHES 4
Workbench Tops Also Available In This Section,
see pages 270 and 271.
Shop-Mate Workbenches
• 16-gauge steel legs; 14-gauge steel stringer
• Shop-Mate top with rounded front edge
• 60" and 72" wide tops
• Unassembled
Hard, glass smooth surface is made of 3/8" thick, high-density phenolic resincore
and is 30% harder than maple. 13/4" top uses 1" industrial grade 45-lb. density
particleboard core with clear hardwood bands. 21/4" top, with beveled front and
back edges, has a high-strength lumber core with clear hardwood bands. Both are
vinyl sealed with a catalyzed varnish. Made in USA. IN STOCK.
32" FIXEDHEIGHT 2933" ADJUSTABLEHEIGHT
Top LEGS LEGS
WxD Bench Height Stock No. Bench Height Stock No. $
13/4" THICK TOP
60x30" 333/4" 5379401-S 303/4–343/4" 5379402-S 198.00
72x30" 333/4" 5379501-S 303/4–343/4" 5379502-S 233.00
72x36" 333/4" 5379601-S 303/4–343/4" 5379602-S 272.00 Adjustable-
21/4" THICK TOP height legs
60x30" 341/4" 5381201-S 311/4–351/4" 5381202-S 221.00 shown. 13/4" Thick Top 21/2" Thick Top
72x30" 341/4" 5381301-S 311/4–351/4" 5381302-S 254.00
72x36" 341/4" 5381401-S 311/4–351/4" 5381402-S 295.00
Duratop II Workbenches
• 16-gauge steel legs; 14-gauge steel stringer
• MDF core with resincore top
• 60" and 72" wide tops
• Unassembled
One of the toughest industrial work surfaces found anywhere. MDF core is
sandwiched between a 3/8" thick high-density phenolic resincore top and bottom.
Rounded comfort edge. Coated with a catalyzed finish. 11/4" thick top has a
1
/2" thick core; 13/4" thick top has a 1" thick core. Made in USA. IN STOCK.
29–33" ADJUSTABLE-HEIGHT
32" FIXED-HEIGHT LEGS
Top LEGS
WxD Bench Height Stock No. Bench Height Stock No. $
11/4" THICK TOP
60x30" 331/4" 5547701-S 301/4–341/4" 5547702-S 169.00
72x30" 331/4" 5547801-S 301/4–341/4" 5547802-S 191.00
60x36" 331/4" 5547901-S 30 /4–34 /4"
1 1
5547902-S 200.00
72x36" 331/4" 5548001-S 301/4–341/4" 5548002-S 227.00
13/4" THICK TOP Adjustable-
60x30" 333/4" 5548101-S 303/4–343/4" 5548102-S 180.00 height legs
72x30" 333/4" 5548201-S 303/4–343/4" 5548202-S 210.00 shown.
60x36" 333/4" 5548301-S 303/4–343/4" 5548302-S 216.00 11/4" Thick 13/4" Thick
72x36" 333/4" 5548401-S 303/4–343/4" 5548402-S 247.00
276
Shop Equipment | WORKBENCHES 4
PHILLOCRAFT
Pow-R-Pax® Production Tables
• 12-gauge steel frame
• Atomite hardboard or plastic laminate top
• 96"W starter; 48"W add-on
• Unassembled
Begin with starter and infinitely expand as your needs grow.
(1) 8' starter and Heavy C-channel steel frame with 1" thick top. Clamping
(1) 4' add-on shown. bars connect tops to form a smooth continuous surface.
Adjustable legs. Made in USA.
STARTER ADD-ON
HARDBOARD PLASTIC HARDBOARD PLASTIC
Bench Top TOP LAMINATE TOP Top TOP LAMINATE TOP
Height WxD Stock No. $ Stock No. $ WxD Stock No. $ Stock No. $
33–37" 96x36" 5525801-S 648.00 5525802-S 728.00 48x36" 5526601-S 324.00 5526602-S 364.00
33–37" 96x42" 5525901-S 671.00 5525902-S 764.00 48x42" 5526701-S 336.00 5526702-S 382.00
33–37" 96x48" 5526001-S 756.00 5526002-S 862.00 48x48" 5526801-S 378.00 5526802-S 431.00
33–37" 96x54" 5526101-S 783.00 5526102-S 903.00 48x54" 5526901-S 380.00 5526902-S 452.00
33–37" 96x60" 5526201-S 810.00 5526202-S 943.00 48x60" 5527001-S 405.00 5527002-S 472.00
33–37" 96x66" 5526301-S 871.00 5526302-S 1020.00 48x66" 5527101-S 436.00 5527102-S 485.00
33–37" 96x72" 5526401-S 902.00 5526402-S 1065.00 48x72" 5527201-S 451.00 5527202-S 531.00
33–37" 96x78" 5526501-S 941.00 5526502-S 1115.00 48x78" 5527301-S 471.00 5527302-S 557.00
278
Shop Equipment | WORKBENCHES 4
Vari-Tuff™
Folding Worktables
• 14-gauge steel legs
• 13-gauge steel or hardboard over
13-gauge steel top
• 84–120" wide tops
• Unassembled
Legs fold down for convenient bench
storage. Thick formed tops have welded
channels underneath. 2000-lb. capacity.
Includes two brace supports and
hardware. Color: gray. Made in USA.
SELECTED MODELS IN STOCK.
Economy Workbenches
• 18-gauge steel legs and shelf; 22-gauge steel drawer
• Multiple top choices available
• 48–72" wide tops
• Unassembled
Equipped with double electrical knockouts front and rear. 12" lower shelf included. Legs adjust
in 1" increments. Choice of three tops: laminated 11/4" gray scrim plastic; 1" compressed wood;
1" thick compressed wood with 1/8" thick Masonite® panel laminate. Made in USA. IN STOCK.
PLASTIC COMPRESSED WOOD MASONITE LAMINATE
Top
Bench Stock Bench Stock Bench Stock
WxD
Height Number $ Height Number $ Height Number $
48x24" 291/4–341/4" 5384900-S 160.00 29–34" 5304900-S 94.10 — — —
48x30" — — — — — — 291/8–341/8" 5315900-S 124.00
60x24" 291/4–341/4" 5385000-S 195.00 29–34" 5302000-S 119.00 — — —
60x30" — — — 29–34" 5304700-S 159.00 291/8–341/8" 5316000-S 175.00
72x30" 291/4–341/4" 5385100-S 258.00 29–34" 5304800-S 178.00 291/8–341/8" 5316100-S 195.00
5234800-S Drawer. 12x18x4". $............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................25.20
Ships same day for Ships 1–5 days
1–3 day delivery 279
4 Shop Equipment | HIGH-CAPACITY WORKBENCHES
5598601-R shown.
5869602-R shown.
280
Shop Equipment | HIGH-CAPACITY WORKBENCHES 4
14,000-Lb. Capacity
Workbenches
• 1/4" plate steel with 3" C-channel frame top; 3x3", 3/16" angle iron legs;
12-gauge steel lower shelf; 18-gauge steel drawer
• 48–72" wide tops
• All-welded
Steel plate top is welded to the C-channel frame for extra strength. 271/2"D
lower shelf has 21/2" backstop. Powder coat paint finish. Color: gray. Made
in USA. FACTORY QUICK SHIP.
Top Bench Stock
WxD Height Number $
WORKBENCH ONLY
48x36" 34" 5511400-R 503.00
60x36" 34" 5511500-R 560.00
72x36" 34" 5511600-R 607.00
WORKBENCH WITH 14"WX20"DX5"H DRAWER
48x36" 34" 5512600-R 605.00 14,000-LB. CAPACITY
60x36" 34" 5512700-R 671.00
72x36" 34" 5512800-R 707.00
All-Welded 10,000-Lb.
Capacity Workbenches
• 7-gauge steel top; 2x2", 1/4" thick angle iron legs;
12-gauge steel lower shelf
• 72–96" wide tops
• All-welded
Steel top has 13/4" thick maple surface. 29"Wx20"Dx6"H drawers have a
padlock hasp and will store up to 225 lbs. each. Made in USA.
Top Bench Shelf Stock
WxD Height Cap. Lbs. Number $
48x30" 34" 950 5870400-R 1280.00
60x36" 34" 1650 5870500-R 1465.00
72x36" 34" 2050 5582000-R 1505.00
84x36" 34" 2400 5582100-R 1740.00
96x36" 34" 2750 5582200-R 2185.00
Adjustable-Height
10,000-Lb. Capacity
Workbenches
• 7-gauge steel top; 2x2", 1/4" thick angle iron legs;
12-gauge steel lower shelf
• 30–72" wide tops
• All-welded components
Legs include welded anchor plates. Height adjusts in 1" increments.
Made in USA.
Top Bench Shelf Stock
WxD Height Cap. Lbs. Number $
30x24" 30–40" 350 5869900-R 472.00
48x30" 30–40" 950 5870000-R 562.00
60x30" 30–40" 1225 5870100-R 639.00
60x36" 30–40" 1650 5870200-R 698.00
72x36" 30–40" 2650 5870300-R 788.00
3000-Lb. Capacity
Workbenches with 13/4"
Thick Hardwood Tops
• 11/2x11/2", 3/16" thick angle iron steel legs on fixed height
bench; 14-gauge formed channel steel legs on adjustable
5870700-S height bench; 12-gauge steel shelf
shown • 48–72" wide tops
• All-welded frame
Heavy-gauge steel combined with edge-grained butcher
block maple top to handle most jobs. 1/8" thick steel upper
frame. 12"D, 500-lb. capacity lower shelf has 3" rear lip.
13"Wx17"Dx41/2"H drawer is factory installed on right hand
side and includes cylinder lock. Made in USA.
5872700-S shown
282
Shop Equipment | HIGH-CAPACITY WORKBENCHES 4
Also available in
pressed wood on steel!
Industrial Workbenches
• 12-gauge steel top; 15-gauge steel stringer; 16-gauge
steel legs
• 48–72" wide tops Fixed-Height
• Unassembled Legs Shown
Two non-porous tops to choose from: steel or pressed-
wood-over-steel. Tops are rated at 250 lbs. per square
foot. Phosphatized gray finish. IN STOCK.
STEEL TOP PRESSED WOOD/STEEL TOP
32" FIXEDHEIGHT LEGS 2933" ADJUSTABLEHEIGHT LEGS 32" FIXEDHEIGHT LEGS 2933" ADJUSTABLEHEIGHT LEGS
Top Bench Stock Bench Stock Bench Stock Bench Stock
WxD Height Number $ Height Number $ Height Number $ Height Number $
COMPLETE BENCH
48x30" 333/4" 5363601-T 166.00 303/4–343/4" 5363602-T 166.00 3315/16" 5365001-T 208.00 3015/16–3415/16" 5365002-T 208.00
60x30" 333/4" 5363801-T 173.00 303/4–343/4" 5363802-T 173.00 3315/16" 5365101-T 234.00 3015/16–3415/16" 5365102-T 234.00
72x30" 333/4" 5363901-T 182.00 30 /4–34 /4" 5363902-T
3 3
182.00 33 /16"
15
5365201-T 275.00 30 /16–34 /16" 5365202-T
15 15
275.00
72x36" 333/4" 5364001-T 213.00 303/4–343/4" 5364002-T 213.00 3315/16" 5365701-T 304.00 3015/16–3415/16" 5365702-T 304.00
BENCH TOPS ONLY
48x30" — 5307500-T 108.00 — — — — 5333600-T 149.00 — — —
60x30" — 5307200-T 111.00 — — — — 5333700-T 180.00 — — —
72x30" — 5307300-T 133.00 — — — — 5333800-T 223.00 — — —
72x36" — 5307400-T 150.00 — — — — 5333900-T 249.00 — — —
Top MAPLE TOP STD. PLASTIC LAMINATE TOP ESD PLASTIC LAMINATE TOP
WxD Stock No. $ Stock No. $ Stock No. $
BENCHES
60x30" 5489301-R 454.00 5489302-R 389.00 5489303-R 467.00
72x30" 5489401-R 515.00 5489402-R 471.00 5489403-R 541.00
OPTIONAL 19"H RISER. Includes: 4 duplex outlets.
60x15" 5489501-R 300.00 5489502-R 276.00 5489503-R 335.00
72x15" 5489601-R 327.00 5489602-R 294.00 5489603-R 367.00
5489700-R 2-Drawer Pedestal. Includes one pencil drawer and one file drawer. 15"Wx17"Dx19"H. $ ......................................................................................................................................182.00
5489800-R 3-Drawer Pedestal. Not shown. Includes one pencil drawer and 2 box drawers. 15"Wx17"Dx19"H. $.................................................................................................................175.00
284
Shop Equipment | WORKBENCHES 4
12 12
2 2
Tool balancer
not included. Tool balancer
1 not included.
1
3 3
4
7 5
5
14
9
11
9
10
6
B
Model CHD. Independent mobile
A Model HD. The most workstation features recessed front legs
workstation for your money. for leg clearance.
A. HD Workstations
Independent four-leg design.
B. CHD Workstations With Recessed Legs
Front recessed legs adds leg clearance. Includes modesty panel.
2 C. Ergo-Line Workstations
1 Work surface height can be adjusted with a hand-operated crank.
Workstations. Available set-up on request.
3
60x30” 72x30”
Top BASIC BENCHES BASIC BENCHES
Description Stock No. $ Stock No. $
A. HD WORKSTATIONS
8 4 Plastic 53021-R 457.00 53023-R 498.00
ESD 53026-R 629.00 53027-R 699.00
13 B. CHD WORKSTATIONS
5 Plastic 54977-R 492.00 54979-R 541.00
ESD 54978-R 665.00 54980-R 740.00
C. ERGO-LINE WORKSTATIONS
9 Plastic 54981-R 1440.00 54983-R 1520.00
ESD 54982-R 1610.00 54984-R 1715.00
Height adjusts at
the turn of a crank
Accessories
10 FOR 60X30” BENCHES FOR 72X30” BENCHES
Description Stock No. $ Stock No. $
1 Accessory Supports (pr.) 53028-Q 66.90 53028-Q 66.90
2 Light & Frame* 53051-Q 223.00 53052-Q 253.00
3 12” Shelf* 53058-Q 138.00 53063-Q 154.00
Ergo-Line work surface adjusts quickly 4 Bin Holder†* 53065-Q 33.50 53107-Q 36.70
from 30–42"H with hand crank. C 5 Power Strip* 53117-Q 108.00 53118-Q 116.00
6 Footrest & Guard 53119-Q 57.00 53124-Q 63.00
7 Air Supply* 53125-Q 61.90 53237-Q 68.00
8 Louvered Panel On Arm* 53919-Q 276.00 53919-Q 276.00
PRO-LINE Workstations 9 6”H Drawer 53126-Q 193.00 53126 Q 193.00
• 16-gauge steel legs; 12-gauge steel uprights 10 12”H Drawer 53127-Q 235.00 53127-Q 235.00
• 60" or 72" wide top 11 Pull-Out Writing Shelf 53128-Q 170.00 53128-Q 170.00
• (A) & (C) adjustable-height legs; (B) fixed-height legs 12 Tool Suspension Frame‡ 53129-Q 96.20 53132-Q 109.00
• Unassembled
Customize the basic workstation with the accessories 13 Monitor Support On Arm* 53133-Q 160.00 53133-Q 160.00
you need for your job. 2" sq. tubular legs. Plastic 14 Wrist Strap 53138-Q 62.70 53138-Q 62.70
laminate top has T-mold edging. Made in USA. — Magnifier Light** 53571-Q 248.00 53571-Q 248.00
Specify paint finish: (18) sky blue, (21) beige, (27) gray. †Bins sold separately. *Requires Accessory Supports. ‡Requires Light & Frame.
FACTORY QUICK SHIP. **Specify color for bracket only. Light and arm are black.
286
Shop Equipment | ASSEMBLY BENCHES 4
3
1
7 2
6 3
2
1
4 2
8 4
7 5
Complete
bench shown.
ALL-METAL DESIGN Workstations 6
• 11-gauge steel frame and legs; 14-gauge steel uprights;
16-gauge steel drawer
• 48–72" wide tops
• 30–42"H top Production Benches
• Set-up • 16-gauge steel legs, uprights, and lower shelf; 20-gauge steel pedestal
Adjustable-height worksurface accommodates multiple users. To drawers
adjust bench height: turn center table lift or activate optional electric • 60–96" wide tops
height adjuster. Bench lifts up to 600 lbs. Choose from one of three • 291/2–341/2"H top
tops: 11/8" thick plastic laminate, 13/4" thick maple, or 1/4" plate steel. • Unassembled
Scratch-resistant powder coat finish. Color: beige. Made in USA. Adjustable legs raise bench top to a comfortable position. Available with
PLASTIC either 13/4" thick butcher-block maple top or a 13/4" thick non-conductive
Top LAMINATE MAPLE STEEL plastic laminate surface. Color: blue. Made in USA.
WxD Stock No. $ Stock No. $ Stock No. $ Top MAPLE TOP LAMINATE TOP
48x30" 5514000-S 1160.00 5514400-S 1255.00 5514800-S 1365.00 WxD Stock No. $ Stock No. $
60x30" 5514100-S 1235.00 5514500-S 1355.00 5514900-S 1460.00 BASIC BENCHES. Includes legs and top.
48x36" 5514200-S 1235.00 5514600-S 1425.00 5515000-S 1445.00 60x30" 5594800-R 347.00 5595100-R 295.00
72x36" 5514300-S 1410.00 5514700-S 1570.00 5515100-S 1670.00 72x30" 5594900-R 390.00 5595200-R 330.00
Accessories. Use to convert basic bench into a complete workstation. 96x30" 5595000-R 491.00 5595300-R 382.00
Key Description Stock No. $ COMPLETE BENCHES.
1 48" Overhead Frame 5515200-S 265.00 Includes legs, top, and all options shown (bins not incl.).
1 60" Overhead Frame 5515300-S 277.00 60x30" 5595400-R 718.00 5595700-R 667.00
1 72" Overhead Frame 5515500-S 291.00 72x30" 5595500-R 792.00 5595800-R 731.00
2 48" Cross Bars/pr.** 5515600-S 109.00 96x30" 5595600-R 936.00 5595900-R 826.00
2 60" Cross Bars/pr.** 5515700-S 134.00 NOTE: Complete bench with maple top has a white laminate shelf.
2 72" Cross Bars/pr.** 5515900-S 163.00
3 48" Light** 5523800-S 326.00
Accessories
Key Description Stock No. $
3 60" Light** 5523900-S 336.00
1 Accessory Upright Supports, 1 pair 5596000-R 41.10
3 72" Light** 5524100-S 348.00
2 60"W Overhead Light Fixture & Frame 5596100-R* 60.20
4 Swing Arm** 5516000-S 130.00
2 72"W Overhead Light Fixture & Frame 5596200-R* 63.70
5 12x15" Tote Holder** 5516400-S 111.00
2 96"W Overhead Light Fixture & Frame 5596300-R* 69.80
— Computer Monitor Arm Assembly** 5513700-S†* 270.00
3 60"Wx12"D Upper Shelf 5596400-R†* 66.30
6 17x19" Tack Board** 5519800-S 95.80
3 72"Wx12"D Upper Shelf 5596500-R†* 75.90
7 17x19" Parts Bin Board (bins not incl.)** 5522600-S 135.00 3 96"Wx12"D Upper Shelf 5596600-R†* 87.80
4 60"W Bin Rail 5596700-R* 26.70
— 17x19" Peg Board** 5523000-S* 146.00
4 72"W Bin Rail 5596800-R* 30.20
8 24" Electric Bar ** 5523400-S 135.00
4 96"W Bin Rail 5596900-R* 36.20
— Electric Height Adjuster 5513900-S 696.00
5 6"H Stacking Drawer 5597000-R 61.40
— 15"Wx17"Dx7"H Single Box Drawer 5524600-S* 134.00
6 12"H Stacking Drawer 5597100-R 86.70
— 15"Wx17"Dx13"H Single File Drawer 5524700-S* 183.00 7 60"W Lower Shelf 5597200-R 43.50
7 72"W Lower Shelf 5597300-R 59.00
— 15"Wx17"Dx19"H Double Box/File Drawer 5524800-S* 237.00 7 96"W Lower Shelf 5597400-R 78.20
† Includes swing arm, flat tray and keyboard attachment.*Not shown. *Requires accessory uprights. †Only available in white laminate.
**Requires overhead frame. NOTE: Bins not included with bin rail.
Ships same day for Ships 1–5 days
1–3 day delivery 287
4 Shop Equipment | PACKING BENCHES
2
1
2
1
3
4
3
4 5
6
7
5 8 9
6
10
7
12
8 11
288
Shop Equipment | PACKING BENCHES 4
3 2
Accessories
1. Scale Stand. 250-lb. capacity with laminate top and four swivel casters, two
with brakes. 28"Wx16"Dx321/4"H. Ships unassembled. Packing Station Shown
5562600-T $ ....................................................................................................................127.00 Fully Accessorized.
2. Utility Basket. 131/4"Wx51/8"Dx81/2"H.
5562700-T $.......................................................................................................................18.50
3. Bin Rail. Includes twelve bins: (6) 41/8"Wx51/2"Dx3"H and
(6) 41/2"Wx71/2"Dx3"H.
5562800-T $.......................................................................................................................47.70
4. Reel Holder. 60"W.
5562900-T $.......................................................................................................................18.20
5. Carton Divider. Sold in packages of 5.
5563000-T $.......................................................................................................................61.30
6. Roll Holder. Max. roll capacity: 30" dia., 60"W.
5563100-T $.......................................................................................................................31.10
Corrosion-Resistant Worktables
• Type 304 stainless steel
• 16-gauge stainless steel top and legs
• Unassembled
15/8" dia. legs have adjustable leveling feet. 36"H overall. Top
choices: 11/2" thick Type 304 stainless steel with 17/16" thick MDF
core and welded, smooth stainless steel edge and melamine
backer sheet; 11/4" thick Type 304 stainless steel with industrial
strength particleboard core and hard rubber T-mold edge and
backer sheet; 13/4" thick wear-resistant maple is laminated clear
through and electronically thermobonded with Varnique finish;
11/2" thick plastic laminate with industrial-grade 45-lb. density
5549001-S shown with caster kit. particleboard core and durable hardwood bands around the
edges. Made in USA. IN STOCK.
Accessories
5577200-U Stainless Steel Drawer. $.............................................................................123.00
5577300-S Caster Kit. Includes four 5" polyolefin casters with brakes. 125-lb.
cap./caster. $......................................................................................................68.90
5549202-S 5549601-S
5549401-S
Worktables. Specify: (01) without lower shelf, (02) with lower shelf.
STAINLESS STEEL STAINLESS STEEL TOP MAPLE LAMINATE
TOP AND EDGE WITH T-MOLD EDGE TOP TOP
Top Stock (01) (02) Stock (01) (02) Stock (01) (02) Stock (01) (02)
WxD Number $ $ Number $ $ Number $ $ Number $ $
60x30" 55490-S 568.00 717.00 55492-S 540.00 692.00 55494-T 431.00 593.00 55496-S 357.00 507.00
72x30" 55491-S 631.00 802.00 55493-S 686.00 859.00 55495-T 479.00 653.00 55497-S 393.00 564.00
Leg Kits
For use with the bench top of your choice. Stainless steel legs available with or without
lower shelf. 34"H.
Top KIT A—Without Shelf KIT B—With Shelf
WxD Stock No. $ Stock No. $
60x30" 5559700-S 218.00 5559900-S 368.00
72x30" 5559800-S 226.00 5560000-S 397.00
A B
See pages 270 & 271 for tops.
290
Shop Equipment | WORKTABLES 4
Choose a
worktable with
Type 304 Stainless or without
Steel Worktables backsplash.
• Type 304 stainless steel
• 16-gauge stainless steel legs and
top; 18-gauge stainless steel
lower shelf
• Unassembled Shown with
Nearly impossible to corrode and optional drawer.
withstands harsh environments
better than all other types of
stainless steel. Reinforced 1x2"
tubing runs entire length of
worksurface. Fixed lower shelf is Stallion Front Edge
12" from floor. Table is supported 11/2", 45° tapered front edge
by 15/8" dia. legs with adjustable means no sharp edges to cause
bullet feet. NSF listed. Made in injury. Extremely sanitary—
USA. SELECTED MODELS IN STOCK. won’t trap dirt or food particles.
Premium worktables: stainless steel top, lower shelf, and legs. Choose from two table types: entire unit constructed of
Top Bench 16-GAUGE TOP 14-GAUGE TOP premium Type 304 stainless steel or Type 304 top with
WxD Height Stock No. $ Stock No. $ economical galvanized legs and shelf.
48x30" 36" 5535400-T 526.00 5536500-T 551.00
60x30" 36" 5535500-T 621.00 5536600-T 650.00
72x30" 36" 5535600-T 726.00 5536700-T 763.00
96x30" 36" 5535700-T* 895.00 5536800-T* 941.00
*Table comes with 6 legs. Economical worktables: stainless steel top, galvanized lower shelf and legs.
Top Bench 16-GAUGE TOP 14-GAUGE TOP
Premium worktables: stainless steel top with 6"H backsplash, lower shelf WxD Height Stock No. $ Stock No. $
and legs. 48x30" 36" 5535800-T 351.00 5536900-T 472.00
Top Bench 16-GAUGE TOP 14-GAUGE TOP 60x30" 36" 5535900-T 409.00 5537000-T 491.00
WxD Height Stock No. $ Stock No. $ 72x30" 36" 5536000-T 472.00 5537100-T 558.00
48x30" 36" 5577500-T 617.00 5577900-T 652.00 96x30" 36" 5536100-T* 605.00 5537200-T* 719.00
60x30" 36" 5577600-T 707.00 5578000-T 752.00 *Table comes with 6 legs.
72x30" 36" 5577700-T 851.00 5578100-T 904.00
96x30" 36" 5577800-T* 1060.00 5578200-T* 1130.00 Economical worktables: stainless steel top with 6"H backsplash,
*Table comes with 6 legs. galvanized lower shelf and legs.
Top Bench 16-GAUGE TOP 14-GAUGE TOP
Accessories: WxD Height Stock No. $ Stock No. $
5536200-T Stainless Steel Drawer. $.................................................................................124.00 48x30" 36" 5578300-T 437.00 5578700-T 515.00
5537700-S 5" Polyolefin Casters. (4) swivel, all with brakes. Sold in sets of 4. 60x30" 36" 5578400-T 516.00 5578800-T 609.00
$ set..........................................................................................................................69.00 72x30" 36" 5578500-T 585.00 5578900-T 698.00
5536400-S 5" Polyolefin Casters. For 96"L tables. (6) swivel, all with brakes. Sold in 96x30" 36" 5578600-T* 739.00 5579000-T* 884.00
sets of 6. $ set.....................................................................................................105.00 *Table comes with 6 legs.
Stainless Steel
Worktables with Sinks
• Type 304 stainless steel
• 16-gauge stainless steel
• Unassembled
Combines the durability and sanitary properties of stainless steel with the convenience of a
Stainless Steel Wash Sink sink. Tops feature a 11/2", 45° tapered front edge. 1x2" support tubing runs underneath the
Resist harsh chemicals in the most corrosive environments. Type entire worksurface. 15/8" dia. legs have adjustable feet. 36"H overall. NSF-listed. Ships with sink
304 16-gauge stainless steel. 12" deep sink is fabricated with all installed. Included faucet needs to be installed. Made in USA. Specify sink location: (01) left,
welds ground and polished to form a one-piece sanitary bowl. (02) middle, (03) right.
351/4" to top of sink. Faucet with 8" spout included (does not Top Bench Bowl 16-GAUGE TOP 14-GAUGE TOP
come installed). Materials have been approved to meet FDA WxD Height LxW Stock No. $ Stock No. $
standards. NSF listed. Unassembled. Made in USA. IN STOCK. 48x30" 36" 15x15" 55213-T 967.00 55217-T 1000.00
Overall Bowl Stock 60x30" 36" 15x15" 55214-T 1015.00 55218-T 1055.00
LxWxH LxW Number $ 72x30" 36" 15x15" 55215-T 1085.00 55219-T 1130.00
291/2x231/8x431/4" 24x18" 5522100-R 956.00 96x30" 36" 15x15" 55216-T* 1300.00 55220-T* 1355.00
291/2x291/8x431/4" 24x24" 5522200-R 966.00 *Includes 6 legs. Sink installation on left or right only.
291/2x351/8x431/4" 24x30" 5522300-R 976.00 All stainless steel worktables with sinks are not returnable.
292
Shop Equipment | WORKTABLES 4
4
2
1
5 3
A
Open-style has 9"
shelf clearance.
Mobile Workbenches
• 14-gauge steel back and end stops;
16-gauge steel legs and stringer;
16–19-gauge steel drawer
• Multiple top choices available Deluxe Workbench
• 60" wide top
• Unassembled
60"Wx30"Dx331/2"H. Top choices:
13/4" thick hardwood with satin finish; Standard
13/4" thick Shop-Mate with compressed Workbench
wood core between 3/8" thick resincore
particleboard; 19/16" thick plastic with
lumber core surrounded by dove gray DELUXE BENCH STANDARD BENCH
plastic laminate; or 13/4" thick 14-gauge Top Fully accessorized as shown. Includes top, legs, stringer, and casters.
galvanized steel with wood core. Also Description Stock No. $ Stock No. $
includes stringer and 900-lb. capacity 6" Hardwood 54200-R 1035.00 54204-R 777.00
casters, (2) swivel with brake, (2) rigid. Shop-Mate 54201-R 944.00 54205-R 687.00
Optional 150-lb. capacity drawer has Plastic 54202-R 944.00 54206-R 687.00
slotted sides and perforated bottom for Steel 54203-R 1025.00 54207-R 768.00
partioning. Baked-on enamel finish. Accessories.
Made in USA. Specify color: (18) classic 54208-R Hanging Drawer. 18"Wx24"Dx5"H. Includes lock and 2 keys. $ .......................................................................223.00
blue, (27) gray. 54209-R Back and End Stops. Extend 3" above work surface. $..........................................................................................54.20
Ships same day for Ships 1–5 days
1–3 day delivery 293
4 Shop Equipment | MOBILE WORKBENCHES
12,000-LB. CAPACITY
12,000-Lb. Capacity
Mobile Workbenches
• 31/2x31/2", 1/4" thick angle iron frame
• 1/2" thick steel top
• 36–72" wide tops
• All-welded
Absolutely the heaviest, most durable mobile workbench on
the market. Includes welded handle. 8" polyurethane swivel
casters—2 with brakes. Made in USA. FACTORY QUICK SHIP.
Top Bench Stock
WxD Height Number $
36x30" 32" 5874400-S 2620.00
Deluxe face 48x30" 32" 5874500-S 2735.00
5874600-S wheel brake 60x30" 32" 5874600-S 2840.00
60"Wx30"Dx32"H provides secure 60x36" 32" 5874700-S 2955.00
workbench shown. stopping. 72x36" 32" 5874800-S 3115.00
294